View
1.282
Download
165
Category
Tags:
Preview:
DESCRIPTION
mimaki JV5 Maintenance Manual
Citation preview
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO., LTD.
TKB Gotenyama Building, 5-9-41, Kitashinagawa, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0001, Japan
Phone : +81-3-5420-8671 Fax : +81-3-5420-8687
URL : http://www.mimaki.co.jp/
Revision 2.00
D500306
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
This manual covers the instructions and useful information to be given to the service personnel on
maintenance of the color inkjet printer JV5-130S/160S. Perform maintenance work according to the
instructions given in this manual and the related documents listed below.
Constitution
This manual consists of the following chapters:
CHAPTER 1 Outline of Maintenance
Describes the specifications and other information of the printer, including precautions
to be taken in maintenance work.
CHAPTER 2 Operation Principle and Functions
Explaines the operation of each unit, and describes the functions and setting items of the
printer.
CHAPTER 3 Overhaul / Adjustment
Describes procedures for removal and reinstallation of major parts.
Adjusting or testing methods, or mechanical adjusting methods using jigs and tools are
also described.
CHAPTER 4 Troubleshooting
Describes how to determine the cause of trouble and how to repair the printer.
CHAPTER 5 Explanation of Electrical Parts
Describes information about PCBs and electrical parts.
Related Documents
The following documents relate to JV5-130S/160S. Refer to them whenever necessary.
• OPERATION MANUAL (Packed with main unit)
• MECHANICAL DRAWING
• SETUP GUIDE (for Service Engineers)
About this Maintenance Manual
ii
Symbols
The following symbols are used in this manual. Understand the symbols, and be sure to observe the
instructions.
Safety Symbols
In text Name of symbol Meaning
“WARNING” markFailure to observe the instructions given with this symbol can result in death or serious injuries to personnel.
“CAUTION” markFailure to observe the instructions given with this symbol can result in injuries to personnel or damage to property.
“IMPORTANT” mark
Important notes on maintenance work are given with this symbol. Understand the instructions thoroughly, and perform maintenance work properly.
“Tips” mark Useful information for maintenance work is given with this symbol.
(P.1-10) Reference pageRelated description is given on the page shown by this symbol. Be sure to refer to the specified page.
iii
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Caution Label
A caution label is stuck on the printer as shown below. Check the label before work. If it is illegible due
to stains or coming off, replace it with a new one after getting user's consent.
Locations of labels
(Reorder: M903239)
(Reorder: M903405)
(Reorder: M903330)
(Reorder: M901549)
~ Front ~
(Reorder: M903239)
(Reorder: M903968)
(Reorder: M904130)
~ Rear ~
iv
Contents
Outline of Maintenance
1-1. Precautions in Maintenance ....................................................................... 1-2
1-1-1. Notes on repair ................................................................................. 1-2
1-1-2. Preliminary checks ........................................................................... 1-3
1-2. Tools required for maintenance work ........................................................ 1-4
1-2-1. Tools to be used at disassembly and reassembly ............................. 1-4
1-2-2. Adjustment tools .............................................................................. 1-4
1-3. Specifications of the main unit ................................................................... 1-5
Operation Principle and Functions
2-1. Operation Principle ..................................................................................... 2-2
2-1-1. Sequence at Power-on ...................................................................... 2-2
2-1-2. Origin Point Detection ..................................................................... 2-3
2-1-3. Set Up ............................................................................................... 2-3
2-1-4. Media Detection ............................................................................... 2-4
2-1-5. Sequence of Maintenance Function ................................................. 2-5
2-1-6. Ink System ....................................................................................... 2-9
2-1-7. Nozzle Missing Detection (NCU) Function .................................. 2-20
2-2. Functions .................................................................................................... 2-26
2-2-1. ADJUST Function ......................................................................... 2-26
2-2-2. TEST Function ............................................................................... 2-33
2-2-3. Special Key Function ..................................................................... 2-48
2-2-4. PARAMETER Function ................................................................ 2-49
2-3. Operation Flow .......................................................................................... 2-50
2-3-1. Outline ............................................................................................ 2-50
2-3-2. SETUP ........................................................................................... 2-51
2-3-3. MACHINE SET ............................................................................. 2-52
2-3-4. NCU ............................................................................................... 2-54
2-3-5. ADJUST ......................................................................................... 2-57
2-3-6. TEST .............................................................................................. 2-61
2-3-7. PARAMETER ................................................................................ 2-68
Overhaul / Adjustment
3-1. Outline .......................................................................................................... 3-2
3-1-1. Precautions for disassembly and reassembly ................................... 3-2
3-1-2. Tools and jigs ................................................................................... 3-3
3-1-3. Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure ......................................... 3-4
3-2. Overhaul of Ink-related Parts .................................................................... 3-6
3-2-1. Head Unit ......................................................................................... 3-7
3-2-2. S Pump Assembly .......................................................................... 3-33
3-2-3. Pump Motor Assembly .................................................................. 3-35
v
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-2-4. Cap Head assy. ................................................................................ 3-37
3-2-5. Cap Base 1H ................................................................................... 3-38
3-2-6. Major Parts for Cartridge Assembly ............................................... 3-42
3-2-7. Major Parts for Wash Cartridge Assembly ..................................... 3-51
3-2-8. Damper Assembly .......................................................................... 3-57
3-2-9. Sucker BOX .................................................................................... 3-61
3-2-10. NCU ................................................................................................ 3-63
3-3. Overhaul of PCBs ....................................................................................... 3-69
3-3-1. Main PCB ....................................................................................... 3-70
3-3-2. HDC PCB ....................................................................................... 3-77
3-3-3. IO PCB ........................................................................................... 3-78
3-3-4. USB PCB ........................................................................................ 3-79
3-3-5. Head Relay PCB ............................................................................. 3-81
3-3-6. Slider PCB ...................................................................................... 3-82
3-3-7. Power PCB ..................................................................................... 3-85
3-3-8. Heater PCB ..................................................................................... 3-88
3-3-9. BOX Relay PCB ............................................................................. 3-90
3-3-10. Keyboard PCB ................................................................................ 3-92
3-3-11. Dot Detection PCB ......................................................................... 3-96
3-3-12. Ink Unit PCB .................................................................................. 3-98
3-3-13. Side Relay PCB .............................................................................. 3-99
3-3-14. ID Point of Contact PCB (Wash Cartridge) .................................. 3-101
3-3-15. LED PCB ...................................................................................... 3-103
3-3-16. Take-up PCB ................................................................................. 3-105
3-3-17. Drying Fan Fork PCB ................................................................... 3-106
3-4. Overhaul of Sensors ................................................................................. 3-109
3-4-1. Origin Sensor ................................................................................ 3-110
3-4-2. Wiper Sensor ................................................................................ 3-112
3-4-3. Clamp Sensor ................................................................................ 3-113
3-4-4. Bottom Point Sensor ..................................................................... 3-115
3-4-5. Cap Sensor .................................................................................... 3-117
3-4-6. Paper Width Sensor ...................................................................... 3-119
3-4-7. Jam Sensor .................................................................................... 3-121
3-4-8. Paper Thickness Encoder .............................................................. 3-125
3-4-9. Y Encoder ..................................................................................... 3-129
3-4-10. Head Up/Down Encoder ............................................................... 3-132
3-4-11. Paper Sensor ................................................................................. 3-136
3-4-12. Media Rotary Encoder Assembly ................................................. 3-139
3-4-13. Front Cover Sensor L ................................................................... 3-147
3-4-14. Front Cover Sensor R ................................................................... 3-149
3-4-15. Maintenance Cover Sensor L ....................................................... 3-151
3-4-16. Maintenance Cover Sensor R ....................................................... 3-152
3-4-17. Ink Leakage Sensor ...................................................................... 3-153
3-4-18. Waste Tank Sensor ........................................................................ 3-158
3-5. Overhaul of Driving Parts ....................................................................... 3-161
3-5-1. X-axis Motor Assembly ................................................................ 3-162
3-5-2. X Pulley, X Belt ............................................................................ 3-165
3-5-3. Y-axis Motor Assembly ................................................................ 3-167
3-5-4. Y Drive Pulley Assembly, Y-Drive Transmission Belt ................ 3-171
3-5-5. Y Drive Belt .................................................................................. 3-175
3-5-6. Wiper Motor ................................................................................. 3-179
3-5-7. Station Motor ................................................................................ 3-182
vi
3-5-8. Head UD Motor ........................................................................... 3-184
3-5-9. M Motor ....................................................................................... 3-186
3-6. Overhaul of Other Parts ......................................................................... 3-188
3-6-1. Cutter Unit Assy. .......................................................................... 3-189
3-6-2. A Heater Cover Assy. .................................................................. 3-193
3-6-3. P Heater Cover Assy. ................................................................... 3-198
3-6-4. R Heater Cover Assy. ................................................................... 3-204
3-6-5. Wiper Wash Solenoid ................................................................... 3-206
3-6-6. SSR .............................................................................................. 3-209
Troubleshooting
4-1. Outline .......................................................................................................... 4-2
4-1-1. Rough identification of the source of the trouble ............................ 4-2
4-1-2. Checking procedure ......................................................................... 4-2
4-2. Troubles for which error messages are displayed ..................................... 4-4
4-2-1. Error messages and corrective measures ......................................... 4-4
4-2-2. Warning messages and corrective measures .................................. 4-15
Explanation of Electrical Parts
5-1. Outline .......................................................................................................... 5-2
5-1-1. Operation Explanation ..................................................................... 5-3
5-1-2. Power Supply ................................................................................... 5-4
5-2. Circuit Board Specifications ....................................................................... 5-5
5-2-1. Main PCB ......................................................................................... 5-5
5-2-2. USB Board ....................................................................................... 5-6
5-2-3. I/F Connection Board ....................................................................... 5-6
5-2-4. HDC PCB ......................................................................................... 5-7
5-2-5. IO PCB ............................................................................................. 5-7
5-2-6. Ink Unit PCB .................................................................................... 5-8
5-2-7. Slider PCB ....................................................................................... 5-9
5-2-8. Heater PCB .................................................................................... 5-10
5-2-9. Keyboard PCB ............................................................................... 5-10
5-2-10. Dot Detection PCB ......................................................................... 5-11
5-2-11. Encoder PCB ................................................................................... 5-11
5-2-12. Paper Width Sensor PCB ................................................................ 5-11
5-2-13. Take-up PCB ................................................................................... 5-11
5-2-14. Box Relay PCB .............................................................................. 5-12
5-2-15. Side relay PCB ............................................................................... 5-12
5-2-16. Head relay PCB ............................................................................. 5-13
5-2-17. Head memory PCB ........................................................................ 5-13
5-2-18. LED PCB ....................................................................................... 5-13
5-2-19. Ink Leak Sensor PCB ..................................................................... 5-13
5-2-20. Memory PCB ................................................................................. 5-13
5-3. Electronic block diagram .......................................................................... 5-14
vii
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
viii
CHAPTER 1 Outline of Maintenance
1-1
Contents
1-1. Precautions in Maintenance ...................................... 1-2
1-1-1. Notes on repair ....................................................... 1-2
1-1-2. Preliminary checks ................................................ 1-3
1-2. Tools required for maintenance work ....................... 1-4
1-2-1. Tools to be used at disassembly and reassembly . 1-4
1-2-2. Adjustment tools .................................................... 1-4
1-3. Specifications of the main unit .................................. 1-5
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1-1. Precautions in Maintenance
1-1-1. Notes on repair
Observe the following precautions in maintenance work.
Be sure to fully understand precautions given in “For safe operation” in the operation manual for the
JV5 series.
Some error conditions observed may be due to misoperation. First judge whether or not the error
condition is caused by misoperation.
Provide adequate space for the maintenance work.
When performing tests with the electrical circuit box open, be careful not to receive an electric shock
from any live part and not to drop screws or any other parts into the circuit box.
Take care to avoid insufficient insertion or skewed insertion of any connector or FPC.
In the case where it is necessary to conduct maintenance works with the power on, carefully observe
the movement of the head. (Keep any part of your body away from the moving parts.)
Shift the media (in the X-direction) and the head (in the Y-direction) using the jog keys. If it is
necessary to shift the paper and the head by hand with the power turned off, exercise care to shift them
slowly.
Do not tilt the printer with the ink cartridges filled with ink. Doing so can give rise to leakage of ink.
In principle, the following procedures should be taken in prior to the transportation and the
transportation should be conducted using exclusive packaging members.
Do not tilt the printer with the ink cartridges filled with ink. Doing so can give rise to leakage of ink.
Discharge ink from the tube in accordance with the description given under “Discharge cleaning” in
the maintenance.
1. Detach the waste ink tank.
2. Execute “BeforeMovingIt.” of the machine.
3. Fix the head with the head stopper. (As for the detail, see Setup Guide)
�Be sure to turn the power off and unplug the power cable from the main body inlet before
starting work.
�To prevent the ink from getting into your eyes, be sure to wear safety goggles and gloves when
cleaning the print head or replacing the S pump L assembly or if the ink is anticipated to
scatter. If the ink sticks to your hand, the skin may be get rough and dry.
�Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacture.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
�Take sufficient care so that leaked ink does not adhere to other parts. Ink droplets attached to
FPCs or connectors may cause shortcircuit or a bad electric contact at inserting/removing a
damper, thereby the ink discharge trouble or breakage of head/PCB may occur.
�Properly and carefully connect the FPC cable of the slider PCB from the HDC PCB according
to the connector number. Failure to do so may cause a breakage of the PCB because of short-
circuit of the power supply.
Pay sufficient attention on arrangement of 2 FPC cables connecting the head relay PCB to the
head. Wrong arrangement of the FPC cables causes short-circuit of the power supply.Do not
turn off the power during firmware upgrading. Doing so may disable restarting.
1-2
Precautions in Maintenance
If the main unit is removed from the legs and placed directly on the floor, be careful of the following
points.
• Unplug the take-up unit power cord.
• Remove the ink waste tank and the fitting bracket.
(Plug the tube up with a cloth to prevent ink from spilling over.)
1-1-2. Preliminary checks
Before starting work, make sure that the following conditions are all met.
The following conditions for the power supply system are all met:
• The power supply voltage must be within the specification limits.
• The printer must be grounded properly.
• The power cable must be free from damage, broken wire, etc. Many cables must not be
connected to one outlet.
Make sure that the printer is not located under any of the following conditions:
• In a place where the printer is exposed to direct sunlight.
• On an inclined surface.
• In an environment of too high or low temperature, or too high or low humidity, or in a place
where temperature or humidity varies significantly.
• In a place where vibration occurs.
• In a place where the printer is exposed to direct air flow from an air conditioner or the like.
• Around a place where flame is used.
• In a dusty atmosphere.
• Around a place where strong electromagnetic waves are generated.
The media (sheets) to be used must conform to the specifications.
1-3
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1-2. Tools required for maintenance work
The tables below show the tools and measuring instruments required for maintenance work.
1-2-1. Tools to be used at disassembly and reassembly
1-2-2. Adjustment tools
Name Remarks
Phillips screwdriver Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
For M2
For M3 to5 (L=260 or more)
for M3 to 5
Slotted screwdriver Long side 2.5mm for removing E-rings
Spanner (Box wrench) Width across flats: 5 mm
Width across flats: 5.5 mm
Width across flats: 7 mm
Hexagon wrench 1.5mm for M3 SSWP
2.0mm for M4 SSWP
2.5mm for M3 cap bolts (L=170)
5.0mm for M6 cap bolts
6.0mm for M8 cap bolts
Spanner Width across flats: 5.0mm
Width across flats: 5.5mm for M3 nuts and hexagon stud
Width across flats: 7.0mm for M4 nuts
Tweezers To prevent the cable from being pulled when disconnecting the connector.
Long-nose pliers
Nippers
Soldering iron, Solder
Scale 150, 500mm
Loupe About 50x to 60x magnification
Protection glasses
Gloves To keep hands clean, and for safety.
Adhesive agent LOCKTITE242 (for locking screws)
Insulation lock L=150 or less (UL-approved product)
Nitroflon tape or acetate fabric tape As required (UL-approved product)
Name Code Remarks
Trimmer adjustment screwdriver For adjustment of trimmers on the power supply PCB.
Tester
Bar type tension gauge 500 g
Ink line airtight tester OPT-J0094
1.3mm Head gap check tool OPT-J0096
1.5mm Head gap check tool OPT-J0097
All Cap base positioning tool OPT-J0098
A Cap base positioning tool OPT-J0099
Media Jam/ Cutter unit height positioning tool
OPT-J0108
1-4
Specifications of the main unit
1-3. Specifications of the main unit
� Basic Specifications of the Unit
ItemSpecifications
NoticeJV5-130S JV5-160S
Head On demand piezoelectric head (IH47V*4 head stagger array) Solvant capable head
Printing resolution 540ÅA720ÅA1440 dpi Variable dot capable
Print mode(Scan x Feed)
720 x 540dpi VD:540 or 720 x 720dpi VD :
540 x 900dpi VD :540 or 720 x 1080dpi VD :
720 x 1440dpi VD :1440 x 1440dpi :
1440 x 1440VDPrinting with decreasing the number of head because of memory constraint
Ink 6 color loading K • M • C • Y • Lc • Lm Total 16 IC chip mounted cartridgs(Special solvant ink)4color loading K • M • C • Y
Ink supply Supplying by 2 cartridges with toggle switching (replacement of cartrdges at printing is allowed))
Ink end is detected with the cartridge end board detection method.
Ink capacity At 6 color load-ing
2 crtaridges of 440cc for each color. 880cc/1color At 6-color, 1760cc for only CM
At 4 color load-ing
4 cartridges of 440cc for each color. 1760CC/1 color
Avairable media FFÅATarpaulin, Polyvinyl chloride film(However, tdrying of he media must be allowed in the specified print mode.)
Print quality confirmation media is MIMAKI genuin.
Maximum drawing range
At standard scan1365 mm 1620 mm
When left and right drawing margin is set to the minimum, VD data is allowed. At 1440*1440VD, printing is conducted with 3 heads.
Media specifica-tion
Maximum width 1375 mm 1630 mm
Minimum width 297 mm
Thickness Less than 1.0 mm
Roll O.D. Less than ø200 mm
Roll weight Less than 38 kg(In the range that feeding error caused by bending with its own weight when both ends of the roll are held does not occur.)
Tube I.D. 2 inches, 3 inches
Deawing face Outside (over wrap)
End of winding Taping or week pasting to the paper tube
Maximum winding O.D.
ø250 mm or less
Print margin Roll Left and Right: 15 mm (default value)Top : 150 mmBottom: 0 mm
Margin of left and right whose toler-ance excluding meandering of media is ± 2mm can be changed.Minimun 5mmLeaf Left and Right : 15 mm (default value)
Top : 150 mmBottom : 200 mm
Distance accu-racy
Precision ± 0.3 mm or ± 0.3% of specified distance, whichever larger Expansion and contraction of test media, photo paper or gloss paper is excluded. Meandering just after the setting is excluded.
Repeatability ± 0.2 mm or ± 0.1% of specified distance, whichever larger
Perpendicularity ± 0.5 mm/1000mm
Media skew 5 mm or less /10m
Print gap 1.5 mm~7 mm non-step user setting(Automatic recognition of media thickness)
Any gap position settings are allowed.
Media heater PRE/PRINT/AFTER (3-system independent control)
1-5
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Media cutting Cutting in the Y direction with a tool on the head
Cutting accuracy (step height) less than 1.0mm
Cutting tool is a consumable
Waste ink tank FULL detection with a bottle type (4000cc) sensor
Interface Standard equip-
ment
USB2.0 *Cables are maintenance supplies.
Command MRL-III
Noise At standby Less than 58dB (FAST-A, back and forth and around 1m)
Continuous Less than 65dB
Temporal Less than 70dB
Nozzle check unit Laser type (under class 1) Installed in the machine
(Class 2 as a unit)
Compatible specification VCCI Class A
FCC Class A
UL 60950
CE Marking (EMC Directive, Low Voltage Directive)
CB Report
RoHS Compliant
Power source specifications Single-phase AC200V ~ 240V ± 10%
Lower than 15A 50/60Hz ± 1Hz
With the sleep function
Power consumption Lower than 3600VA Main body including heater
Excluding optional devices
Environment Operating tem-
perature limit
20 °C~35 °C Ink discharge stability declines in an
environment out of the range listed in
the left.Relative humid-
ity
35~65%Rh (non condensing)
Accuracy assur-
ance tempera-
ture
20 °C~25 °C
Temperature
gradient
Less than ± 10 °C/h
Dust Equivalent to office environment
Weight Main body Less than 292 kg (324kg) Less than 298 kg (333kg) Excluding exhaust fan (including
exhaust fan)
Outside dimen-
sion
(W) Less than 2860mm Less than 3120mm Including exhaust dryer fan
(D) Less than 850mm(1050mm) Less than 850mm(1050mm)
(H) Less than 1540mm Less than 1540mm
ItemSpecifications
NoticeJV5-130S JV5-160S
1-6
CHAPTER 2 Operation Principle and Functions
2-1
Contents
2-1. Operation Principle .................................................... 2-2
2-1-1. Sequence at Power-on .............................................. 2-2
2-1-2. Origin Point Detection ............................................. 2-3
2-1-3. Set Up ...................................................................... 2-3
2-1-4. Media Detection ....................................................... 2-4
2-1-5. Sequence of Maintenance Function ......................... 2-5
2-1-6. Ink System ............................................................... 2-9
2-1-7. Nozzle Missing Detection (NCU) Function .......... 2-20
2-2. Functions ................................................................... 2-26
2-2-1. ADJUST Function ................................................. 2-26
2-2-2. TEST Function ....................................................... 2-33
2-2-3. Special Key Function ............................................. 2-48
2-2-4. PARAMETER Function ........................................ 2-49
2-3. Operation Flow ......................................................... 2-50
2-3-1. Outline ................................................................... 2-50
2-3-2. SETUP ................................................................... 2-51
2-3-3. MACHINE SET ..................................................... 2-52
2-3-4. NCU ....................................................................... 2-54
2-3-5. ADJUST ................................................................ 2-57
2-3-6. TEST ...................................................................... 2-61
2-3-7. PARAMETER ........................................................ 2-68
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-1. Operation Principle
2-1-1. Sequence at Power-on
The following is the sequence after power-on.
No. Item Process content
1 Initial setting of CPU and H/W
2 BOOT display
3 S-RAM check R/W check of S-RAM
When an error is detected, the system is brought down with displaying
ERROR02 (MAIN RAM)
4 F-ROM check Hashing check of F-ROM
<At occurrence of hashing error>
Occurrence in boot system area:
The system is brought down with displaying ERROR01 (MAIN ROM).
Occurrence in main system area:
F/W update mode ( See Special Key Function (p.2-48)) starts.
5 Voltage check Voltage check
When an error is detected, the system is brought down with displaying
ERROR03.
6 FPGA configuration Configuration of PDC and HDC.
7 Device configuration decision Checking of a head and memory
8 Version information display Machine type name and main body F/W version are displayed.
At a maintenance open, revision and PDC/HDC version are also displayed.
Key input during the version information displaying starts special mode ( See
Special Key Function (p.2-48)).
9 Parameter check Parameter initialization at the first starting after F/W version-up.
(The flowing parameters are initialized.)
MAINTE.
INKSYSTEM
INKinfor.
INKSEQUENCE
INKTYPE
SERVO
TEST
NCU
Checksum of parameter area is executed, and in case of SUM value error, the
system is brought down with displaying ERROR04 (Flash ROM).
10 Initial operation
11 I/F Board Detection Detection of existence of I/F board and its type (USB2.0 / IEEE-1394: option).
2-2
Operation Principle
2-1-2. Origin Point Detection
Detection of each original point of the device
*1 The position encoder is tested with up/down operation of the head.
If the head height original point detection fails, the system is brought to down. (ERROR53)
*2 Retry operation is not conducted even at the Maintenance Open.
2-1-3. Set Up
Machine Configuration
The following required resources are checked.
Note: Normal start is executed when all results of check 1~3 above mentioned are normal, and ERROR202 (Device configura-
tion) is displayed when an error is detected.
Inputting [ENTER] during ERROR202 displaying causes execution of the following processes.
<Operation sequence at original point detection>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Station original point 1.Station down (cap motor drive)
2.Station original point detection
(detection by the lowest point sensor)
If the detection fails, the system is brought to down (ERROR47).
If an error occurs in each
original point detection at
maintenance open, input-
ting of [ENTER] causes
retry operation. Also,
FUNCTION features can
be operated.
([FUNCTION] effective)
2 Wiper original point Wiper original point detection (wiper motor drive)
If the detection fails, the system is brought to down (ERROR46)
3 Y-original point *2 Y-original point detection (Y-motor drive)
If the detection fails, the system is brought to down. (ERROR51)
4 Head height original
point *1, *2
1.Moving the carriage to the head up/down position.
2.Head upping (head up/down motor drive)
3.Detection of head top point (detection by the head height sensor)
4.Moving to the set height.
5 Cap 1.Returning the carriage to the Y-original point.
2.Upping the station (cap motor drive)
If the station original point detection fails, the system is brought to
down.(ERROR45)
<Model determination>
No. Item Content
1 HDC connection
determination
A normal HDC substrate is determined based on configuration results of HDC 1 ~ 4.
When configuration of HDC 1 is not completed, a HDC error (ERROR09) is displayed and the
system is brought to down.
2 Head connection
determination
An effective head connection is determined.
3 Head memory check Contents of the head unit memory are checked.
4 SDRAM check If size of SDRAM is 0, ERROR203 (SD-RAM size) is displayed and the system is brought to
down.
If required SDRAM for the device is not installed, ERROR203 is displayed again at LOCAL →
REMOTE transition after starting or at starting drawing.
Diagnosis results Head (HDC) determined to have an error in 1 ~ 3 is displayed.
Restricted use Head (HDC) determined to have an error in 1 ~ 3 is separated and setting of device start is conducted only with effective heads.
Control/Not control is selected on a head determined to have an error.
A head selected as “Not control” is displayed with “X” in function → MAINTENANCE → HEAD SELECT, and it is not controlled actually.
Setting of restricted use is not stored and the machine configuration determination is always executed at starting.
<Required RAM size>
1GB (2 SDRAM boards in the expansion slot)
2-3
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
I/F Board Detection
Detection of existence of I/F board and its type (USB2.0 / IEEE-1394: option).
A type of connected I/F board can be known with the guidance function.
When I/F board is not connected, No I/F Board Error (ERROR21) is displayed. The error is displayed
again at LOCAL → REMOTE transition, and transition to the REMOTE is not executed.
2-1-4. Media Detection
Media width and media thickness are detected.
<Media detection operation sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Media right end
detection
After moving the carriage to the media detection position, media right
end is detected. (media sensor)
Up the lever to stop the
detection.
2 Media thickness
detection
1. Measuring distance of media non-existing part
(cutter encoder detection)
2. Measuring distance of media existing part
(cutter encoder detection)
3. Media thickness calculation
(media existing part - media non-existing part = media thickness)
4. Moving the carriage to the head up/down position
5. The head height is re-calculated based on the media thickness and
adjusted to the selected gap of USER TYPE automatically.
* Media thickness 0.0mm:ERROR50
Media thickness detection failure:Input media thickness.(ERROR is displayed after cap ON)
Set value: 0.1~1.0mm(unit: 0.1 mm Default 0.1 mm)(Input value is cleared by lever UP)
After inputting the media thickness, though the sequence starts from 1, the media thickness detection is skipped.
* At cutter control error, the system is brought to down.
(ERROR49) or (ERROR59)
Up the lever to stop the
detection.
3 Media left end detection 1. After moving the carriage, media left end is detected.
(media sensor)
2. After measuring the distance between the left end and the right
end, media width is calculated (linear encoder)
* During carriage moving of the media width detection, the
linear encoder is tested.
If an error is detected, drawing is disabled. (ERROR8)
[ERROR8 detailed information]DIRECTION: ± of counter of the linear encoder is wrongCOUNT: Count number of the linear encoder is errorSENSOR: Count failure
* When the media width can not be detected, ERROR50.
(Up the lever to release)
Returning the carriage to the Y-original point and cap ON.
* Distance accuracy adjusting is automatically executed in the media
detection.
Up the lever to stop the
detection.
4 Media length inputting When “MEDIA RESIDUAL” of the MAINTENANCE function is set
to ON and media return end detection failed, input media length.
Set value: 1 ~ 500m (unit:1m)
2-4
Operation Principle
2-1-5. Sequence of Maintenance Function
� CARRIDGE OUT
Note : In order to avoid dehydration of nozzle surface and inside of the cap, a warning beep is made every 30 seconds.
(Only at maintenance closing)
�WIPER EXCHANGE
Note : After finishing, wiping execution number of times of running parameter is cleared.
In order to avoid dehydration of nozzle surface and inside of the cap, a warning beep is made every 30 seconds.
(Only at maintenance closing)
� NOZZLE WASH
Note : In order to avoid dehydration of nozzle surface and inside of the cap, a warning beep is made every 30 seconds.
(Only at maintenance closing)
<CARRIDGE OUT operation sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Start 1. Cap OFF
2. After moving the carriage to the maintenance position, wiper-ON
and servo motor-OFF.
2 Maintenance No action during the maintenance.(Waiting for inputting [ENTER] of maintenance end.)
3 End Wiper-OFF and after moving the carriage, initial operation (origin point detection)
<WIPER EXCHANGE operation sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Start 1. Cap OFF
2. After moving the carriage to the maintenance position, wiper-ON
and servo motor-OFF.
2 Maintenance 2 No action during the maintenance.
(Waiting for inputting [ENTER] of maintenance end.)
3 End Wiper-OFF and after moving the carriage, initial operation(origin point detection)
<NOZZLE WASH operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Start 1. Cap OFF
2. After moving the carriage to the maintenance position, wiper-ON
and servo motor-OFF.
3. Pump tube is locked.
2 Maintenance
(Wiper)
No action during the wiper cleaning.
(Waiting for inputting [ENTER] of wiper cleaning end.)
3 Maintenance
(Nozzle wash)
1. Wiper OFF
2. The pump tube is locked and a message of “Fill the liquid.” is
displayed. (Waiting for inputting of [ENTER]).
3. Input “being left time”. (Waiting for inputting [ENTER])
Set value: 1 ~ 99 min (time unit: 1 min)
4. After moving the carriage and initial operation (original point
detection), no action for designated time.
4 Maintenance (End) 1. Execution of cleaning.
2. End
2-5
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
� DISWAY WASH
Cleaning of ink discharge path. Operation sequence is as the following.
Note : In order to avoid dehydration of nozzle surface and inside of the cap, a warning beep is made every 30 seconds.
(Only at maintenance closing)
� CUSTODY WASH
“NOZZLE WASH” and “DISWAY WASH” above mentioned are executed in series.
� PUMP TUBE WASH
Cleaning of ink suction pump. Cleaning ink cap, ink discharge path and inside of tube of ink suction
pump with driving the cleaning fluid suction pump.
When cleaning fluid is not filled, or warning arises in cleaning fluid tank or waste ink tank, the
cleaning is not executed.
�WIPER WASH
Cleaning of the wiper.
When cleaning fluid is not filled, or warning arises in cleaning fluid tank, the cleaning is not executed.
Note : In order to avoid dehydration of nozzle surface and inside of the cap, a warning beep is made every 30 seconds.
(Only at maintenance closing)
<DISWAY WASH cleaning operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Start 1. Cap OFF
2. Moving the carriage to the maintenance position, wiper ON, servo
motor OFF.
2 Maintenance
(Nozzle wash)
The following operations are repeated until [ENTER] is input.
1. Pump tube lock
2. 10 seconds No action
3. 5 seconds dry suction
3 End 1. 30 seconds dry suction
2. Execution of initial operation (original position detection)
<PUMP TUBE WASH operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Start Cap OFF.
2 Cleaning Drive cleaning fluid suction pump and ink suction pump for 10 seconds
3 End Cap ON to end.
<WIPER WASH operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Start Placing the wiper in a wiper box (wiper sensor monitoring)
2 Wiper cleaning Open the wiper cleaning valve to drop cleaning fluid on the wiper.(valve open time is not decided)
3 Maintenance 1. Cap OFF.
2. After moving the carriage to the maintenance position, wiper-ON
and servo motor-OFF.
3. No operation at wiper cleaning.
(Waiting for inputting [ENTER] of maintenance end.)
4 End After wiper OFF and carriage moving, initial operation (original position detection).
2-6
Operation Principle
CR.MAINTENANCE
Execution of carriage maintenance (cleaning in the vicinity of head)
Note : In order to avoid dehydration of nozzle surface and inside of the cap, a warning beep is made every 30 seconds.
(Only at maintenance closing)
HD.MAINTENANCE
The following maintenance items of head are executed.
� FILL UP INK
Select a head to fill ink
<CR.MAINTENANCE operation sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Start 1. Cap OFF
2. Move he carriage to the maintenance position in the left end, servo
motor OFF.
2 Maintenance No action during the maintenance.
(Waiting for inputting [ENTER] of maintenance end.)
3 End Move the carriage, and execute initial operation
(original position detection)
<FILL UP INK operation sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Start Select a head to be filled
Set value: 1234, 12––, ––34
Filling is not executed when a warning arises in waste ink tank.
2 Filling Open cartridge valve and drive ink suction motor.
The operation is stopped when a warning is detected in ink cartridge during the filling.
Use a cartridge having
smaller residual ink
quantity.
3 End Stop the pump motor.
2-7
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
� DISCHARGE&WASH
Ink in head, damper and tube is discharged to execute cleaning.
*1 As an IC chip is not placed in a filling liquid cartridge, it is recognized that IC chip read error means normal.
�Maintenance cleaning fluid fill/discharge
Dedicated cleaning fluid for WIPER WASH and PUMP TUBE WASH is filled.
Note: At discharging
1. Remove a cartridge
2. Drive the ink/cleaning fluid discharge suction pump to discharge.
At filling
1. Set a cartridge
2. Drive the ink/cleaning fluid suction pump to fill.
<DISCHARGE&WASH operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Preparation Selection of a head to be discharged and cleaned.
2 Ink discharging 1. Taking out cartridges (all slots) (Cartridge sensor monitoring)
2. Discharging ink (Ink suction motor driving)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not
executed. (waste ink tank sensor monitoring)
Cartridge valve is closed.
3 Cleaning 1. Inserting cleaning fluid cartridges (all slots)
(Cartridge sensor monitoring*1)
2. Cleaning inside of tube.
(Opening cartridge valve, ink suction motor driving)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not
executed. (waste tank sensor monitoring)
3. Head vibrating operation (Y-motor) is executed.
4 Discharging of cleaning
fluid
1. Taking out cleaning cartridges (all slots).
(Cartridge sensor monitoring)
2. Discharging cleaning fluid (ink suction pump motor driving)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not
executed. (waste tank sensor monitoring)
Cartridge valve is closed.
5 Repeating 3~4 are executed again.
6 Operation selection [�] WASH : No.3 → 4 are executed again
[�] COMPLETED : (to next No.)
7 Confirmation of
maintenance cleaning
fluid discharge
[�] No : to No.9 (End)
[�] Yes : (to next No.)
8 Maintenance cleaning
fluid discharge
See the next item, “Maintenance cleaning fluid fill/discharge
operation sequence“
9 End (When cleaning is executed, the state is Not-filling at discharging
ink.)
<Cleaning fluid filling operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Start Cleaning fluid suction (ink suction motor, cleaning fluid suction
motor driving)
If a warning arises in the cleaning fluid cartridge, filling is not executed. (cleaning fluid cartridge sensor monitoring)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, filling is not executed.(waste tank sensor monitoring)
2 Filling 1. Pump stop.
2. Cleaning fluid suction pump blocked
3. Cartridge valve open
(until cleaning fluid is filled in the wiper cleaning valve)
2-8
Operation Principle
2-1-6. Ink System
Ink Supply Control
Ink filling method of JV5 is a suction system with roller pump, a pressure damper with a self sealing
valve is used. Ink supply at drawing is a siphon supply. The sealing valve is opened by discharging
pressure reduction to supply ink, and when the damper ink chamber is filled, the sealing valve is
closed. The ink path pressure at carriage moving conveyed to the meniscus of head is eased by the
sealing valve.
Longer consecutive drawing time than conventional products and replacement of cartridges during the
drawing are allowed by toggle switching of 2 cartridges for 1 supply path.
During the ink end cartridge replacement, in order to avoid dehydration of ink supply system, a
WARNING is displayed if a cartridge is not placed for more than 10 minutes.
A supply valve is placed for each cartridge to supply ink at the supply valve OPEN. The supply valve
is usually in CLOSE state, and when ink supply is necessary, the supply valve turns to OPEN state. Ink
supply is conducted at discharging operation (drawing and flashing) and suction operation (cleaning
and filling). The supply valve is not opened for a cartridge having an error not to supply ink.
2 types of LED (Green: control LED / Red: Error LED) are placed for each cartridge to allow a user to
check a state of cartridge in visual.
JV5 switches the supply valve at occurrence of “INK NEAR END” or “INK END” in the cleaning to
use a cartridge having smaller residual quantity. As for details, see “ Ink wear-up cleaning” (P.2-17 ).
Device configuration
The device configuration of ink supply path is shown below.
Fig.2-1 Ink Supply Path Diagrammic Illustration
2-9
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Flow of the ink supply control
The ink supply control flow can be divided as the followings.
� Error check of a cartridge
The error check of a cartridge is executed periodically (every 30 ms) to select a supply cartridge
according to an error state and ink residual quantity.
The supply cartridge notifies being under control with lighting the control LED (Green).
The error cartridge lights/blink the error LED (Red) to urge replacement of cartridges.
A valve of the cartridge indicated by lighting of the control LED is opened with a valve-open
instruction.
When an error occurs in a supply cartridge while the valve is opened (at drawing or at cleaning), if
there is a cartridge which can supply ink, the valve is switched to continue the operation, if a supply
cartridge is removed, drawing is aborted and cleaning is terminated to return to the local state.
� Selection/determination of a supply cartridge
As ink is supplied by toggle switching of 2 cartridges for 1 supply path in JV5, a supply cartridge
should be selected. The followings are selection conditions of a supply cartridge.
a) When there is a cartridge having an error in 1 supply path.
• If another cartridge can supply, the cartridge is selected.
• The selection conditions depend on occurrence of an error, contents of the error and ink supply
timing. The ink supply is executed at discharging operation (drawing, flushing and so on) or at
suction operation (cleaning and filling).
The followings are cartridge selection conditions. As for errors, see “ Ink system error monitoring” (P.2-
15 ).
Note : Supply is effective.
∆: Supply is effective when another cartridge is normal.
×: Supply is not effective
* Ink IC: NON-ORIGINAL INK, WRONG INK IC, Kind of INK, Color of INK, WRONG CARTRIDGE,
Expiration:2MONTH
1. Error check of the cartridge.
2. Selection/determination of a supply cartridge (depends on a state of the cartridge).
3. Updating of each LED (depends on a state of the supply/error cartridge).
4. Supply valve open/close operation of the cartridge selected in “2” with a valve operation instruction.
<Cartridge selection conditions>
Error contentDischarging
operation
Suction
operation
Normal cartridge
Cartridge near end ∆
Cartridge ink end× ∆
Residual quantity 0 cartridge× ×
No cartridge× ×
InK IC *× ×
2-10
Operation Principle
b) When there are plural of effective cartridges in 1 supply path.
Occurrence timing of supply cartridge switching
At power-on
When an error occurs in the currently selected cartridge.
When a cartridge superior to the currently selected cartridge is inserted.
(Switching is not executed at drawing or cleaning. It is executed when returned to the local state.)
Based on a) and b), effectiveness of ink supply in variety of cartridge states is shown in the table
below.
Note : Discharge is allowed and suction is allowed.
∆: Discharge is allowed and suction is not allowed (Near end error).
×: Discharge is not allowed and suction is not allowed (Ink end error). As for details, see “ Ink system error monitoring” (P.2-15 ).
The table below shows the switching timing of supply cartridges.
Note : Switch
∆: Switch according to the condition of priority.
–: Not switched
During the cleaning an operation may not follow the conditions above. As for details, see “ Ink wear-up cleaning” (P.2-17 ).
Priority Content
1 A cartridge having smaller ink residual quantity.
2 When “1” is the same, a cartridge having closer expiration date.
3 When both “1” and “2” are the same, a cartridge having smaller slot number.
<Ink supply effectiveness>
Cartridge 2
Cartridge 1
Normal
cartridge
Cartridge
near end
Cartridge ink
end
Residual
quantity 0
cartridge
No cartridge Ink IC
Normal cartridge
Cartridge near end ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
Cartridge ink end ∆ × × × ×
Residual quantity 0 cartridge ∆ × × × ×
No cartridge ∆ × × × ×
Ink IC ∆ × × × ×
<Conditions for supply cartridge switching timing> Active side: Cartridge which is selected now
Non-active
Active
Normal
cartridge
Cartridge
near end
Cartridge ink
end
Residual
quantity 0
cartridge
No cartridge Ink IC
Normal cartridge ∆ – – – –
Cartridge near end – ∆ – – – –
Cartridge ink end – – – –
Residual quantity 0 cartridge – – – –
No cartridge – – – –
Ink IC – – – –
2-11
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
� Cartridge LED
Lighting/blinking of 2 types of LED informs cartridge states to show the timing of replacement.
When the Control LED (Green) lights : At supplying
When the Error LED (Red) lights/blinks : Occurrence of an error
Lighting/blinking conditions for each LED are shown in the table below.
* Ink IC: NON-ORIGINAL INK, WRONG INK IC, Kind of INK, Color of INK, WRONG CARTRIDGE,
Expiration:2MONTH
Examples of cartridge switching and LED operation patterns are shown in the table below.
<Conditions for lighting/blinking of LED>
LED State
Control LED
(Green)
Not
light
Supply cartridge is not selected
Blinking –
Light At selecting a supply cartridge
At ink wear-up cleaning (See “ Ink wear-up cleaning” (P.2-17 ))
Error LED (Red) Not
light
At normal state
Blinking Occurrence of an error (Blinks at occurrence of the following errors).
Cartridge near end
Cartridge ink end
1 months passed after ink expiration date
Light Occurrence of an error (Lights at occurrence of the following errors)
Residual quantity 0 cartridge
No cartridge
Ink IC*
<LED operation pattern>
Event Valve operation
Cartridge 1 Cartridge 2
Control
LEDError LED
Control
LEDError LED
Online drawing start
No problem on both cartridgeCartridge 1 valve open Light – – –
Cartridge 1
Cartridge near end occursNot changed Light Blink – –
Cartridge 1
Cartridge ink end occursSwitched to cartridge 2 – Blink Light –
Cartridge 2
Cartridge near end occursNot changed – Blink Light Blink
Cartridge 1
Take out to replaceNot changed – Light Light Blink
Cartridge 1
Set a normal cartridgeNot changed – – Light Blink
Cartridge 2
Cartridge ink end occursSwitched to cartridge 1 Light – – Blink
Online drawing end Close all supply valves Light – – Blink
2-12
Operation Principle
�Open/close instruction for supply valve
Generally, a supply valve is in the CLOSE state, and OPEN is instructed when ink supply is necessary.
Timing of open/close instruction is shown in the table below.
Note : Operation instruction
<Supply valve operation instruction timing>
Timing
Supply valve operation
instruction
OPEN CLOSE
Flushing Before execution –
After execution –
Cleaning/filling Before execution –
After execution –
Wash Before execution –
After execution –
Before drawing operation –
Before Capping –
Replacement of supply cartridges during ink supplying
At occurrence of an system error –
At power-off –
2-13
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Cartridge Control
2 ink cartridges are used per 1 supply system (1 nozzle row), total 16 cartridges can be loaded.
Supply cartridge is always 1 per 1 supply system, and a cartridge having smaller residual quantity is used
first with toggle switching. LED (Green, Red) of each slot indicates cartridge states shown below.
*1 Ink IC warning: Errors related PIC such as NON-ORIGINAL INK, WRONG INK IC, Kind of INK, Color of
INK, WRONG CARTRIDGE and Expiration:2MONTH.
*2 Residual quantity 0 cartridge: A cartridge having no residual quantity after execution of the ink wear-up cleaning (a
function to conduct cleaning with preferentially using a cartridge having NEAR END or
INK END error).
Switching of supply cartridges occurs under the conditions shown below.
If switching in 1 supply system is impossible, a warning occurs in currently used supply cartridge is
displayed. The followings are relations between warnings and operations.
*1 Transition to the LOCAL mode is executed after each completion of drawing.
*2 In case of a month next to the ink expiration month, transition to the LOCAL mode is executed after each completion of
drawing.
<Cartridge states indicated by LED>
Green LED Light Supply cartridge
Red LED Blink INK END, INK NEAR END, Expiration:1MONTH
Light Ink IC warning*1, Residual quantity 0 cartridge*2, No cartridge
“INK END” during the drawing
“INK NEAR END” during the filling
Ink IC warning
When a cartridge is taken off.
Ink wear up cleaning
Local/Remote idle warning
display
(state of supply system unit)
Guidance function warning
display in detail
(state of cartridge unit)
Cleaning Filling Drawing
NEAR END INK NEAR END × × *1
INK END
INK END
× × ×!CAR
NO CARTRIDGE
NON-ORIGINAL INK
WRONG INK IC
Kind of INK
Color of INK
WRONG CARTRIDGE
Expiration:2MONTH
Expiration:1MONTH *2
Expiration
2-14
Operation Principle
Ink system error monitoring
�Operation at occurrence of an ink system error
Error check on ink system/cartridge is executed periodically (every 30 ms), and operation is restricted
according to the error state.
Error contents/operation restrictions are shown in the table below.
* Ink IC: NON-ORIGINAL INK, WRONG INK IC, Kind of INK, Color of INK, WRONG CARTRIDGE,
Expiration:2MONTH
<Ink system error>
Priority
Ink system error
Executions at error
Error contentsCL/
FillingDrawing
Head
cleaning
Pump
cleaning
H
L
Waste ink tank × × × ×No waste ink tank or the waste ink tank is full.
Initial filling is not
executed× × × ×
Initial filling is not executed.
Ink end error × ×Errors occurred in both cartridges and drawing & suction operation can not be executed.
Ink near end error ×
Errors occurred in both cartridges and drawing &
suction operation can not be executed.
Returns to the local state at each completion of 1 file
drawing.
A waste ink tank is
FULL soon now.× × ×
Waste ink tank is almost full.
Returns to the local state at each completion of 1 file
drawing.
No cartridge Cartridge is not installed.
Ink IC *An error related to the cartridge IC occurs.
Ink supply is disabled.
Residual quantity 0
cartridge
Ink in the cartridge is used up.
Ink supply is disabled.
Cartridge ink end
Quantity of ink in the cartridge reached to the
predetermined amount.
Ink supply is disabled (CL can be used).
Cartridge near end
The near end sensor detection board detects the state
close to ink end.
Can be used for ink supplying at drawing or CL.
1 months passed after ink
expiration date1 months passed after ink expiration date.
Announcement of nozzle
cleaning executionUrging execution of nozzle cleaning.
Wiper replacementThe number of usage times of a wiper exceeds the predetermined replacement number.
WashLiquidCart.NONE × Cleaning fluid cartridge is not installed.
Cleaning fluid cartridge × Troubles on the ink cleaning fluid cartridge.
Wash Liquid END × The cleaning fluid cartridge is empty.
Ink expiration of
limitation period.Ink expiration of limitation period.
2-15
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Ink residual quantity control
Residual quantity of cartridge ink is calculated by subtracting ink consumption quantity obtained by
calculation of number of ink shot times of drawing and flashing and ink suction amount by cleaning and
filling from the ink residual quantity.
When ink residual quantity is updated, writing to the ink IC chip is executed.
A cartridge error is issued according to the residual quantity.
� Calculation of ink consumption quantity
The followings are calculation of ink consumption quantity at drawing, cleaning etc.
a) At drawing and flashing (ink discharging)
Ink consumption quantity at ink discharging is calculated with counting the number of ink shot
times.
b) At cleaning and filling (ink suction)
Ink consumption quantity at each operation is shown in the table below.
� Updating of ink residual quantity
The ink residual quantity is updated at the following timings, and written in the ink IC chip.
In JV5, as each dot size is counted at unit of each nozzle array, Small, Middle, Large, smaller error
between actual measured value and calculated value can be expected.
<Ink consumption quantity at ink suction>
TypeInk consumption quantity in 1
supply path [cc]
Soft cleaning 0.4
Normal cleaning 1.1
High power cleaning 8.3
Maintenance filling 33.7
Initial filling Main suction 69.2
Cobble filling 15.7
Initial filling
(At replacement)
Main suction 69.2
Cobble filling 15.7
<Ink residual quantity updating timing>
Updating timing Conditions
At pre-capping operation When ink is consumed by drawing or flashing.
Mainly at capping after completion of drawing.
At completion of cleaning and filling operation Ink is consumed by cleaning and filling.
Cartridge residual quantity at using main suction is updated.
When the following events occur at drawing and cleaning or
filling.
Cover OPEN
Lever UP
Media end
Ink consumption quantity until just before the events shown in the
left is updated.
When the following errors occur at drawing.
Cartridge near end
Cartridge ink end
Cartridge error
Updated just after occurrence of the error not waiting for writing
at the capping pre-operation.
Update before replacing of cartridge during the drawing.
2-16
Operation Principle
� Errors related to ink residual quantity
Errors related to ink residual quantity are shown in the table below.
* Arises at 220cc cartridge: 400cc, 440cc cartridge: 800cc.
Ink wear-up cleaning
The purpose of this cleaning is subduing ink consumption of a normal cartridge by using residual ink
of a cartridge having “Cartridge near end” error or “Cartridge ink end” error by priority.
When one cartridge is normal at starting of cleaning, residual ink side is sucked and after suction,
switched to the normal cartridge to continue cleaning.
When residual ink is used up (soft counter), “Residual quantity 0 cartridge” error is arisen to disable
the cartridge.
<Errors related to ink residual quantity>
Item Content
Cartridge near end Error arising timing:Residual quantity detection by the near end detection board.
Set value of each cartridge is as the followings.
220 cc cartridge: 20 cc
440 cc cartridge: 40 cc
Restrictions after arising of an error:
Initial filling is not allowed (drawing and cleaning is allowed).
Cartridge ink end Error arising timing:Arising at consumption of predetermined quantity after the near end
detection.
Restrictions after arising of an error:Drawing and initial filling are not allowed (cleaning is
allowed).
Residual quantity 0 cartridge Error arising timing:Arising at residual quantity 0 after arising of ink end.
This error may arise only after cleaning by the ink wear-up cleaning.
Restrictions after arising of an error:
Drawing, initial filling and cleaning are not allowed.
Cartridge error Error arising timing:Arises when the ink end does not arise even if ink consumption quantity
exceeds about double of ink cartridge capacity*.
Restrictions after arising of an error:
Drawing, initial filling and cleaning are not allowed.
Ink wear-up cleaning control is only effective in the normal cleaning, and it can not be executed at
other cleanings or at initial filling.
2-17
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Ink Suction and Discharge Control
Outline of control
Suction and discharge of ink is driven by roller pumps (ink suction pump), 1 pump is allocated to
every 2 heads.
Suction and discharge are executed at each pump (at each head is impossible because of the
configuration).
2 sensors in the waste ink tank prevent ink troubles caused by an installation miss, ink over flowing
and so on.
At sensor detection, operations conducting ink discharging such as drawing, cleaning, filling and so
on, are restricted.
In order to avoid clotting of ink in an waste ink path tube from inside of a cap to the waste ink tank,
automatic cleaning mechanism (pump tube cleaning) is equipped.
An exclusive pump sucks cleaning fluid from installed cleaning fluid tank to clean inside of the tube
(Executed at Standby in Power ON or Sleep in Power OFF.)
In order to avoid clotting of ink adhered on a wiper, a wiper cleaning mechanism is equipped.
Cleaning fluid is supplied on the wiper at a solenoid for wiper cleaning OPEN.
Device configuration
The device configuration of ink suction and discharge is shown in a diagrammic illustration below.
Fig.2-2 Diagrammic illustration of Ink Suction and Discharge Path
2 ink suction pumps
2 cleaning fluid suction
1 cleaning fluid cartridge
Cartridge PIC
Cartridge sensor
Ink near end sensor
1 supply valve
Solenoid for wiper cleaning
To waste ink tank
Solenoid for wiper cleaning
To waste ink tank
Flow of ink
Flow of ink
Flow of
cleaning
Head 1
Cap 1
Head 2
Cap 2
Head 3
Cap 3
Head 4
Cap 4
Ink suction pump 1
Cleaning fluid
suction pump 1
Cleaning fluid
suction pump 2
Ink suction pump 2
Flow of
cleaning
Supply valve
Cleaning fluid
cartridge
2-18
Operation Principle
Initial Filling
At device starting, when ink is not filled, initial filling id conducted. Operation sequence is as the
following.
* As an IC chip is not placed in a filling liquid cartridge, it is recognized that IC chip read error means normal.
<Initial filling operation sequence>
No. Item Content
1 Selection of ink type A set value is selected among values shown below.
Set value: ES3 Sol, HS Sol
2 Selection of number of
colors
A set value is selected among values shown below.
Set value: 4-Color (MCYKKYCM), 6-Color (MCcKYCMm)
3 Filling of filler liquid Insert a filler liquid cartridge in a slot to be sucked
(As 8 filler liquid cartridges are initially attached, use those cartridges with swapping in order of
odd number slots → even number slots.)
1. Suction to a coupler (odd number slots):
Insert filler liquid cartridges into odd number slots (x8) and suck the liquid to the coupler.Sucking the liquid to the damper (head) (even number slots):
Taking out filler liquid cartridges in odd number slots and insert them into even number slots (x8), suck the liquid to the damper (head).
If there is an occurrence of warning* in a filler liquid cartridge, suction is not conducted.
If there is an occurrence of warning in waste ink tank, suction is not conducted.
If a warning related to waste ink tank is detected during sucking, sucking is stopped and the
filler liquid sucked again.
4 Cleaning fluid filling Inserting ink cartridges into all slots and ink filling is conducted.
1. Filling to the coupler
In case of cartridges in the same supply system, valves are opened in order of 2 → 1, ink is filled to the coupler.
2. Filling to the damper (head).
If a warning occurs in the ink cartridge, filling is not conducted.
If a warning occurs in the waste ink tank, filling is not conducted.
If a warning related to the cartridge occurs during filling to the coupler, filling is stopped and
ink filling is executed again.
If a cartridge warning occurs during filling to the damper (head), filling is continued with
replacing cartridges.
Filling is stopped when ink supply fails in one supply system.
If a warning related to the waste ink tank is detected during the filling, sucking is stopped and
ink filling is started again.
5 Cleaning fluid filling Filling of exclusive cleaning fluid for wiper cleaning, pump tube cleaning.
Insertion of the cleaning fluid cartridge into a slot is confirmed and filling is conducted.
If a warning occurs in the cleaning fluid cartridge, filling is not conducted.
If a warning occurs in the waste ink tank, filling is not conduct.
2-19
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-1-7. Nozzle Missing Detection (NCU) Function
This is a function to detect nozzle missing during drawing or after cleaning using the nozzle check unit.
Selection of conduct/not conduct the nozzle missing detection is set with “NOZZLE CHECK” of
NCU function.
When nozzle missing is detected, a check pattern having predetermined nozzle interval is discharged
to the nozzle check unit to check nozzle missing.
When the number of missing nozzles exceeds the set standard value (Set in “NG JUDGEMENT” of
the NCU Function (p.2-23)), a result of the nozzle check is NG, and a recovering operation selected in
“NG ACTION” of the NCU function is executed.
Operation flows at the nozzle detection are shown in p.2-21 and p.2-22.
As for details of each setting related to the nozzle missing detection function, refer to the
“NCU Function” (p.2-23).
2-20
Operation Principle
Fig.2-3 Operation at Nozzle Missing Detection 1/2
Nozzle missingdetection
YesEND
Missingnozzle qty. in 1 supplysystem is more than the
judging value?
No
Nozzle checkeffective?
Missingnozzle qty. in all supplysystem is more than the
judging value?
No
END
NoNG ACTION
(DURING THE DRAW)=CONTINUE?
Yes
1
No
Yes
Yes
NoNG ACTION (DURING THE DRAW)
=STOP?
Yes
Drawing stop
END
Cleaning
NGACTION
(DURING THE DRAW) =CLEANING&CONT.
?
No
Nozzle check
Cleaning success?
No
Cleaning retry?
No
Drawing stop
END
Yes
Yes
Missing nozzle qty. clear
Yes
1
2-21
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Fig.2-4 Operation at Nozzle Missing Detection 2/2
Missingnozzle qty. in 1 supplysystem is more than the
judging value?
No
Missingnozzle qty. in all supplysystem is more than the
judging value?
No
ENDNoNG ACTION
(AFTERtheDRAWend)=CONTINUE?
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
NoNG ACTION (AFTERtheDRAWend)
=STOP?
Yes
Drawing stop
END
Cleaning
NGACTION
(AFTERtheDRAWend) =CLEANING&CONT.
?
No
Nozzle check
Cleaning success?
No
Cleaning retry?
No
Drawing stop
END
Yes
Yes
Missing nozzle qty. clear
Yes
Drawing continue
END
Drawingcontinue
END
2-22
Operation Principle
NCU Function
Details of the nozzle missing detection function (nozzle check unit) are set.
* When the RETRY COUNT is set to 3, (if the nozzle can not be recovered) max. 4 times f cleaning are executed.
<NCU function setting items>
Item Content
NOZZLE CHECK Setting ON/OFF of nozzle missing detection.
Set value: ON, OFF (Default: ON)
NG
ACTION
DURING
THE DRAW
Setting of operations when nozzle missing NG is determined during the drawing.
Set value
CONTINUE: The drawing is continued (Default)
CLEANING&CONT: The drawing is restarted after the cleaning.
CLEANING&STOP: Nozzle recovery by cleaning is executed If failed, the drawing is not re-
started
STOP: Drawing is stopped
Pressing [FUNCTION] at item selection in CLEANING&CONT, CLEANING&STOP, the Detail
Setting of Cleaning operation starts.
CLEANING TYPE:Set a type of cleaning (CLEANING&CONT, CLEANING&STOP)
Set value: NORMAL, SOFT, HARD (Default: NORMAL)
RETRY COUNT*:No. of cleaning re-try is set (CLEANING&STOP)
Set value: 0 ~ 3 (Default: 3)
AFTER the
DRAW end
Setting of an operation after completion of 1 file drawing at the Nozzle missing NG determination.
Set value
CONTINUE: The drawing is continued (Default)
CLEANING&CONT: The drawing is restarted after the cleaning.
CLEANING&STOP: Nozzle recovery by cleaning is executed If failed, the drawing is not re-
started
STOP: Drawing is stopped
Pressing [FUNCTION] at item selection in CLEANING&CONT, CLEANING&STOP, the Detail
Setting of Cleaning operation starts.
CLEANING TYPE:Set a type of cleaning (CLEANING&CONT, CLEANING&STOP)
Set value: NORMAL, SOFT, HARD (Default: NORMAL)
RETRY COUNT*:No. of cleaning re-try is set (CLEANING&STOP)
Set value: 0 ~ 3 (Default: 3)
NG JUDGEMENT Setting No. of missing nozzles to cause nozzle check NG.
Setting contents are stored in the function parameter.
CLOGG NZL/color:Standard of No. of missing nozzles per 1 nozzle raw is set.
Set value: 1 ~ 180 (Default: 10)
CLOGG NZL/ALL:Standard of No. of total missing nozzles is set.
Set value: 1 ~ 180 (Default: 10)
COND. INDICATION operation state of NCU is displayed. (at operation / at being separated)
Pressing [FUNCTION] at operation state displaying, an NCU related error presently occurs is
displayed.
If plural of errors are occurring, the display can be switched with [�]/[�].
Errors related to NCU ERROR116: NCU I/F errorERROR160: NCU DETECT errorERROR161: NCU current consumption on creasesERROR162: NCU current consumption abnormalERROR163: NCU SENSOR errorERROR164: NCU FPGA error
2-23
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
TEST
The following items are tested. They can be selected only at the maintenance open except for NCU
detection test.
* As it is assumed that tests are executed in a state that there is no nozzle missing, it is required that no nozzle missing is con-
firmed by drawing a nozzle check pattern beforehand.
<Test Items>
Item Content
NOZZLE CHK TEST
(NCU detection test)
Operation contents Testing whether the nozzle missing detection is normally executed.
Flushing of NCU test pattern is executed, confirm that detection detail information
of the nozzle check unit agrees with the pattern.
There are 4 NCU test patterns as listed below. It is tested that both of “missing“
and “not missing“ can be detected on discharging of each nozzle.
• For the odd number nozzle discharge (odd number nozzle missing)
• For the even number nozzle discharge (even number nozzle missing)
• For consecution odd number nozzle discharge > even number nozzle discharge
• Noemal discharge (no missing)
At error Error (ERROR160 DETECT) is displayed.
SDRAM CHECK Operation contents Write/Read check of NCU SDRAM is executed.
At error If data is not agreed, the check is aborted and SDRAM address and Write/Read data
at occurrence of the error are displayed.
F-ROM CHECK Operation contents Hash check of NCU F-ROM is executed.
In the check, It is confirmed that SUM value of long ward size from address 0 of F-
ROM is a normal value, that is counted as 1, and this process is repeated to [END]
input.
At error Check process is aborted and an error is displayed. (When SUM value is not
00007000H)
LDconsu.ELcurr. Operation contents Check whether power current consumption of LD overs the threshold.
At error Over the threshold: Error (ERROR161 NCU CONSUMPTION) is displayed.
Near then threshold: Warning (ERROR161 NCU EXCHANGE.) is displayed
LINE VOLTAGE Operation contents Power source voltage of NCU (5V) is checked.
At error Error (ERROR162 NCU LINE VOLTAGE) is displayed.
LD&SensorTEST Operation contents Sensor test of NCU is executed.
At error At error detection : Error (ERROR163 NCU SENSOR DETECT)
At error detection level down : Warning (ERROR163 NCU SENSOR )
SERIAL CHECK Operation contents Serial communication with NCU test is executed.
At error Error(ERROR116 NCU I/F 01H) is displayed
LASER TEMP.CHK Operation contents Temperature read from the thermistor at laser emission part of NCU is displayed.
(A/D value is also displayed)
At error
2-24
Operation Principle
NCU LD RESET
Initialising LD current consumption value.
Current value increases gradually according to the operation of NCU. Initial value of the current value is
stored in the device and when the value exceeds the predetermined value, the error (ERROR161) to urge
the user to replace the LD sensor unit with a new one is displayed.
If LD current consumption value exceeds 109% of the initial value:
ERROR161 NCU EXCHANGE
NCU can be used
If LD current consumption value exceeds 110% of the initial value:
ERROR161 NCU CONSUMPTION
NCU can not be used
This function is effective only at the MAINTENANCE OPEN, and required to be exe-
cuted at replacement of LD sensor units.
The4 NCULD reset should be executed in the local idling state (a state that initial oper-
ation has been completed and capped).
At normal end (reset complete) : “ RESET COMPLETION ”
At error (reset failure) : “ !! RESET FAILURE !! ”
(Make sure that the machine is in the local idling state, and then execute the reset
again.)
2-25
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-2. Functions
2-2-1. ADJUST Function
#ADJUST function comprises the following items executed at factory shipping or maintenance
operation.
<Adjust functions>
Item ContentReference
page
HEAD ADJUST Slant adjust, Stagger adjust, Dot position adjust, impact confirmation. P.3-20
HEAD WASH Cleaning of head, damper, tube P.2-27
MANUALhead WASH Manual cleaning of head, damper and tube at head replacement and so on. P.2-28
DEFAULT SET Initialization of the selection parameter P.2-28
CAPPING Capping, wiping position adjustment P.3-14
BasisHEADheight Head standard height (manual) adjustment P.3-12
HEAD ID Head ID inputting P.2-29
MOTOR CURRENT Adjusting power current of X-motor, Y-motor P.2-29
SERIAL No Confirmation and input of device serial No. P.2-30
DEALER No Confirmation and input to device dealer No. P.2-30
EDGE ADJUST Adjusting margin in both sides of paper P.2-30
MEDIA ENCODER Decentering compensation of media encoder P.2-31
MEDIA COMP.2 Media basic feed amount compensation P.2-31
EXCHANGE PARTS Display and input of parts, units replacement history P.2-32
2-26
Functions
HEAD WASH
Cleaning head, damper and tube.
*1 As an IC chip is not placed in a filling liquid cartridge, it is recognized that IC chip read error means normal
As it is non- filling state after the completion of cleaning, the Initial Filling (p.2-19) or filling of
corresponding head is required.
<Head wash operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Preparation Selection of a head to be discharged and cleaned.
2 Discharging of ink 1.Taking out cartridges (all slots). (Cartridge sensor monitoring)
2.Discharging ink (Ink suction motor driving)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not executed.
(waste ink tank sensor monitoring)
3 Cleaning 1. Inserting cleaning fluid cartridges (all slots). (Cartridge sensor monitoring*1)
2.Cleaning inside of tube (Opening cartridge valve, ink suction motor driving)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not executed.
(waste tank sensor monitoring)
3.Head vibrating operation (Y-motor) is executed
4 Discharging of
cleaning fluid
1.Taking out cleaning cartridges (all slots). (Cartridge sensor monitoring)
2.Discharging cleaning fluid (ink suction pump motor driving)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not executed.
(waste tank sensor monitoring)
5 Repeating 3 ~ 4 are executed again.
6 Wiper Cleaning 1.Cap OFF
2.Wiper ON (after moving the carriage to the maintenance position)
Waiting for wiper cleaning end
([ENTER] pressing to start the following No.)
7 Operation
selection
Press one of a key below to select an operation.
[�] : Transit to No. 10 (END)
[�] : Transit to No. 8 (CONTINUE)
[�] : Transit to No. 3 (WASH)
8 Filling of shipping
fluid
1. Insert shipping fluid cartridge (all slots). (Cartridge sensor monitoring)
2. Fill head, damper and tube with shipping fluid
(Cartridge valve OPEN, Ink suction pump motor driving).
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not executed.
(waste tank sensor monitoring)
9 Discharging of
shipping fluid
1.Taking out of shipping fluid cartridges (all slots). (Cartridge sensor monitoring)
2.Discharge shipping fluid (with leaving appropriate amount)
(Cartridge valve OPEN, Ink suction pump motor driving)
If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not executed.
(waste tank sensor monitoring)
10 Operation
selection
Press one of a key below to select an operation.
[�] : End of head cleaning (END)
[�] : Transit to No. 11 (Yes)
11 Maintenance
cleaning fluid
discharge
1.Taking out the maintenance cleaning fluid cartridge
(maintenance cleaning fluid slot)
2.Discharging maintenance cleaning fluid
(driving ink suction, cleaning fluid suction motor)
*If a warning arises in the waste ink tank, discharging is not executed.
12 Operation
selection
Press one of a key below to select an operation.
[�] : End of head cleaning (END)
[�] : Transit to No. 13 (CONTINUE)
13 Shipping fluid
suction and
discharge
1. Inserting shipping fluid cartridge. (maintenance cleaning fluid slot)
2.Shipping fluid suction (driving ink suction, cleaning fluid suction motor)
3.Taking out of shipping fluid cartridges. (maintenance cleaning fluid slot)
4.Discharging shipping fluid (driving ink suction, cleaning fluid suction motor)
*When a warning on the ink waste tank arises, do not execute suction and discharge.
2-27
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
MANUALhead WASH
At head cleaning with a syringe (after head replacement and so on), cap off to execute dry suction.
DEFAULT SET
Setting initial value to a selected parameter.
<Manual head cleaning operation sequence>
No. Item Operation content Notice
1 Preparation Select a head to be sucked.
Set value: 1234, 12––, ––34
2 Suction 1. Cap OFF
2. Dry suction (pressing [ENTER] to drive corresponding motor)
If a warning on waste ink tank arises, filling is not conducted.
(Waste tank sensor monitoring)
3 End Press [ENTER] to stop pump motor and return to 1.
<Default set>
No. Selection Item Operation content Notice
1 SETUP PARAMETER 1. Initialization of user operation setting value
2.Set user No. to 1
3. Initialization of language to be used
4. Initialization of User dot position compensation value
5.Set to maintenance close
Always selectable
2 MAINTE. PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question
3 CUSTOM. PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question
4 RUNNING PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question
5 EXCHANGE PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question
6 INKSYSTEMparam. Initializing the parameter in question
7 INKinfor.PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question Quasi-disclosure
parameter (Selectable
only at releasing)8 INKinfor.PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question
9 INKSEQUENCEpara Initializing the parameter in question
10 HEADunit PARAM. Unit selection: UNIT-1~4, ALL
11 SERVO PARAMETER Initializing the parameter in question
12 TEST PARAMETER Initializing the parameter in question
13 CORRECT PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question
14 ADJUST PARAM. Initializing the parameter in question
15 NCU PARAMETER Initializing the parameter in question
2-28
Functions
HEAD ID
Contents:Head ID input of JV-5 is automatically executed by the system.
The head memory PCB Assy is equipped on the head unit Assy (M007034, IH47V Head
Unit Assy), the ID information is written in the head memory Assy.
MOTOR CURRENT
STOP ADJUST
Contents:Adjusting of power current of X-, Y-motor. Adjust value is stored in the system parameter.
X-, Y-motor power current value and corresponding D/A value are displayed.
Key operation
[ENTER]:Transit to adjust mode
[�], [�]:Motor selection
[�], [�]:Change of D/A value
X MOVING ADJUST/ Y MOVING ADJUST
Contents:Adjust current value with driving X- or Y-motor.
Current value of X- or Y-motor and corresponding D/A value are displayed.
The operation sequence is as same as that of #TEST→MOTOR TEST→ XY SERVO
MOTOR.
Adjust the D/A value with [�] [�] during the operation under designated conditions.
The set value is stored at stopping with [END].
Head ID is for compensating differences of discharge amount of ink among each head. A label on
which a compensation value (ID) is written is attached on a head at shipping.
Storing the ID in the Parameter of JV-5 makes print quality constant.
Manual input of the ID information is required in the following cases.
�In a case that the ID information is not stored in the head memory PCB Assy.
“ HEAD ID Un-Input ” is displayed on the panel (at the power ON)
�In a case that the head ID is not identical to the ID information in the PCB Assy.
(when a PCB of another head is placed, for example).
As the error is not displayed on the panel, taking care is required at replacing.
Manual ID input is recommended if there is a doubt on agreement between the ID
of a head and the ID information in the memory PCB.
When the head ID is changed, never forget to turn the power OFF with the remort
switch (the front side power switch) to write new ID information in the head memory.
(If the power is turned OFF with the main power SW (back side), as contents of the
headmemory are not updated, changing of IDs is not reflected.
2-29
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
SERIAL No
Contents:Confirmation and setting of serial ID.
8 characters of alphabet and numeral (0~9, A~Z) can be input.
Key operation
[�], [�]:Change value (cursor position)
[�], [�]:Moving the cursor
(When the cursor is in the left end or the right end, key input does not work)
[ENTER]:Setting
[END]:Input cancel
DEALER No
Contents:Confirmation and setting of dealer ID.
8 characters of alphabet and numeral (0~9, A~Z) can be input.
Key operation
[�], [�]:Change value (cursor position)
[�], [�]:Moving the cursor
(When the cursor is in the left end or the right end, key input does not work)
[ENTER]:Setting
[END]: Input cancel
EDGE ADJUST
Contents:Adjust dead space size of both left and right ends of paper
Key operation
[�]:Set adjust value of L, R to default (15.0 mm).
[�]: Execute media width detection to draw an adjust pattern.
[�], [�]:Change adjust values
[END]:Input cancel
Adjust value:0.0~35.0 mm (unit: 0.1 mm)
Input actual measurement from media end to the pattern as an adjust value.
If the unit is changed to inch, convert the value to inch to adjust.
Fig.2-5
Note: The set value is stored in the system parameter No.2 R GRIP, No.3 L GRIP as “current parameter value + (15mm-input
value)”.
Do not change the serial No in usual.
Media width
15mm 15mm
2-30
Functions
MEDIA ENCODER
Contents:Eccentric compensation of the media encoder is executed.
When the compensation is started, the following operations are executed automatically.
Used media:Using of the following cut media having more than 800mm of feed amount is
recommended.
1. Photo paper
2. Glossy white
3. Media having characteristic of as firm as possible (if media above mentioned can not
be obtained)
MEDIA COMP.2
Contents:Basic feeding amount of media is compensated.
Key operation
[ENTER]:Drawing an adjusting pattern
[�]: Input compensation value without drawing the adjusting pattern
[END]: Complete drawing and input compensation value.
Compensation value:-500 ~ 500
In actual feeding amount compensation, compensation for each media set in the
SET UP function is added to this compensation value.
Fig.2-6
Using of media hard to feed, such as tarpaulin, is not allowed.
Use cut media and not to use roll media.
(Decentering compensation is interrupted by the back tension.)
A pattern having width of media is drawn.Resolution is 720dpi
Compensation value is too large
Compensation value is too small
2-31
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
EXCHANGE PARTS
Displaying of replacement date history of parts/unit, or registering of replacement date.
� REGISTRATION
Parts replacement history is registered.
Select a part to be registered and input date and part number. Effective part numbers are as the
followings.
�HISTORY
The latest history is displayed at stating. (Switching is allowed with [�], [�])
As for a head, as it is recorded automatically at first starting after replacement, registration is not
required. (Confirmation of history is allowed)
Layout of each part is shown in the following drawing.
Fig.2-7
Type Part number
Pump 1 ~ 4
Cap 1 ~ 4
Damper 1-A, 1-B, 1-C, ... 4-G, 4-H
(combination of head number and nozzle number)
NCU sensor unit Number is not input
JV-5 determines timing of replacement of above parts.
When a part in question is replaced, never forget to register the replacement date.
Cap
Cap 1
Cap 3
Cap 2
Cap 4
Corresponding head No. is equal to cap No.
Damper
A
Designate with head No. (1~4) and nozzle row (A~H)
B C D E F G H
~Top View of Cap~
~Top view of head~
Pump
Pump1
~Front view of the device~
F.BOX Pump2
Pump3
Pump4
Pump1: Ink suction pumpPump2: Ink suction pumpPump3: Cleaning fluid suction pumpPump4: Cleaning fluid suction pump
2-32
Functions
2-2-2. TEST Function
The test function comprises the following items executed in shipping, and the maintenance operation.
<Test function item>
Item ContentReference
page
CHECK PATTERN Drawing of various type of check patterns.
100%, 50%, 25%, 12.5%, 6.25% (Density pattern)NOZZLE CHECK, COLOR CHART,DROP.POS CHK
P.2-34
PARAMETER DRAW Drawing of parameter setting contents.
SYSTEM, MAINTE, CUSTOM, RUNNING, EXCHANGE, INKSYSTEM, INKinfor., INKSEQUENCE, INK TYPE, HEADunit 1 ~ 4 (1 ~ 2 in case of 2 head model), SERVO, TEST, CORRECT, ADJUST, NCU
P.2-35
ALL PATTERN Drawing of adjusting pattern. P.2-35
MOTOR TEST Operation test of various motors.
X SERVO MOTOR, Y SERVO MOTOR, XY SERVO MOTOR, WIPER MOTOR, CAP MOTOR, HEADup/downMTR, PUMP MOTOR, TAKE-UP MOTOR
P.2-36
HEATER TEST Test of media heater
TEMPERATURE, LED, SSR, POWER RELAY SWP.2-39
WARMING TEST Test of head warming heater P.2-39
ACTION TEST Operation Test of various fan motor, cutter, valve
VACUUM FAN, VACUUM FAN, FS FAN, Y-CUTTER, WIPERwashVALVE, HDC FAN, DEOD.FAN & DRY FAN
P.2-40
SENSOR TEST Test of various sensors
SET LEVER, R.PAPER, Y-ORIGIN, STATION, WIPER, FRONT COVER, WasteTANK, HEATER POW,MEDIA JAM, INK LEAK, Interlock CABLE
P.2-40
CAP SENSOR Test of cap sensor P.2-41
PAPER SENSOR Test of media width sensor P.2-41
KEYBOARD TEST Test of panel SW P.2-41
LCD TEST Test of LCD 1, 2 P.2-41
TIMER CHECK Confirmation and setting of device time P.2-42
MEMORY CHECK Check of various memory
MAIN.SDRAM, MAIN.S-RAM, MAIN.F-ROM, BACKUP.SRAM, HEAD.EEPROM
P.2-43
SKEW CHECK Media skew check P.2-44
TEMPERATURE.CHK Display of temperature around head
HEAD TEMP., NOZZLE TEMP., HEAT SINK TEMP., SLIDER TEMP., SIDE TEMP.
P.2-44
VOLTAGE CHECK Confirmation of power source voltage. P.2-44
I/F TEST Interface check
LOOP BACK, SDRAMP.2-45
ENCODER TEST Test of various encoders.
LINEAR ENCODER, CUTTER ENCODER, MEDIA ENCODER, POSITIONencoder
P.2-46
INK CARTRIDGE Test around cartridge.
PACK&END SENSOR, CARTRIDGE VALVE, CARTRIDGE LED, INK-IC CHECK, SolenoidVOLTAGE
P.2-46
WASH CARTRIDGE Test around cleaning cartridge.
PACK&END SENSOR, CARTRIDGE VALVE, IC CHECK, SolenoidVOLTAGE
P.2-47
2-33
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
CHECK PATTERN
The following 4 types of drawing are allowed in check pattern. Procedure of pattern drawing is shown in
the table below
• Density pattern
• NOZZLE CHECK
• COLOR CHART
• DROP.POS CHK
*1 COLOR CHART, DROP.POS CHK do not have these items.
*2 Density pattern, NOZZLE CHECK and DROP.POS CHK do not have these items.
Fig.2-8
<Check pattern drawing procedure>
No. Item Content
1 Selection of density*2 ALL, 100%, 50%, 25%, 12.5%, 6.25%
2 Selection of resolution 540x 720, 540x 900, 540x1080, 720x 540
720x 720, 720x1080, 720x1440, 1440x1440
3 Selection of can
direction
Bi-D, Uni-D
4 Selection of No. of
passes
Resolution Passes(4 color) Passes(6 color)
540x720: 2,4,8,16 4,8,16,32
540x900: 5,10,20,40 5,10,20,40
540x1080: 3,6,12,24 6,12,24,48
720x540: 3,6,12,24 3,6,12,24
720x720: 2,4,8,16 4,8,16,32
720x1080: 3,6,12,24 6,12,24,48
720x1440: 4,8,16,32 8,16,32,64
1440x1440: 8,16,32 16,32,64
5 Selection of drawing size X size: 10 mm ~ paper length (unit: 10 mm) *Roll paper: 500000mm
Y size: 10 mm ~ paper width (unit: 10 mm)
6 Selection of drawing
color*16 colors: M,C,Y,K,c,m
4 colors: M,C,Y,K
7 Drawing start
(waiting for key input)
[ENTER]: Drawing start
[TEST]: Execution of test drawing
[(JOG)]: JOG operation mode
Press [ENTER] to start drawing with setting the current position as the original
position.
[REMOTE]: Setting of high speed scan ON/OFF
[END]: END of drawingF
ee
d
Scan
<Example of DROP.POS CHK pattern printing>
2-34
Functions
PARAMETER DRAW
Select a parameter to draw setting contents. Selectable parameters are as the followings.
:Standard parameter (Default selection is allowed)
:Quasi disclosure parameter (Selectable only at releasing)
F/W Version, Item No., Item Name, Adjust Value, Initial Value of a selected parameter are drawn.
When DISPLAY setting is “JAPANESE” they are drawn in Japanese, if other language is set, they are
drawn in English.
Fig.2-9
ALL PATTERN
The following check patterns are drawn in the block.
<Parameter drawing>
No. Parameter Selection Notice
1 SYSTEM PARAM.
2 MAINTE PARAM.
3 CUSTOM PARAM.
4 RUNNING PARAM.
5 EXCHANGE PARAM.
6 INKSYSTEM PARAM
7 INKinfor.PARAM.
8 INKSEQUENCEpara
9 INK TYPE PARAM.
10 HEADunit PARAM. Unit–ALL, 1~4 (1~2 in case of 2 head model) to draw
11 SERVO PARAMETER
12 TEST PARAMETER
13 CORRECT PARAM.
14 ADJUST PARAM.
15 NCU PARAMETER
Check patternReference
page
Slant adjusting pattern P.3-20
Stagger adjusting pattern P.3-23
Y-impact position adjusting pattern (FINE Y Si/Re/Bi) P.3-28
2-35
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
MOTOR TEST
The following 8 motors are tested.
� X SERVO MOTOR
Operation of X-servo motor is executed.
Note: During the test, heater temperature control is allowed (When HEATER key is effective).
� Y SERVO MOTOR
Operation of Y-servo motor is executed.
Operation sequence is as same as that of X-motor test. (See the operation sequence above.)
<Motor>
Motor nameReference
page
X SERVO MOTOR P.2-36
Y SERVO MOTOR P.2-36
XY SERVO MOTOR P.2-37
WIPER MOTOR P.2-37
CAP MOTOR P.2-38
HEADup/downMTR P.2-38
PUMP MOTOR P.2-38
TAKE-UP MOTOR P.2-39
<X (Y)-servo motor test sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Speed designation [�], [�]: Speed selection set value
Set value: 1 ~ 150 mm/s (unit: 1 mm/s) (at X-motor test)
Set value: 1 ~ 1500 mm/s (unit: 1 mm/s) (at Y-motor test)
[�], [�]:
Selection of item
2~4
2 Acceleration designation [�], [�]: Acceleration selection
Set value: 0.01 ~ 0.50G (unit: 0.01 G) (at X-motor test)
Set value: 0.05 ~ 2.00G (unit: 0.05 G) (at Y-motor test)
3 Moving amount
designation
[�], [�]: Moving amount selection
Set value: 1mm ~ paper length (width) (unit: 1 mm)
When media is not detected X-motor: 1 mm~500000 mm
4 Cap OFF Move the station to the lowest position. Only Y-moter
5 Move [ENTER]: Reciprocating motion in the X (Y) direction with designated
conditions is repeated.
6 End [END] : Return to the motion starting position and execute capping to
end.
2-36
Functions
� XY SERVO MOTOR
Operation test of XY-servo motor is executed.
Note: During the test, heater temperature control is allowed (When HEATER key is effective).
�WIPER MOTOR
Operation test of wiper motor is executed.
< XY-servo motor test sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 X speed designation [�], [�]: Speed selection
Set value: 1 ~ 150 mm/s (unit: 1 mm/s)
[�], [�]:
Selection of item
2~4
[ENTER]:
Transit to setting
in the Y
direction (5~)
2 X acceleration
designation
[�], [�]: Acceleration selection
Set value: 0.01 ~ 0.50 G (unit: 0.01 G)
3 X moving amount
designation
[�], [�]: Moving amount selection
Set value: 1 mm ~ Paper length (unit: 1 mm)
When media is not detected: 1 mm ~ 500000 mm
press [ENTER] to start Y-motor setting
4 Y speed designation [�], [�]: Speed selection
Set value: 1 ~ 1500 mm/s (unit: 1 mm/s)
[�], [�]:
Selection of item
5~7
[ENTER]:
Transit to the
following step
[END]: Transit
to setting in the
X direction (2~)
5 Y acceleration
designation
[�], [�]: Acceleration selection
Set value: 0.05 ~ 2.00 G (unit: 0.05 G)
6 Y moving amount
designation
[�], [�]: Moving amount selection
Set value: 1 mm ~ Paper width (unit: 1 mm)
When media is not detected: 1 mm ~ Mechanical limit size
7 Cap OFF Move the station to the lowest position.
8 Moving [ENTER]: The following motion is repeated with the designated
conditions.
(During the motion, No. of Y reciprocation is displayed.)
a ) Y designated distance moving
b ) X designated distance moving, Move to Y starting position
9 End [END]: Return to the motion starting position and execute capping to
end.
<Wiper motor test sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Driving speed
designation
[�], [�]: Selection of driving speed of the motor
Set value: 100 ~ 4000 pps (unit: 100 pps)
[�], [�]:
Selection of item
1~32 WAIT designation [�], [�]: Designating operation interval
Set value: 0~60 sec (unit: 1 sec)
3 Count designation [�], [�]: Designating No. of operation times
Set value: CONTINUE, 1~1000 count (unit: 1 count)
4 Carriage state selection [FUNCTION]: Displaying carriage state at test selection menu
IN :Execution at cap position
OUT :Execution after carriage out
5 Test start [ENTER]: Driving the motor with designated conditions
When CONTINUE is selected in count setting, finished with
[END]
6 Test end Wiper is returned to the original position.
2-37
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
� CAP MOTOR
Operation test of cap motor is executed.
�HEADup/downMTR
Operation test of head up/down motor is executed.
� PUMP MOTOR
Operation test of pump motor is executed.
<Cap motor test sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Driving speed
designation
[�], [�]: Selection of driving speed of the motor
Set value: 100 ~ 4000 pps (unit: 100 pps)
[�], [�]:
Selection of
item 1~32 WAIT designation [�], [�]: Designating operation interval
Set value: 0~60 sec (unit: 1 sec)
3 Count designation [�], [�]: Designating No. of operation times
Set value: CONTINUE, 1~1000 count (unit: 1 count)
4 Test start [ENTER]: Cap OFF, carriage out, cap motor is driven with designated conditions
(Moving range: Station lowest position ~Cap ON position)
5 Test end When CONTINUE is selected in count setting, finished with [END].
Cap ON to END.
< Head up/down motor test sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Driving speed
designation
[�], [�]: Selection of driving speed of the motor
Set value: 100 ~ 4000 pps (unit: 100 pps)
[�], [�]:
Selection of
item 1~32 WAIT designation [�], [�]: Designating operation interval
Set value: 0~60 sec (unit: 1 sec)
3 Count designation [�], [�]: Designating No. of operation times
Set value: CONTINUE, 1~1000 count (unit: 1 count)
4 Test start [ENTER]: Move the station to the lowest position, driving the head up/down
motor with the designated conditions. (Moving range: Head top most
position ~ Lowest position)
5 Test end When CONTINUE is selected in count setting, finished with [END].
Head is returned to the position before the test, Cap ON to END.
<Pump motor test sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Pump selection [�], [�]: Pump selection (Move cursor)
[�], [�]: Operation selection
[�], [�]:
Selection of
item 1~32 Rotation direction
selection
[�], [�]: Pump rotation direction selection
Set value: FORWARD, REVERSE
3 Driving speed
designation
[�], [�]: Select driving speed
Set value: 100~4000 pps (unit: 100 pps)
4 Carriage/Cap state
selection
[FUNCTION]: Carriage/cap state at test selection menu is displayed
<Carriage> IN: Execution at cap position / OUT: execution after carriage out
<Cap> ON: execution with cap ON / OFF: execution with cap OFF
5 Test start [ENTER]: Cap OFF, carriage is moved to maintenance position. Pump motor is
driven with designated conditions.
[END]: End
6 Test end Test end
2-38
Functions
� TAKE-UP MOTOR
Operation test of take-up motor is executed.
HEATER TEST
Various tests of the media heater are executed.
Note1: Temperature is displayed with a unit selected in the UNIT SETUP of the MACHINE SETUP function.
Note2: A/D conversion value is also displayed.
WARMING TEST
Control test of the head warming heater ON/OFF and the power FET SW is executed.
Note1: Temperature is displayed with a unit selected in the UNIT SETUP of the MACHINE SETUP function.
<Take-up motor test sequence>
No. Item Content Notice
1 Test start [ENTER]: Take-up motor is driven
(Switching of winding direction, or operation stop is allowed
with SW of winding device)
2 Test end [END]: End
<Heater test>
Item Content
TEMPERATURE Control test of heater set temperature is executed.
Temperature settings of Pre, Print, After Heater are executed to control heater.
Set value (Celsius): OFF, 20 ~ 60 °C (unit: 1 °C After-heater is up to 70 °C)
Set value (Fahrenheit): OFF, 68 ~ 140 °F (as converted from celsius, unit is not 1°F)
LED ON/OFF test of LED is executed.
LED is controlled according to heat LED of Pre, Print, After Heater, ON/OFF designation of constant LED.
SSR ON/OFF of heater is executed.
Heater is turned to ON/OFF according to ON/OFF designation of pre, print, after heater.(Heater temperature control is not conducted)
POWER RELAY
SW
Test of the heater power relay is executed.
Switching the power relay SW according to the ON/OFF designation.Current temperature of the media heater is also displayed.
<Warming test>
Item Content
TEMPERATURE Controlling the heater temperature with the temperature setting of the warming heater (each head).
Temperature and ON/OFF of each heater are displayed during the temperature control.
Set value (Celsius): OFF, 20 ~ 45 °C (unit: 1 °C)
Set value (Fahrenheit): OFF, 68 ~ 113 °F (as converted from celsius, unit is not 1°F)
POWER FET SW Making sure that the FET switch works normally with controlling the power FET SW according to the
ON/OFF designation.
Set value: ON, OFF
2-39
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
ACTION TEST
Operation of the following parts/units is tested.
SENSOR TEST
Various sensors are tested.
Before starting the test, turn the servo motor and stepping motor to OFF, after finishing the test, initial
operation of original position detection is executed.
<Action test>
Item Content
VACUUM FAN Contents: Operation test of vacuum fan motor
Set value: L.L, LOW, MID, HIGH, OFF
BUILTinDEOD.FAN Contents: Operation test of exhaust fan
Set value: ON, OFF
FS FAN Contents: Operation test of flushing station fan motor
Set value: L.L, Low, MID, HIGH, OFF
Y-CUTTER Contents: Operation test of media cutter.
Set value: UP, DOWN
Operation interval of Y-cutter is set with [FUNCTION]
[�], [�]: Operation interval setting
Set value: 0 ~ 7200 sec (unit: 1 sec)
[ENTER]: UP, Down is repeated with set interval
Number count is displayed during the test.
WIPERwashVALVE Contents: Operation test of wiper cleaning valve
Set value: OPEN, CLOSE
HDC FAN Contents: Operation test of HDC fan
Set value: OPEN, CLOSE
DEOD.FAN & DRY
FAN
Contents: Operation test of dryer/exhaust fan motor.
Set value: ON, OFF
<Sensor test>
Sensor Content LCD display
SET LEVER State display of clamp lever sensor ON/OFF
R.PAPER State display of rear paper sensor ON/OFF
Y-ORIGIN State display of Y-original position sensor. ON/OFF
STATION State display of station lowest position sensor ON/OFF
WIPER State display of wiper sensor ON/OFF
FRONT COVER State display of cover sensor (front, maintenance LR) ON/OFF
WasteTANK State display of waste ink tank full sensor/exist sensor
ON/ON: Full sensor ON / exist sensor ON (waste tank exist)
OFF/ON: Full sensor OFF / exist sensor ON (waste tank exist and near full)
ON/OFF: Full sensor ON / exist sensor OFF (never occur in usual state)
OFF/OFF:Full sensor OFF / exist sensor OFF (no waste tank or tank full)
ON/ON
OFF/ON
ON/OFF
OFF/OFF
HEATER POW Displaying the state of heater SW ON/OFF
MEDIA JAM State display of media jam sensor ON/OFF
INK LEAK Displaying the state of ink leak sensor ON/OFF
Interlock CABLE Displaying existence of a short circuit of the interlock cable. Always ON
(OFF: short circuit)
2-40
Functions
CAP SENSOR
Cap sensor is tested.
Cap OFF (station moved to the lowest position), state off cap sensor is displayed.
### ( ***
) ### : Sensor state (ON, OFF, Error)
***: Sensor reading
less than 0x00A4, sensor state : OFF
more than 0x0200, sensor state : ON
at 0x00A5~0x01FF, sensor state : Error
Sensor reading is updated periodically (every 150 msec).
[END]: After cap ON, cap sensor ends.
PAPER SENSOR
Paper width sensor is tested.
Cap OFF (station moved to the lowest position), reading of paper width sensor is displayed.
*** (@@@,$$$) @@@ : Sensor reading at SLOP-ON
$$$ : Sensor reading at SLOP-OFF
***: Difference between @@@ and $$$
Sensor reading is updated periodically (every 150 msec).
[�], [�]:Head move
[�], [�]:Alternately move to paper existing position and non-existing position in the right end of
media.
[END]:After cap ON, paper sensor ends
KEYBOARD TEST
Panel SW is tested.
When a panel SW is pressed, name of the SW is displayed on LCD.
When no key is pressed, “NONE” is displayed.
When [END] is pressed, “END TEST” is displayed and the keyboard test ends.
LCD TEST
Characters are displayed on LCD 1, LCD 2.
When the LCD Test is started, scrolling of character code of 0x21 ~ 0xFF in one line is repeated. Press
[END] to stop the test.
2-41
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
TIMER CHECK
Confirmation and setting of date and time of the device.
Inputting of past date is only allowed present day -8H. Other date is an error.
*Machine setting → Same as the time setting
Set value:20YY.MM.DD HH:MM:00
YY : 00~50
MM : 01~12
DD : 01~31
HH : 00~23
MM : 00~59
Returning to the last setting is allowed by pressing [FUNCTION] in the Date, Time Display State (not the
Entering State). (However, the time elapsed after the setting change is added.)
2-42
Functions
MEMORY CHECK
Variety of memory of the device is checked.
Note: No. of counts is displayed during the check.
*1 When data does not agrees, the check process is aborted, and memory address, write/read data at occurrence of the error
are displayed.
*2 As sector 1~10 used by parameter are passed, SUM value is not 0.
<Memory check>
Item Content
MAIN.SDRAM*1 Read/Write check of SDRAM
Select insert/not insert of wait time (30sec) between data write and read.
In the checking the following process is counted as 1 and repeat until [END] is input.
1. 00000000h is written into from address 0 to all area of SDRAM.
2.Read vacant data from address 0 to all area of SDRAM sequentially to confirm the reading meet the
writing data.
3. FFFFFFFFh is written into from address 0 to all area of SDRAM.
4.Read vacant data from address 0 to all area of SDRAM sequentially to confirm the reading meet the
writing data.
5.Write increment data of 00010203h, 04050607h, ... FCFDFE00h into from address 0 to all area of
SDRAM.
6.Read vacant data from address 0 to all area of SDRAM sequentially to confirm the reading meet the
writing data.
MAIN.S-RAM*1 Read/Write check of S-RAM
In the checking the following process is counted as 1 and repeat until [END] is input.
1.Write 00h in from address 0 of S-RAM, confirm that read value is 00h.
2.Write FFh in from address 0 of S-RAM, confirm that read value is FFh.
3.Write increment data of 00h, 01h, 02h, ..., FDh, FEh, 00h, ...in from address 0 of S-RAM, confirm that
read value agrees.
MAIN.F-ROM Hash check of F-ROM.
In the checking, it is confirmed that long ward size SUM value from address 0 of F-ROM is
0001f000H*2, that is counted as 1, the process is repeated until [END] is input.
If the SUM value is not 0001f000H, the check process is aborted and an error is displayed.
BACKUP.SRAM*1 Read/Write check of back up S-RAM
Before starting the check, save contents of BACKUP.SRAM in F-ROM (sector 1,10).
In the checking the following process is counted as 1 and repeat until [END] is input.
1.Write 00h in from address 0 of backup S-RAM, confirm that read value is 00h
2.Write FFh in from address 0 of back up S-RAM, confirm that read value is FFh.
3.Write increment data of 00h, 01h, 02h, ..., FDh, FEh, 00h, ...in from address 0 of backup SRAM,
confirm that read value agrees.
HEAD.EEPROM*1 Read/Write check of HEAD.EEPROM
Select a head unit to be checked.
Before starting the checking, save contents of EEPROM in S-RAM (head unit parameter area).
In the checking the following process is counted as 1 and repeat until [END] is input.
1.Write 00h in from address 0 of HEAD.EEPROM, confirm that read value is 00h
2.Write FFh in from address 0 of HEAD.EEPROM, confirm that read value is FFh.
3.Write increment data of 00h, 01h, 02h, ..., FDh, FEh, 00h, ...in from address 0 of HEAD.EEPROM,
confirm that read value agrees.
2-43
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
SKEW CHECK
Skewing of media is checked.
When media is not detected, an operation error (ERROR30) is displayed.
Feed distance is designated to execute feeding.
Feed distance: 1~500 m (unit: 1 m)
During the feeding, remaining of feed distance is displayed with unit of 10mm.
[END]: Feeding abort, [ENTER]: Start feeding again.
� Cut jig function
After the Skew check starts, (feed distance is not designated) the following operation starts the cut jig
function.
[REMOTE] → [FUNCTION]
The cut jig function repeats media cut → feed with designating feed distance and number of cut times.
Number of cut times is displayed in count down during cut.
Feed distance: 10~10000 mm (unit: 10 mm Default: 500 mm)
Number of cut times: 1~1000 count (unit: 1 count Default: 25 count)
TEMPERATURE.CHK
VOLTAGE CHECK
Stipulated voltage and actual voltage of each channel are displayed.
<Temperature check test>
Item Content
HEAD TEMP. Environment temperature of head is displayed (A/D value is also displayed).
Displaying of head temperature uses a unit selected in the UNIT SETUP of the MACHINE SETUP.
NOZZLE TEMP. Nozzle temperature error check is executed.
At Normal: OK is displayedAt error: NG is displayed
HEAT SINK TEMP. Temperature of HDC board heatsink is displayed (A/D value is also displayed).
Displaying of heatsink temperature uses a unit selected in the “UNIT SETUP” of the
MACHINE SETUP.
SLIDER TEMP. Temperature read from the thermistor on the slider PCB is displayed (A/D value is also displayed).
SIDE TEMP. Temperature read from the thermistor on the side board of device is displayed (A/D value is also
displayed).
Input channelStipulated
voltage
Analog input channel 2 3.3 V
Analog input channel 3 42.0 V
Analog input channel 4 24.0 V
Analog input channel 5 5.0 V
2-44
Functions
I/F TEST
*1 When data does not agree, the check process is aborted, and a path in which the error occurs (CH1/CH2/STATUS) and
Write/Read data are displayed.
*2 When data does not agree, the check process is aborted, and SDRAM address where the error occurs and Write/Read data
are displayed.
<Interface test>
Item Content
LOOP BACK*1 Loop back test with I/F Board is executed.
Operations of 1~6 are counted as 1, the process is repeated until [END] is pressed.
During the check number of counts is displayed.
1.Write check data in REVERSE register.
2.Read check data from CH1 data register, and check whether it agrees the written data.
3.Write check data in REVERSE register.
4.Read check data from CH2 data register, and check whether it agrees the written data.
5.Write check data in REVERSE register.
6.Read check data from STATUS register, and check whether it agrees the written data.
The check prepares the following 6 types of data (size 256 kbs).(The test is conducted successively with 6 types of data per 1 path.)
00010203h,04050607h,08090A0Bh•••FCFDFEFFh
All 55555555h
All AAAAAAAAh
All 5555AAAAh
All AAAA5555h
All 55AA55AAh
MEMORY CHECK*2 Write/Read of I/F Board SDRAM (receive buffer & program area) is checked.
Number of counts is displayed during the check.
2-45
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
ENCODER TEST
INK CARTRIDGE
<Encoder test>
Item Content
LINEAR ENCODER Linear scale, Linear sensor are tested.
Moving a carriage with designated distance (3 reciprocatings), difference of linear encoder value and
Y-motor encoder value is displayed. If an error arises during the operation, the test is aborted.
Moving distance: 100 mm ~ Maximum actual operation limit (unit: 100 mm)
LCD display is as the following. (M∗: Y-motor encoder, E∗: linear encoder)
• Moving distance: M=∗∗∗∗.∗ E=∗∗∗∗.∗ (unit: 0.1 mm)
• Difference of encoder values before moving and after moving:Mc=∗∗∗∗.∗ Ec=∗∗∗∗.∗ (unit: 0.1 mm)
• Encoder values before moving: Ms=∗∗∗∗∗ Es=∗∗∗∗∗
• Encoder values after moving: Mm=∗∗∗∗∗ Em=∗∗∗∗∗
• Encoder values after moving with designated distance:Mr=∗∗∗∗∗ Er=∗∗∗∗∗
CUTTER ENCODER Linear scale, Linear sensor for media thickness detection are tested.
ON/OFF of Y-cutter is conducted at media exists position and media no-exists position on the platen,
media thickness and reading of linear sensor are displayed.
Media thickness: ∗.∗∗mm
Sensor reading value: Pr=h ∗∗∗∗ Mr=h ∗∗∗∗(Pr: reading on platen, Mr: reading on media)
MEDIA ENCODER Media encoder is tested.
Executing media OREFEED/BACKFEED under conditions shown below, motor encoder value,
media encoder value and their difference are displayed.
Feed speed: 1 ~ 150 mm/s (Default: 60 mm/s)
Feed acceleration: 0.01 ~ 0.50 G (Default: 0.20 G)
Feed distance: 127 mm ~ paper length* (unit: 1 mm Default: 127 mm) *If paper length can not be detected 1 ~ 500000 mm
POSITIONencoder Position encoder is tested
Reciprocating from head top most to the lowest position, encoder values at each of starting position
(Top most), position after moving (Lowest position), and end position (Top most) are displayed.
After the test, head height is returned to the position before test to end.
LCD display is as the following.
Es=∗∗∗∗: Position encoder value at starting position (Top most)
Em=∗∗∗∗: Position encoder value at position after moving (Lowest position)
Er=∗∗∗∗: Position encoder value at end position (Top most)
<Ink cartridge test>
Item Content
PACK&END SENSOR Displaying state of cartridge exist/non-exist sensor and end sensor.
A slot number on which an error (No cartridge, Ink near end) is found is displayed.
[–2–––––––––––––] (Example of LCD display)
CARTRIDGE VALVE Checking open/close of cartridge valve
CARTRIDGE LED Light/Off of cartridge LED is tested.
INK-IC CHECK Ink cartridge IC is checked.
In the check, IC chip data is read, number of occurrence of errors at each cartridge is displayed.
SolenoidVOLTAGE Solenoid voltage is set to 24V to check whether an abnormal voltage can be detected.
2-46
Functions
WASH CARTRIDGE
<Wash cartridge test>
Item Content
PACK&END SENSOR Displaying state of cartridge exist/non-exist sensor and end sensor
[ON, OFF] (Example of LCD display)
CARTRIDGE VALVE Open/Close of cartridge valve is checked.
IC CHECK Maintenance cleaning fluid IC is checked.
IC chip data is read to be checked and the number of error occurrences is displayed.
SolenoidVOLTAGE Solenoid voltage is set to 24V to check whether an abnormal voltage can be detected.
2-47
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-2-3. Special Key Function
A function executed with pressing certain key SW at starting the device, the function starts the device
with the following modes.
F/W update mode
Receiving ROM data from the host computer through USB2.0 I/F to update device F/W, or rewriting of
ink information.
Starting method: Starting with pressing [REMOTE]
In JV-5, the following updates are allowed.
• Main board F/W (Contain NCU board F/W)
• I/F board F/W (USB2.0, IEEEE 1394 )
Parameter Up/Down load mode
Parameter data, log data are Up/Down loaded via USB I/F with the Host computer.
Starting method: Starting with pressing [�] + [�].
Upload, Download is instructed by the host PC (F/W update tool) with an exclusive maintenance
command.
Fig.2-10
Maintenance Open Mode
Starts the device in maintenance open state
Starting method: Start with pressing [REMOTE] + [FUNCTION].
System Parameter Input Mode
Starts the device in system parameter input state of #PARAMETER function.
This function is for initializing parameters when starting of device is disabled to start because of
parameter hash error and so on.
Starting method: Starts with pressing [�] + [�] (Or starts with pressing [ENTER] + [END]).
<Special key mode>
Mode Starting operation State after reset
F/W update mode [REMOTE] + Power ON Keeping previous state
Parameter Up/Down load mode [�] + [�] + Power ON Keeping previous state
Maintenance open mode [REMOTE] + [FUNCTION] + Power ON User mode
System parameter input mode [�] + [�] + Power ON
or [ENTER] + [END] + Power ONUser mode
Upload
Download
USB I/F
JV-5 side Host PC side
2-48
Functions
2-2-4. PARAMETER Function
PARAMETER function is a function to confirm and set parameters in the device.
Note: While accessing F-ROM and HEAD.EEPROM, display [F-ROM WRITING] and light up BUSY LED (red).
No.1~6: Default selection is allowed
No.7~15:Selection is allowed only at the maintenance open
<Parameter function item>
No. Item Stored place Notice
1 SYSTEM PARAM. F-ROM sector 2
2 MAINTE PARAM. F-ROM sector 2
3 CUSTOM PARAM. F-ROM sector 2
4 RUNNING PARAM. F-ROM sector 1 /Backup SRAM
5 EXCHANGE PARAM. F-ROM sector 2
6 INKSYSTEM PARAM F-ROM sector 2
7 INKinfor.PARAM. F-ROM sector 2,8,9
8 INKSEQUENCEpara F-ROM sector 2,8,9
9 INKTYPE PARAM. F-ROM sector 2,8,9
10 HEADunit PARAM. F-ROM sector 1 /Backup SRAMHEAD.EEPROM
11 SERVO PARAMETER F-ROM sector 2
12 TEST PARAMETER F-ROM sector 2
13 CORRECT PARAM. F-ROM sector 2
14 ADJUST PARAM. F-ROM sector 2
15 NCU PARAMETER F-ROM sector 2
2-49
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-3. Operation Flow
2-3-1. Outline
The followings are items to be operational at the maintenance open. As for the operation flow at the
maintenance close, see the operation manual.
EnglishGermanFrenchSpanishItalianPortuguese
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT> [ENTER]
SETUP
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTIONMAINTENANCE <ENT> [ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTIONDISPLAY <ENT> [ENTER]
DISPLAYJapanese <ent>
MAINTENANCE
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTIONMACHINE SETUP <ENT> [ENTER]
MACHINE SET
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTIONNCU <ENT> [ENTER]
NCU
[ENTER]
DISPLAYEnglish <ent>
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTION#ADJUST <ENT> [ENTER]
ADJUST
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTION#TEST <ENT> [ENTER]
TEST
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
FUNCTION#PARAMETER <ENT> [ENTER]
PARAMETER
*Display is switched to the selected language.
FUNCTION
Effective at the maintenance open. (not disclosed to users)
See p.2-51
See p.2-52
See p.2-54
See p.2-57
See p.2-61
See p.2-68
2-50
Operation Flow
2-3-2. SETUP
TYPE 2TYPE 3TYPE 4
[END]
SETUP
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
SET UPSELECT :TYPE 1
[END]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
[1]MEDIA COMP. <ent>
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
[1]MediaFeed SETUP <ent>
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
[1]MediaFeed SETUPFEED METHOD <ent>
[ENTER]/ [END]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
[1]MediaFeed SETUPSPEED SWITCHING<ent>
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
[1]MediaFeed SETUPMOVEMENT TEST <ent>
INPUT RANGE 127 - 50000mm
[1]MOVEMENT TESTFEED LENGTH:150mm
[END]
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]/ [END]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[END]
PRE PRT POST35°C 40°C 50°C
[1]HEATER <ent>
[ENTER]
* When the feed difference is more than 0.4%, the following recommended settings are displayed.• FeedMETHOD [NORMAL]• Decrease feeding speed.
∗RESULT of MOV.TEST∗ FEED ERROR : 0.2%
[DIRECT]METHOD > OK100% SPEED > OK :ent
∗RESULT of MOV.TEST∗ FEED ERROR :0.5%
Recommendation is specified. :ent
Detecting operation
∗∗ RECOMMENDATION ∗∗
FeedMETHOD>[NORMAL]
or FeedSPEED>loweredCOMPLETED :ent
[1]MOVEMENT TESTTEST START :ent
[END]
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
* Input of FEED LENGTH isallowed at the maintenance open
2-51
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-3-3. MACHINE SET
MACHINE SET
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
STAMP SETUPSTAMP :OFF
MACHINE SETUPDRYNESS FEED <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
MACHINE SETUPCONFIRM. FEED <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[ENTER][END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
MACHINE SETUPTIME SET <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
MACHINE SETUPUNIT SETUP <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
MACHINE SETUPMACHINE NAME <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
STAMP SETUPITEM <ent>
[�]/[�]
MACHINE SETUPSTAMP SETUP <ent>
[END]
[FUNCTION]
TEST DRAW: PAGE No OFF : OFF
STAMP SETUPPRINT :ONLINE
[ENTER][END]
[ENTER]
[ENTER][END]
[ENTER]
:ON
PRINT :ALL
* Test drawing and page No. can be added to the standard stamp items at the maintenance open.Stamping on the built-in drawing is also allowed other than on-line drawing.
MACHINE SETUPMRL COMMAND <ent> [END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
MACHINE SETUPINFORMATION <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
INFORMATIONERROR HISTORY <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
INFORMATIONMAINTE. HISTORY <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
INFORMATIONPRT.modeHISTORY<ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
INFORMATIONLIST <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
INFORMATIONVERSION <ent>
JV5-160S V1.00 JV5-160S V1.00
USB-I/F V1.00 MRL-III V1.00
[�]/[�]
[�]/[�]
[�]/[�]
[END] / [�]
[ENTER] / [�]
FPGA-PDC V1.00 FPGA-HDC V1.00
STAMP SETUPPRINT EXTEND <ent>
MACHINE SETUPDEODORIZE FAN <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
MACHINE SET 2/2 See p.2-53
* Confirmation of FPGA version is also allowed in the maintenance mode.
2-52
Operation Flow
INFORMATIONSerial&DealerNo<ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
[END]
[ENTER]
INFORMATIONEVENT LOG <ent>
EVENT LOG [ 0]0823-01-01.0000.0000
[�]/[�]
[�]/[�]
EVENT LOG [ -1]2307-01-02.0000.0000
[�]/[�]
EVENT LOG [-1234]0000-00-00.0000.0000
[�]/[�]
[END]
[ENTER]
INFORMATIONREPLACE COUNTER<ent>
REPLACE COUNTERCARTRIDGE <ent>
[�]/[�]
[END]
[ENTER]REPLACE COUNTERCART. 1 : 0
REPLACE COUNTERSCAN COUNT <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERSCAN : 0
MACHINE SET 2/2
[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERUSE TIME <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERTIME : 0h[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERWIPING(WIPER) <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERWIPER : 0[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERWIPING(HEAD) <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERHEAD 1: 0[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERSHOT COUNT <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERSELECT :HEAD1
[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERPumpRotationCNT <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERPUMP 1: 0[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERPRINT LENGTH <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERLENGTH : 0m
[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERDRAW AREA <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERAREA : 0m2
[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERSLEEP REFRESH <ent>
[ENTER]
TIME : 0H 00MCNT : 0[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERSLEEP CLEANING <ent>
[ENTER]
TIME : 0H 00MCNT : 0[END]
[�]/[�]
REPLACE COUNTERSLEEP TUBE WASH<ent>
[ENTER]
TIME : 0H 00MCNT : 0
[END]
REPLACE COUNTERINK PIC <ent>
[ENTER]
REPLACE COUNTERCART.1 : 0[END]
CART. 1~16
* Set to 0 at wiper replacement.
HEAD 1~4
* Corresponding number of times is set to 0 at head replacement.
HEAD1~4
[ENTER]
[END]
Head∗-A~H
H1A:ALL =123,456,789 Sdot= 13,579,135
Mdot= 68,024,680 Ldot= 41,852,974
PUMP 1~4
* Corresponding number of times is set to 0 at replacement of the pump.
[�]/[�]
CART.1~16
* Replace counter (operation state of the JV-5) can be confirmed in the maintenance mode.
See p.2-52
* Registered content of the E-LOG parameter is displayed in the maintenance mode for the simplicity.
2-53
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-3-4. NCU
NCU
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
NCUNG ACTION <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
NCUNG JUDGEMENT <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
NCUCOND.INDICATION<ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
NCU#TEST <ent>
NCUNOZZLE CHECK <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-52
* The TEST MENU of NCU is added in the maintenance mode.
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
NCU#NCU LD RESET <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
#NCU LD RESETLDcons.ELcurr. :RESET
[ENTER]
∗∗ Being LD-reset ∗∗
PLEASE WAIT
∗∗RESET COMPLETION∗∗
#NCU LD RESETLDcons.ELcurr. :RESET
!! RESET FAILURE !!
#NCU LD RESETLDcons.ELcurr. :RESET
As for the detail of “NCU LD RESET”
( p.2-25) .Normal Abnormal
End
2-54
Operation Flow
� NCU TEST1
NCU TEST
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTNOZZLE CHK TEST<ent>
[�]/[�]
#NOZZLE CHK TESTSEL. : EVEN-NUM. NZL.
Testing operation
[END]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
NCU#TEST <ent>
As for the detail of “TEST” ( p.2-24) .
#NOZZLE CHK TEST EVEN-NUM. NOZZLES
Y-Dpi : Speed 540 : x1
[ENTER]
540dpi. x1Speed EVEN-NUM. NOZZLES
#NOZZLE CHK TESTTEST START :ent
540dpi. x1Speed EVEN-NUM. NOZZLES
∗∗∗ TEST RUNTIME ∗∗∗PLEASE WAIT
#RESULT EVEN-NUM. NOZZLES
Nzl-A:0Nzl-B:0
Nzl-A ~ H
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
(Continued to next page)
(To the previous page )
[END]
#NOZZLE CHK TESTSEL. : ODD-NUM. NZL.
Testing operation
[ENTER]
#NOZZLE CHK TEST ODD-NUM. NOZZLES
Y-Dpi : Speed 540 : x1
[ENTER]
540dpi. x1Speed ODD-NUM. NOZZLES
#NOZZLE CHK TESTTEST START :ent
540dpi. x1Speed ODD-NUM. NOZZLES
∗∗∗ TEST RUNTIME ∗∗∗PLEASE WAIT
#RESULT ODD-NUM. NOZZLES
Nzl-A:0Nzl-B:0
Nzl-A ~ H
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
[END]
#NOZZLE CHK TESTSEL. : EVEN & ODD NZL.
Testing operation
[ENTER]
#NOZZLE CHK TEST EVEN & ODD NOZZLES
Y-Dpi : Speed 540 : x1
[ENTER]
540dpi. x1Speed EVEN & ODD NOZZLES
#NOZZLE CHK TESTTEST START :ent
540dpi. x1Speed EVEN & ODD NOZZLES
∗∗∗ TEST RUNTIME ∗∗∗PLEASE WAIT
#RESULT EVEN & ODD NOZZLES
Nzl-A:0Nzl-B:0
Nzl-A ~ H
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
[END]
#NOZZLE CHK TESTSEL. : ALL NOZZLES
Testing operation
[ENTER]
#NOZZLE CHK TEST ALL NOZZLES
Y-Dpi : Speed :CONT. 540 : x1 : ON
[ENTER]
540dpi. x1Speed. CONT. ALL NOZZLES
#NOZZLE CHK TESTTEST START :ent
540dpi. x1Speed. CONT. ALL NOZZLES
∗∗∗ TEST RUNTIME ∗∗∗PLEASE WAIT
#RESULT ALL NOZZLES
Nzl-A:0Nzl-B:0
Nzl-A ~ H
[ENTER]
2-55
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
NCU TEST2
[�]/[�]
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTSDRAM CHECK <ent>
[�]/[�]
#SDRAM CHECKTEST START :ent
#SDRAM CHECKCNT:1
NCU SDRAM ERRORaddress = h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
WriteData=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗Read Data=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗[END]
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTLDconsu.ELcurr. <ent>
[�]/[�]
#LDconsum.EL-currentTEST START :ent
∗∗ NCU TESTING ∗∗PLEASE WAIT
Testing operation
∗∗∗∗ SUCCESS ∗∗∗∗
#LDconsum.EL-currentVALUE = ∗∗.∗mA
∗∗∗∗ ERROR 161 ∗∗∗∗
NCU CONSUMPTION
#LDconsum.EL-currentVALUE = ∗∗.∗mA
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTLINE VOLTAGE <ent>
[�]/[�]
#LINE VOLTAGETEST START :ent
∗∗ NCU TESTING ∗∗PLEASE WAIT
Testing operation
∗∗∗∗ SUCCESS ∗∗∗∗
#LINE VOLTAGEVALUE = ∗.∗V
∗∗∗∗ ERROR 162 ∗∗∗∗
NCU LINE VOLTAGE
#LINE VOLTAGEVALUE = ∗.∗V
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTLD&SensorTEST <ent>
[�]/[�]
#LD&SensorTESTTEST START :ent
∗∗ NCU TESTING ∗∗PLEASE WAIT
Testing operation
∗∗∗∗ SUCCESS ∗∗∗∗
#LD&SensorTESTSENSOR LEVEL = 255
∗∗∗∗ ERROR 163 ∗∗∗∗
NCU SENSOR DETECT
#LD&SensorTESTSENSOR LEVEL = 0
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTF-ROM CHECK <ent>
#F-ROM CHECKTEST START :ent
#F-ROM CHECKCNT:1
NCU F-ROM CHECK ERROR ROM HASH
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTSERIAL CHECK <ent>
[�]/[�]
#SERIAL CHECKTEST START :ent
∗∗ NCU TESTING ∗∗PLEASE WAIT
Testing operation
∗∗∗∗ SUCCESS ∗∗∗∗
#SERIAL CHECKTEST START :ent
∗∗∗∗ ERROR 116 ∗∗∗∗
NCU I/F nn
#SERIAL CHECKTEST START :ent
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTLASER TEMP.CHK <ent>
#LASER TEMP.CHKTEMP.Acquisition :ent
∗∗TEMP.Acquisition∗∗PLEASE WAIT
#LASER TEMP.CHK 50°C (1234)
[END]
[ENTER]
Testing operation
[END]
[END]
[END]
[END]
[END]
~Display of Result~
~Display of Result~
~Display of Result~
~Display of Result~
~Display of Result~
~Display of Result~
~Display of Result~
2-56
Operation Flow
2-3-5. ADJUST
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
ADJUST 1/2
#ADJUSTHEAD WASH <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
#ADJUSTMANUALhead WASH<ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
A head to absorb ischosen.
MANUALhead WASHHEAD SELECT :12.34
[END]
[ENTER]
MANUALhead WASHSUCTION START :ent
Being ABSORBED
MANUALhead WASHCOMPLETED :ent
Waste ink tank error check
Normal[END]
[ENTER]
Abnormal
[ENTER] [ENTER]
Recovered
#ADJUSTDEFAULT SET <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
#DEFAULT SETSETUP PARAMETER<ent>
#DEFAULT SETHEADunit PARAM.<ent>
[�]/[�]
#DEFAULT SETSERVO PARAMETER<ent>
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
#DEFAULT SETUNIT SELECT :ALL
[ENTER]
SETUP PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK? :ent
[ENTER]
HEAD UNIT-ALL PARAM.INITIALIZE OK? :ent
SERVO PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK? :ent
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
Parameterinitialization
[ENTER]
Parameterinitialization
Parameterinitialization
MAINTE. PARAM. <ent>CUSTOM. PARAM. <ent>RUNNING PARAM. <ent>EXCHANGE PARAM.<ent>INKSYSTEMparam.<ent>INKinfor.PARAM.<ent>INKSEQUENCEpara<ent>INKTYPE PARAM. <ent>
MAINTENANCEparameterCUSTOMIZE PARAMETERRUNNING PARAMETEREXCHANGE PARAMETERINK-SYSTEM PARAMETERINK INFOR. PARAMETERINKsequencePARAMETERINK-TYPE PARAMETER
UNIT SELECT :UNIT-1~4 UNIT-1~4
TEST PARAMETER <ent>CORRECT PARAM. <ent>ADJUST PARAM. <ent>NCU PARAMETER <ent>
TEST PARAMETERCORRECT PARAMETERADJUST PARAMETERNCU PARAMETER
#ADJUSTHEAD ID <ent>
[ENTER]
#HEAD IDSELECT :HEAD-1
#ADJUSTCAPPING <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
UP:^ V:DOWN (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGLOWER POS. = 0.0mm
[ENTER]
LEFT:< >:RIGHT (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGCAPPING POS= 0.0mm
[ENTER]
UP:^ V:DOWN (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGCAP HEIGHT = 0.0mm
REAR:< >:FRONT (-20 - +20)
#CAPPINGWipwePOS(X)= 0mm
[ENTER]
UP:^ V:DOWN (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGWiperHEIGHT= 0.0mm
LEFT:< >:RIGHT (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGWiperPOS(Y)= 0.0mm
[ENTER] [ENTER]
[ENTER]
#CAPPINGNCU HEIGHT = 0.0mm
End
#ADJUSTBasisHEADheight <ent>
[ENTER]
Height 2.0mm is adjusted by hand.
#BasisHEADheightCOMPLETED :ent
[ENTER]
#HEAD ID/HEAD-1(1/2) ∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗ ∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
[ENTER]
#HEAD ID/HEAD-1(2/2) ∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
SELECT :HEAD-1~4
See p.2-58
As for the detail of “ADJUST Function” ( p.2-26) .
See p.2-59
See p.2-60
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
No waste ink tank,or a tank is FULL.
<ENT>keyHIT is aftertheTANK set or exchg
Replace awaste ink tank.
<ENT>keyHIT is afterthe TANK exchange.
∗∗ Being ADJUSTED ∗∗PLEASE WAIT
#CAPPINGNCU HEIGHT = ∗.∗mm
2-57
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
ADJUST 2/2
#ADJUSTMOTOR CURRENT <ent>
[ENTER]
#ADJUSTMEDIA COMP.2 <ent>
[ENTER]
#ADJUSTSERIAL No <ent>
[ENTER]
#SERIAL No ∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent>
[^] CurrentValueUP[V] CurrentValueDOWN
X = 0 Y = 0 (∗∗∗∗) (∗∗∗∗)
[ENTER]
0~255
[�]/[�]
#MOTOR CURRENTX MOVING ADJUST<ent>
#X MOVING ADJUST
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GX=∗∗∗∗∗mm
#XmovingADJUST ∗RUN∗
xxx (∗∗∗∗)
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GX=∗∗∗∗∗mm
Operationstart
[ENTER]
[END]
[�]/[�]
#MOTOR CURRENTY MOVING ADJUST<ent>
#Y MOVING ADJUST
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GY=∗∗∗∗∗mm
#YmovingADJUST ∗RUN∗
xxx (∗∗∗∗)
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GY=∗∗∗∗∗mm
Operationstart
[ENTER]
[END]
[�]/[�] : Value change[�]/ [�] : Column shift[ENTER] : Setting
#ADJUSTDEALER No <ent>
[ENTER]
#DEALER No ∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
[�]/[�] : Value change[�]/ [�] : Column shift[ENTER] : Setting
#ADJUSTEDGE ADJUST <ent>
[ENTER]
#EDGE ADJUSTCLEAR< >PRINT
[�]Adjust pattern drawing
Adjusted value clear[�]
End of drawing/[END]
INPUT RANGE 0.0 - 35.0
#EDGE ADJUST L=15.0 R=15.0
#ADJUSTMEDIA ENCODER <ent>
[ENTER]
#MEDIA ENCODERADJUST START :ent
[ENTER]
Automatic decentering compensation
0:∗∗ 1:∗∗ 2:∗∗ 3:∗∗4:∗∗ 5:∗∗ 6:∗∗ 7:∗∗
8:∗∗ 9:∗∗COMPLETED :ent
Normal
ADJUST FINISHED∗ ORG.DETECT ERROR ∗
#MEDIA ENCODERCOMPLETED :ent
ADJUST FINISHED∗ ENC. COUNT ERROR ∗
#MEDIA ENCODERCOMPLETED :ent
Abnormal
#MEDIA COMP.2PRINT START :ent
INPUT RANGE -500 - +500
#MEDIA COMP.2VALUE = 0
[ENTER]
Adjust pattern drawing
[�]
End of drawing / [END]
#ADJUSTEXCHANGE PARTS<ent>
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
#EXCHANGE PARTSREGISTRATION <ent>
[ENTER]
#REGISTRATIONPARTS :PUMP
[ENTER]
INPUT ITEMDate, PumpNo.
∗PUMP 05.07.?? : No.?
#REGISTRATIONPARTS :CAP
INPUT ITEMDate, CapNo.
∗CAP 05.07.?? : No.?
#REGISTRATIONPARTS :DUMPER
INPUT ITEMDate, HeadNo. NzlNo.
∗DUMPER 05.07.?? : No.?-?
[�]/[�]
#REGISTRATIONPARTS :NCUsensorUNIT
INPUT ITEMDate
∗NCUsensorUNIT 05.07.??
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
#EXCHANGE PARTSHISTORY <ent>
[ENTER]
∗∗ There is no ∗∗∗∗ HISTORY ∗∗
History indication
∗HEAD[ 0] 06.10.10 : No.2
[�]/[�]
∗PUMP[ 1] 06.09.15 : No.1
∗CAP[ 2] 06.08.15 : No.4
[�]/[�]
∗DUMPER[ 3] 06.07.23:No.3-E
[�]/[�]
if there is nohistory record
See p.2-57
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
2-58
Operation Flow
HEAD ADJUST
[END]
[ENTER]
#HEAD ADJUSTSLANT ADJUST <ent>
#HEAD ADJUSTSTAGGER ADJUST<ent>
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
#SLANT ADJUSTHEAD SELECT :1234
#STAGGER ADJUSTHEAD SELECT :1-2
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
#SLNT ADJ./HEAD=1234PRINT START :ent
#STAG ADJ./HEAD=ALLPRINT START :ent
[ENTER]
* JOG operation is allowed
Adjust pattern drawing
[ENTER]
Adjust pattern drawing
[ENTER]
HEAD SELECT :2-3 HEAD SELECT :3-4 HEAD SELECT :ALL
#HEAD ADJUSTDROP.POS ADJUST<ent>
[�]/[�]
#DROP POS. MODESELECT :HiSPEED SCAN
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsGAP SELECT :Low
[ENTER] [ENTER]
#HEAD ADJUSTDROPposCONFIRM.<ent>
[�]/[�]
#DROPposCONFIRM.PRINT START :ent
[ENTER] [ENTER]
Confirmation pattern drawing
* JOG operation is allowed
SELECT :Normal-SCAN GAP SELECT :High
#DROP POS. HsLgSELECT :Y BASE [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE DRAW :ent
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
INPUT RANGE -50 - +50
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE 1-2 : 0. 0
[�]
1-31-4
End of drawing/[END]
#DROP POS. HsLgSELECT :DRAFT
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTADJUST :Y Si
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Si DRAW :ent
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
INPUT RANGE -50 - +50
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Si H1-H2 : 0. 0
[�]
H1-H3, H1-H4End of drawing/[END]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTADJUST :Y Re
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Re DRAW :ent
[ENTER]
INPUT RANGE -50 - +50
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Re H1-H2 : 0. 0
[�]
End of drawing/[END]
[�]/[�]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTADJUST :Y Bi
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Bi DRAW :ent
[ENTER]
INPUT RANGE -50 - +50
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Bi H1-H1 : 0. 0
[�]
End of drawing/[END]
[�]/[�]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTADJUST :FINE Y Si
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTFINE-Y Si DRAW :ent
[ENTER]
INPUT RANGE -50 - +50
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Si H1-H2 : 0. 0
[�]
End of drawing/[END]
[�]/[�]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTADJUST :FINE Y Re
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTFINE-Y Re DRAW :ent
[ENTER]
INPUT RANGE -50 - +50
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Re H1-H2 : 0. 0
[�]
End of drawing/[END]
[�]/[�]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTADJUST :FINE Y Bi
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTFINE-Y Bi DRAW :ent
[ENTER]
INPUT RANGE -50 - +50
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Bi H1-H1 : 0. 0
[�]
End of drawing/[END]
#DROP POS. HsLgSELECT :BASIS SET
[ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgBASIS SET :ent
[�]/[�]
SELECT :FINE
H1-H3, H1-H4
H1-H3,H1-H4
H1-H3,H1-H4
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
ADJUST 1/2
#ADJUSTHEAD WASH <ent>
See p.2-57
Adjust pattern drawing
Adjust pattern drawing
Adjust pattern drawing
Adjust pattern drawing
Adjust pattern drawing
Adjust pattern drawing
Adjust pattern drawing
* JOG operation is allowed
2-59
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
HEAD WASH
Ink discharge.Remove cartridges.
MMCC YYKK KKYY CCMM
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Being dischargedPLEASE WAIT
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
End of discharge
NG
OK
Set all washing liquid cartridges.
1234 5678 9ABC DEFG
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
It is being absorbedPLEASE WAIT
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
NG
Remove all wshing liquid cartridges.
1234 5678 9ABC DEFG
It'sBeingDischarged.PLEASE WAIT
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
Is thewaste ink tank normal
?
Is thedischarging state normal
?
Is the waste ink
tank normal?
End of suction
OK
Isthe suction state
normal?
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
NG
End of discharge
OK
Is the discharge state normal
?
Set all washing liquid cartridges.
1234 5678 9ABC DEFG
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK[ENTER]
(Recovered)
It is being absorbedPLEASE WAIT
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
NG
End of suction
OK
Is the suction state normal
?
Remove all wshing liquid cartridges.
1234 5678 9ABC DEFG
It'sBeingDischarged.PLEASE WAIT
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
NG
End of discharge
OK
Is thedischarging state normal
?
WIPER CLEANING
COMPLETED :ent
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
It is being absorbed Please Wait
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
NG
End of suction
OK
Is the suction state normal
?
>:TransLiquidAbsorbev: It is washed again
END < >CONTINUE V WASH
[ENTER]
ADJUSTHEAD WASH <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
[�]
[�]
[�]
Set all TRANS liquidcartridges.
1234 5678 9ABC DEFG
A
A
Remove all TRANSliquid cartridges.
1234 5678 9ABC DEFG
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
Being Discharged. Please Wait
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
(Recovered)
NG
End of discharge
OK
Is thedischarging state normal
?
Do you discharge amainte.wash.liquid ?
No < > Yes
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
It is being absorbed Please Wait
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
NG
End of suction
OK
Is the suction state normal
?
Remove a maint.wash. liquid cartridge.
There is a CARTRIDGE
[�]
Set a TRANS liquidcartridges.
CARTRIDGE : none
Remove a TRANSliquid cartridges.
There is a CARTRIDGE
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
Being Discharged.Please Wait
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
NG
End of discharge
OK
Is thedischarging state normal
?
[�]
End of discharge
Being Discharged. Please Wait
∗∗∗∗∗∗––––––––––––––
>:TransLiquidAbsorbe
END< >CONTINUE[�]
[�]
Confirmation of the state
NG
OK
Waste tank
WARNING
[ENTER]
(Recovered)
Is the waste ink tank normal
?
End of discharge
Replace a waste ink tank.<ENT>keyHIT is afterthe TANK exchange.
No waste ink tank, or a tank is FULL.<ENT>keyHIT is aftertheTANK set or exchg
Waste tank WARNING
See p.2-57 As for the detail of “HEAD WASH” ( p.2-27) .
Waste tank
WARNING
2-60
Operation Flow
2-3-6. TEST
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
TEST 1/4As for the detail of “TEST Function” ( p.2-33) .
[�]/ [�]
#CHECK PATTERNPATTERN:100%
[END]
[ENTER]
PATTERN:50%PATTERN:25%PATTERN:12.5%PATTERN:6.25%PATTERN:NOZZLE CHECK
DPI :360x360SCAN:Uni-D / PASS:1
X=123450 Y=1234COLOR :KMCY
[ENTER]
[�]/ [�]
#CHECK PATTERNPATTERN:COLOR CHART
[END]
[ENTER]
DPI :360x360SCAN:Uni-D / PASS:1
X=123450 Y=1234DENSITY :ALL
[ENTER]
6 colors= :KMCYmc8 colors= :KMCY1234
#CHECK PATTERNPATTERN:DROP/POS CHK
[END]
[ENTER]
DPI :360x360SCAN:Uni-D / PASS:1
X=123450 Y=1234[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#TESTPARAMETER DRAW <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[�]/ [�]
#PARAMETER DRAWSYSTEM PARAM. <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
MAINTE PARAM. <ent>CUSTOM PARAM. <ent>RUNNING PARAM. <ent>EXCHANGE PARAM.<ent>INKSYSTEM PARAM<ent>INKinfor.PARAM. <ent>INKSEQUENCEpara <ent>INK TYPE PARAM. <ent>
PARAMETER
DRAWING
#PARAMETER DRAWDRAW(SYSTEM) :ent
[ENTER]
[�]/ [�]
#PARAMETER DRAWHEADunit PARAM. <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
UNIT SELECT :UNIT-1UNIT SELECT :UNIT-2UNIT SELECT :UNIT-3UNIT SELECT :UNIT-4
#PARAMETER DRAWUNIT SELECT :ALL
[END]
[ENTER]
DRAW(UNIT-1) :entDRAW(UNIT-2) :entDRAW(UNIT-3) :entDRAW(UNIT-4) :ent
#PARAMETER DRAWDRAW(UNIT-ALL) :ent
[ENTER]
#PARAMETER DRAWSERVO PARAMETER<ent>
TEST PARAMETER <ent>CORRECT PARAM. <ent>ADJUST PARAM. <ent>NCU PARAMETER <ent>
DRAW(TEST) :entDRAW(CORRECT) :entDRAW(ADJUST) :entDRAW(NCU) :ent
#PARAMETER DRAWDRAW(SERVO) :ent
[ENTER]
DRAW(MAINTE) :entDRAW(CUSTOMIZE) :entDRAW(RUNNING) :entDRAW(EXCHANGE) :entDRAW(INKSYSTEM) :entDRAW(INKINFO) :entDRAW(INKSEQ.) :entDRAW(INK TYPE) :ent
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTALL PATTERN <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
#ALL PATTERNDRAW :ent
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
TEST DRAWING
[TEST][ENTER]/ [END]
#CHECK PATTERN100%Hi-SPEED SCAN :OFF
:ON
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
#CHECK PATTERN/100%DRAW :ent
[ENTER]PATTERN
DRAWING
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
360x360. W1. 4P.Unix1. H1234 0.00m
Alternatively displayed at drawing
JOG operation is allowed
[REMOTE]
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
40°C 50°C 35°C ( 35 40 50 )
[HEATER] / [END] / 30sec / Error
[HEATER]
(Continued to next page)
[�]/ [�] : Select (Pre/Print/After)[�]/[�] : Adjust temperature
Range PRE : OFF, 20~60PRT : OFF, 20~60AFT : OFF, 20~70
PARAMETER
DRAWING
PARAMETER
DRAWING
2-61
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#TESTMOTOR TEST <ent>
TEST 2/4
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
#HEATER TESTTEMPERATURE <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-65
#TESTHEATER TEST <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
40°C 50°C 35°C ( 35 40 50 )
[HEATER]
[ENTER]
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
#HEATER TESTLED <ent>
#HEATER TEST /LED PRE PRT AFT
HEAT :OFF OFF OFFCONST.:OFF OFF OFF
[HEATER]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�] : Select (Pre/Print/After)[�]/[�] : Switch (ON/OFF)
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
#HEATER TESTSSR <ent>
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
<15F> <1E2> <1F0> OFF OFF OFF
[HEATER]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
#HEATER TESTPOWER RELAY SW<ent>
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
#POWER RELAY SW ON
[HEATER]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�] : Switch (ON/OFF)
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 40 40 40 40 [°C]
40 40 40 40:R-SW . o . o : ON
#TESTWARMING TEST <ent>
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
Change conditionIN UP/DOWN KEY.
#ACTION TESTVACUUM FAN :LOW
#TESTSENSOR TEST <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
:MID :HIGH :L.L. :Poff [�]/[�]
Change conditionIN UP/DOWN KEY.
#ACTION TESTBUILTinDEOD.FAN :OFF
[END]
[ENTER]
:ON [�]/[�]
[�]/[�]
Change conditionIN UP/DOWN KEY.
#ACTION TESTFS FAN :LOW
[END]
[ENTER]
:MID :HIGH :L.L. :Poff
#ACTION TESTY-CUTTER :DOWN
:UP
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
#ACTION TESTSUCK VALVE-1 :CLOSE
:OPEN
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
#ACTION TESTSUCK VALVE-2 :CLOSE
:OPEN
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
#ACTION TESTWIPERwashVALVE:CLOSE
:OPEN
[�]/[�]
#ACTION TESTHDC FAN :OFF
:ON
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
DEOD.FAN & DRY FAN OFF OFF
ON ON
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
#SENSOR TESTSET LEVER :OFF
[�]/[�]
#SENSOR TESTR.PAPTER :OFF
[�]/[�]
#SENSOR TESTY-ORIGIN :OFF
#TESTACTION TEST <ent>
[ENTER]
[END]
[END]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[�]/[�]
#SENSOR TESTSTATION :OFF
#SENSOR TESTWIPER :OFF
[�]/[�]
#SENSOR TESTFRONT COVER :OFF
[�]/[�]
#SENSOR TESTWasteTANK :OFF/OFF
[�]/[�]
#SENSOR TESTHEATER POW :OFF
[�]/[�]
#SENSOR TESTTAKE-UP :OFF
[�]/ [�]
#SENSOR TESTMEDIA JAM :OFF
[�]/ [�]
#SENSOR TESTINK LEAK :OFF
[�]/ [�]
#SENSOR TESTInterlock CABLE :OFF
[�]/[�] [�]/[�](Continued to next page)
(To the previous page )
[�]/[�] : Select (Pre/Print/After)[�]/[�] : Switch (ON/OFF)
* Heater temperature control is cut off.Temperature and AD input value are displayed in a range of 0~100 °C.
[�]/[�] : Select (Pre/Print/After)[�]/[�] : Adjust temperature
Range PRE : OFF, 20~60PRT : OFF, 20~60AFT : OFF, 20~70
2-62
Operation Flow
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#TESTCAP SENSOR <ent>
TEST 3/4
Indication of a name of the pushed key.
#KEYBOARD TESTKey-> NONE
[END]
[ENTER]
#TESTKEYBOARD TEST <ent>
[ENTER]
Test is finished.
#KEYBOARD TEST[END]-> END TEST
#CAP SENSOR ON (∗∗∗)
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#TESTPAPER SENSOR <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
#PAPER SENSOR ∗∗∗( ∗∗∗, ∗∗∗) JOG operation
is allowed
[END]
#KEYBOARD TESTKey->[USER TYPE]Key->[INFORMAITION]Key->[ST.MAINTE]Key->[HEATER]Key->[TEST]Key->[LEFT]Key->[UP]Key->[DOWN]Key->[RIGHT]Key->[CLEANING]Key->[FEED COMP.]Key->[CLEAR]Key->[FUNCTION]Key->[REMOTE]Key->[ENTER]
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
#TESTLCD TEST <ent>
[ENTER]
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
""""""""""""""""""""
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
""""""""""""""""""""
####################
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
""""""""""""""""""""
####################$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
[END]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
* Displayed items are changed at predetermined interval and at 1 line unit.[END]
Push and Change ENTER key.
#TIMER CHECK2005.01.01 01:23:45
#TESTTIMER CHECK <ent>
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[END]
[ENTER] KEY : SET UP[END] KEY : CANCEL
#TIMER CHECK2005.01.01 01:23:00
[ENTER]/[END]
2006.11.23 09:15-> 2005.12.13 11:50
#TIMER CHECKDoYou change it? :ent[�]/[�] : Changing values
[�]/[�] : Shifting columns[ENTER] : Set ( Starting at 0 second)
FUNC. It's returned before the change.
#TIMER CHECK2006.11.23 09:15:00
2006.11.23 09:15-> 2005.12.13 11:50
#TIMER CHECKDoYou return it?:ent
[ENTER]/[END]
[FUNCTION]
* A display after setting a future time
ON:30secWaitAftWrite(SDRAM SIZE = 0.5GB)
#MEMORY CHECKWAIT TIME :OFF
#TESTMEMORY CHECK <ent>
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[END]
#MEMORY CHECKCHECK:MAIN.SDRAM
[ENTER]
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗(SDRAM SIZE = 0.5GB)
#MAIN.SDRAM CHECKCOUNT= 1
[ENTER]
[END]
RESTART
∗ MAIN.SDRAM ERROR ∗address = h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
WriteData=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗Read Data=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
(ERROR)
[�]/[�]
#MEMORY CHECKCHECK:MAIN.S-RAM
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗
#MAIN.S-RAM CHECKCOUNT= 1
[ENTER]
[END]
RESTART
∗ MAIN.S-RAM ERROR ∗address = h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
WriteData=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗Read Data=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
(ERROR)
:ON
[�]/[�]
#MEMORY CHECKCHECK:MAIN.F-ROM
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗
#MAIN.F-ROM CHECKCOUNT= 1
[ENTER]
[END]
RESTART
∗∗∗∗∗ ERROR 85 ∗∗∗∗∗ ROM HASH
(ERROR)
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
HALT !
(Continued to next page)
(To the previous page )
* Returning to the setting before previous setting is allowed.
Change-1 → Change-2 → Return ⇒ Returning to Change-2 can be allowed (returning to Change-1 is not allowed).However, elapsing time after changing to the time before changing is added.
2-63
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
TEST 4/4
#MEMORY CHECKSELECT :HEAD-1
#MEMORY CHECKCHECK:HEAD.EEPROM
[ENTER]
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗
#HEAD-1.EEPROM CHECKCOUNT= 1
[ENTER]
[END]
RESTART
∗HEAD1.EEPROM ERROR∗address = h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
WriteData=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
Read Data=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
(ERROR)
#MEMORY CHECKCHECK:BACKUP.SRAM
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗
#BACKUP.SRAM CHECKCOUNT= 1
[ENTER]
[END]
RESTART
∗BACKUP.SRAM ERROR∗address = h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
WriteData=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
Read Data=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
(ERROR)
SELECT :HEAD-2SELECT :HEAD-3SELECT :HEAD-4
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#TESTSKEW CHECK <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
#SKEW CHECKFEED :1m
[ENTER]
#SKEW CHECK∗∗ FEED :1m ∗∗
INPUT RANGE 10 - 10000mm
#MEDIA CUTTING TOOLLENGTH :500mm
INPUT RANGE 1 - 1000
#MEDIA CUTTING TOOLCOUNT :10
#MEDIA CUTTING TOOLCOUNT :10
[ENTER][ENTER]
[REMOTE] + [FUNCTION]* A cycle of 1 ~ 3 is repeated
predetermined times.1. Designated length feed2. Width detection3. Cut#TEST
TEMPERATURE.CHK<ent>[END]
[ENTER]
#TEMPERATURE.CHKHEAD TEMP. <ent>
HEAD-1= ∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)HEAD-2= ∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
HEAD-3= ∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)HEAD-4= ∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
[�]/ [�]
#TEMPERATURE.CHKNOZZLE TEMP. <ent>
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
#TEMPERATURE.CHKHEAT SINK TEMP.<ent>
HEAD1-1=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)HEAD1-2=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
HEAD2-1=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)HEAD2-2=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
[ENTER]
HEAD-1=OK HEAD-2=NGHEAD-3=OK HEAD-4=OK
HEAD3-1=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)HEAD3-2=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
HEAD4-1=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)HEAD4-2=∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
[�]/ [�]
#TEMPERATURE.CHKSLIDER TEMP. <ent>
[ENTER]
#SLIDER TEMP. ∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
[�]/ [�]
#TEMPERATURE.CHKSIDE TEMP. <ent>
[ENTER]
#SIDE TEMP. ∗∗∗°C (∗∗∗∗)
#TESTVOLTAGE CHECK <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
3.3V -> 3.3V (∗∗∗∗) 5V -> 5.0V (∗∗∗∗)
24V -> 24.0V (∗∗∗∗)42V -> 42.0V (∗∗∗∗)
#TESTI/F TEST <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
#I/F TESTLOOP BACK <ent>
[�]/ [�]
#I/F TESTMEMORY CHECK <ent>
∗I/F.LoopBack ERROR∗
ABN.COURSE=> CH1(DMA)
WriteData=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗Read Data=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
∗ I/F.MOMORY ERROR ∗address = h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
WriteData=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗Read Data=h'∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗
[ENTER]I/F.LOOP BACKCOUNT=1
I/F.MEMORY CHECKCOUNT=1
[ENTER]
(ERROR)
(ERROR)
#TESTENCODER TEST <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-66
#TESTINK CARTRIDGE <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-67
#TESTWASH CARTRIDGE <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-67
(To the previous page )
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
2-64
Operation Flow
�MOTOR TEST
#TESTMOTOR TEST <ent>
#MOTOR TESTX SERVO MOTOR <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-62
#X SERVO MOTOR
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GX=∗∗∗∗∗mm
[ENTER]
Operation start
[ENTER]
#X SERVO ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GX=∗∗∗∗∗mm
[END]
PRE PRT AFT 35°C 40°C 50°C
40°C 50°C 35°C ( 35 40 50 )
#MOTOR TESTY SERVO MOTOR <ent>
#Y SERVO MOTOR
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GY=∗∗∗∗∗mm
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
#Y SERVO ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GY=∗∗∗∗∗mm
[END]
[�]/[�]
#MOTOR TESTXY SERVO MOTOR<ent>
#XY SERVO MOTOR
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GX=∗∗∗∗∗mm
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
#XYservo ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GX=∗∗∗∗∗mm
[�]/[�]
[ENTER][END]
#XY SERVO MOTOR
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GY=∗∗∗∗∗mm
[ENTER] #XYservo ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
S=∗∗∗mm/s A=∗.∗∗GY=∗∗∗∗∗mm[END]
[FUNCTION]
#MOTOR TESTWIPER MOTOR <ent>
100pps : 0s :1,CONT4000 : 60 :1000
SPEED :WAIT :COUNT 100 : 0 :CONT.
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
WIPER ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
SPEED :WAIT :COUNT 100 : 0 :CONT.
[END]
[�]/[�]
Return to the state before starting the test
(End of count)
#MOTOR TESTCAP MOTOR <ent>
100pps : 0s :1,CONT4000 : 60 :1000
SPEED :WAIT :COUNT 100 : 0 :CONT.
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
CAP ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
SPEED :WAIT :COUNT 100 : 0 :CONT.
[END]
(Head moving•cap ON)
(End of count)
* Terminate with END key at CONTINUE
[HEATER]/[END]/30second/Error
[HEATER]
[�]/[�]
#MOTOR TESTHEADup/downMTR <ent>
100pps : 0s :1,CONT4000 : 60 :1000
SPEED :WAIT :COUNT 100 : 0 :CONT.
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
Headup/down∗RUNNING∗COUNT= 0
SPEED :WAIT :COUNT 100 : 0 :CONT.
[END]
(Return to the state before starting the test)
(End of count)[�]/[�]
#MOTOR TESTPUMP MOTOR <ent>
PUMP MOTOR SELECT.
PUMP=1234 DIR=FORW. SPD=1017
[ENTER]
Cap OFF• valve close test operation start
[ENTER]
PUMP ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
PUMP=1234 DIR=FORW. SPD=1017
[END]
(Return to the state before starting the test)
(End of count)[�]/[�]
*1 *1
FORW. / REVR.
100 - 4000pps
A guide corresponding to the cursor set position is dis-
#MOTOR TESTTAKE-UP TORQUE <ent>
1000pps: 0s4000 : 60
SPEED :WAIT100 : 0
[ENTER]
TORQUE ∗ RUNNING ∗COUNT= 0
SPEED :WAIT100 : 0
[�]/[�]
[ENTER]
#MOTOR TESTTAKE-UP MOTOR <ent>
#TAKE-UP MOTORSTART :ent
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗ [PROPER ROTATION]
#TAKE-UP MOTORSTART :ent
[�]/[�]
Test Operation start
[ENTER]
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗ [REVERSE ROTATION]
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗ [STOP]
Operation start
Operation start
Test Operation start
100~4000 pps (at 100 pps unit)
* Terminate with END key at CONTINUE
* Terminate with END key at CONTINUE
* Terminate with END key at CONTINUE
FORW. / REVER. CONT. /100~4000
100~4000 pps (at 100 pps unit)CONTINUE, 1~1000 times (at 1 time unit)
Moving to the sta-tion lowest positionoperation start
Cap OFF• head movingtest operation
Cap OFFtest operation start
100~4000 pps (at 100 pps unit)CONTINUE, 1~1000 times (at 1 time unit)
100~4000 pps (at 100 pps unit)CONTINUE, 1~1000 times (at 1 time unit)
[�]/[�] : Select (Pre/Print/After)[�]/[�] : Adjust temperature
Range PRE : OFF, 20~60PRT : OFF, 20~60AFT : OFF, 20~70
2-65
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
� ENCODER TEST
#TESTENCODER TEST <ent>
#ENCODER TESTLINEAR ENCODER <ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-64
#LINEAR ENCODERActiveWIDTH :∗∗∗∗mm
[ENTER]
Check operation:3 times
reciprocating
[ENTER]
#ENCODER TESTResult of a test
M =∗∗∗∗.∗ E =∗∗∗∗.∗Mc= 0.0 Ec= 0.0
#ENCODER TESTCUTTER ENCODER<ent>
#CUTTER ENCODERCHECK :ent
[�]/[�]∗∗∗∗∗ ERROR 08 ∗∗∗∗∗LinearENCODER :SENSOR
#ENCODER TESTActiveWIDHT :∗∗∗∗mm
<< Coord.Of point >>Ms =∗∗∗∗∗∗ Es= ∗∗∗∗∗
Mm=∗∗∗∗∗∗ Em=∗∗∗∗∗Mr =∗∗∗∗∗∗ Er= ∗∗∗∗∗
(Normal END) [FUNCTION]
<<CommonCoord.SYS>>ERR(ME-LE) = ∗∗.∗∗mm
MotorENC = ∗∗∗∗.∗∗mmLinearEND = ∗∗∗∗.∗∗mm
[�]/[�]
#MEDIA ENCODERInput feed parameter
S= 60mm/s A= 0.50GL= 127mm
[ENTER]
#CUTTER ENCODERResult of a test
THICK = ∗.∗∗mmPr=∗∗∗∗ Mr=∗∗∗∗
∗∗∗∗∗ ERROR 59 ∗∗∗∗∗ CUTTER ENCODER
#CUTTER ENCODERCHECK :ent
#ENCODER TESTMEDIA ENCODER <ent>
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
#MediaENCODER/RESULTERR(M-E)=∗∗.∗∗∗mm
MTR = ∗∗∗∗∗ENC = ∗∗∗∗∗
[�]/[�]
#ENCODER TESTPOSITIONencoder <ent>
#POSITIONencoderCHECK :ent
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
#POSITIONencoderResult of a test
St =∗∗∗∗Mv=∗∗∗∗ Rt=∗∗∗∗
∗∗∗∗∗ ERROR 58 ∗∗∗∗∗ POSITIONencoder
#POSITIONencoderCHECK :ent
[�]/[�]
(Abnormal)
Check operation
[ENTER] (Normal END)
(Abnormal)
(Normal END)
(Normal END)
(Abnormal)
Feed operation
Check operation
2-66
Operation Flow
INK CARTRIDGE TEST
WASH CARTRIDGE TEST
#TESTINK CARTRIDGE <ent>
#INK CARTRIDGEPACK&END SENSOR<ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-64
[ENTER]
PACK SENSOR1-3- 56-- --BC -E-G
END SENSOR-2-4 --78 9A-- D-F-
[�]/[�]
Check end operation
#INK CARTRIDGEINK-IC CHECK <ent>
[ENTER]
#INK-IC CHECK1234 5678 9ABC DEFG
SLOT. No -> NG_-> OK , x -> None
CNT=∗12__ _67_ 9__C D_F_
[ENTER]
#INK CARTRIDGECARTRIDGE VALVE<ent>
#CARTRIDGE VALVEo = OPEN / . = close
o.o . o . .o .oo . .o .o
[�]/[�]
#INK CARTRIDGECARTRIDGE LED <ent>
[ENTER]
ERROR-LED (o=ON)o. .o . oo . o .o . .o .o
ACTIVE-LED (o=ON). . . . o . .o .o .o o .o .
[�]/[�] : Slot selection[�]/[�] : LED pattern changing[FUNCTION] : Switching ERROR/ACTIVE
[�]/[�]A cursorlsMoved. NGnum.ofTimes confirm.
CNT=∗ NG=∗12__ _67_ 9__C D_F_
[END]
#INK CARTRIDGESolenoidVOLTAGE <ent>
[ENTER]
#SolenoidVOLTAGECHECK START :ent
[END]
[�]/[�]∗DURING THE ∗
∗UNUSUAL DETECTION∗
#SolenoidVOLTAGECHECK START :ent
Check operation
[ENTER]
Check end operation
Unusual detection !! FAILURE !!
#SolenoidVOLTAGETEST END :ent
An unusual detection ∗∗ SUCCESS ∗∗
#SolenoidVOLTAGETEST END :ent
[ENTER][ENTER]
* When an unusual signal is detected within 2 minutes after starting the check (success buzzer)
* When an unusual signal is not detected within 2 minutes after starting the check (failure buzzer)
#TESTWASH CARTRIDGE<ent>
#WASH CARTRIDGEPACK&END SENSOR<ent>
[END]
[ENTER]
See p.2-64
[ENTER][�]/[�]
Check end operation
#WASH CARTRIDGECARTRIDGE VALVE<ent>
#WASH CARTRIDGEIC CHECK <ent>
[ENTER]
[�]/[�] : State change OPEN/close
#WASH CARTRIDGESolenoidVOLTAGE<ent>
[ENTER]
#SolenoidVOLTAGECHECK START :ent
[END]
[�]/[�]∗DURING THE ∗
∗UNUSUAL DETECTION∗
#SolenoidVOLTAGECHECK START :ent
Check operation
[ENTER]
Check end operation
Unusual detection !! FAILURE !!
#SolenoidVOLTAGETEST END :ent
An unusual detection ∗∗ SUCCESS ∗∗
#SolenoidVOLTAGETEST END :ent
[ENTER][ENTER]
PACK SENSOR :ON END SENSOR :OFF
#CARTRIDGE VALVE OPEN
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
∗∗∗ RUNNING ∗∗∗
#IC CHECKCNT=1 NG=0
[�]/[�]
#IC CHECK o
[ENTER]
#IC CHECKCNT=1 NG=0
* When an unusual signal is detected within 2 minutes after starting the check (success buzzer)
* When an unusual signal is not detected within 2 minutes after starting the check (failure buzzer)
2-67
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-3-7. PARAMETER
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#PARAMETERSYSTEM PARAM. <ent>
[ENTER]
PARAMETER 1/2As for the detail of “PARAMETER Function” ( p.2-49) .
SYSTEM PARAMETER000:COMP. X = 0
----> 1000:COMP. X = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
(If INITIAL=1) ALL PARAMETER INITIALIZE OK ? :ent
[ENTER] Initialization of all parameters
#PARAMETERMAINTE PARAM. <ent>
[ENTER]MAINTENANCEparameter000:DIR = 0
----> 1000:DIR = 0
[ENTER]
SYSTEM PARAMETER INITIALIZE OK ? :ent
[ENTER] Initialization of system parameters
CLOSED PARAMETER INITIALIZE OK ? :ent
[ENTER] Initialization of non-disclosed
MAINTENANCEparameterINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETERCUSTOM PARAM. <ent>
[ENTER]CUSTOMIZE PARAMETER000:EDGE LV = 50
----> 100000:EDGE LV = 50
[END]
[ENTER]
CUSTOMIZE PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETERRUNNING PARAM. <ent>
[ENTER] RUNNING PARAMETER000:CAPC.H1 = 0
----> 3000000:CAPC.H1 = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
RUNNING PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETEREXCHANGE PARAM.<ent>
[ENTER]EXCHANGE PARAMETER000:Hd.nn01 = 0
----> 3000:Hd.nn01 = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
#PARAMETERINKSYSTEM PARAM<ent>
[ENTER]INK-SYSTEM PARAMETER000:LEVELsw = 0
----> 1000:LEVELsw = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
INK-SYSTEM PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETERINKinfor.PARAM.<ent>
[ENTER]INK INFOR. PARAMETER000:VERSION = 100
----> 101000:VERSION = 100
[END]
[ENTER]
#PARAMETERINKSEQUENCEpara<ent>
[ENTER]INKsequencePARAMETER000:POWON.F = 0
----> 12345000:POWON.F = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
INKsequencePARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETERINKTYPE PARAM.<ent>
[ENTER] INK-TYPE PARAMETER000:DE0D0sw = 0
----> 0x0060000:DE0D0sw = 0x0040
[END]
[ENTER]
INK-TYPE PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETERHEADunit PARAM.<ent>
[ENTER]#HEADunit PARAMHEAD SELECT :UNIT-1
#HEADunit-1 PARAM.RANGE SEL. :0 - 511
[END]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]HEADunit-1PARA/ 0 +000:SHOT1.0 = 0
----> 1000:SHOT1.0 = 0
HEADunit-1 PARAM.INITIALIZE OK ? :ent
* Displayed only on filled ink type
[ENTER]
HEAD SELECT :UNIT-2
HEAD SELECT :UNIT-3
HEAD SELECT :UNIT-4
RANGE SEL :512-1023
[ENTER]
(Continued to next page)
(If INITIAL=2)
(If INITIAL=3)
* Displayed only on filled ink type
* Displayed only on filled ink type
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
2-68
Operation Flow
PARAMETER 2/2(To the previous page )
#PARAMETERSERVO PARAMETER<ent>
[ENTER] SERVO PARAMETER000:Cycle = 0x000c
----> 0x000d000:Cycle = 0x000c
[END]
[ENTER]
SERVO PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
#PARAMETERTEST PARAMETER<ent>
[ENTER] TEST PARAMETER000:H1A.drv = 0
----> 1000:H1A.drv = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
TEST PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETERCORRECT PARAM.<ent>
#CORRECT PARAM.SELECT :USER CRCT
[END]
[ENTER]
#PARAMETERADJUST PARAM. <ent>
[ENTER] ADJUST PARAMETER000:RESERVE = 0
----> 0000:RESERVE = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
ADJUST PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#PARAMETERNCU PARAMETER <ent>
[ENTER] NCU PARAMETER000:RESERVE = 0
----> 0000:RESERVE = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
NCU PARAMETERINITIALIZE OK ? :ent
#USER CORRECT PARAM.
SELECT :TYPE-1[END]
[ENTER]
SELECT :TYPE-2
SELECT :TYPE-3
SELECT :TYPE-4
SELECT :Y BASE
USER CRCT./ TYPE-1000:MODE1NR = 0
[END]
----> -1000:MODE1NR = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
#CORRECT PARAMETERSELECT :USER BASIS
USER BASIS PARAMETER
000:LoMD1NR = 0[END]
[ENTER]
#CORRECT PARAMETERSELECT :HEAD CRCT
#HEAD CORRECT PARAM.
SELECT :Hi.SPEED/Lo[END]
[ENTER]
SELECT :Hi.SPEED/Hi
SELECT :Std.SPEED/Lo
SELECT :Std.SPEED/Hi
SELECT :Y BASE
HEAD CRCT./HsLo.MD-1000:RESERVE = 0
[END]
----> 0000:RESERVE = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
----> -1000:LoMD1NR = 0
[END]
[ENTER]
[�]/[�]
[�]/[�]
#HEAD CORRECT /HsLoSELECT :MODE-1
SELECT :MODE-2
SELECT :MODE-3
SELECT :MODE-4
[ENTER]
[END]
[ENTER]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
[FUNCTION]or
[�]/[�]
2-69
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2-70
CHAPTER 3 Overhaul / Adjustment
3-1
Contents
3-1. Outline ......................................................................... 3-2
3-1-1. Precautions for disassembly and reassembly ...... 3-2
3-1-2. Tools and jigs ........................................................... 3-3
3-1-3. Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure ................. 3-4
3-2. Overhaul of Ink-related Parts ................................... 3-6
3-3. Overhaul of PCBs ..................................................... 3-69
3-4. Overhaul of Sensors ............................................... 3-109
3-5. Overhaul of Driving Parts ..................................... 3-161
3-5. Overhaul of Driving Parts ..................................... 3-161
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-1. Outline
This chapter describes disassembly and reassembly of JV5-130S/160S. The description given here is chiefly of
disassembly procedures. As a rule, reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly. For reassembly, however,
description is added as needed, for example, if the procedure is different from the reversed disassembly procedure or
if any precautions are to be taken.
Where any adjustment is to be made in reassembly process, the adjustment procedure is described with the heading
“Adjust/Confirm”.
3-1-1. Precautions for disassembly and reassembly
Be sure to follow the precautions shown below before starting disassembly and reassembly.
Be sure to turn off the main power switch (behind the printer) unless otherwise instructed, to prevent
human electric shock or circuit damage. (Turning off the power switch on the front panel is
insufficient.)
For disassembly and reassembly, be sure to wear gloves to avoid injury.
For servicing, place the printer on a firm floor with sufficient space around it.
Take great care to handle the printer, which is very heavy. At least five persons must cooperate to
install or remove the leg assembly to or from the main body.
Use only the specified tools. (See P.3-3 )
Do not use any lubricants or adhesives other than specified.
When handling a PCB assembly, never touch any elements on the PCB assembly with your bare hand;
otherwise static electricity may arise to damage elements.
To touch any element, be sure to use a grounding band.
In reassembly, put wiring for every electric part in position.
(Otherwise, a cable may come in contact with a sharp edge or the noise resistance margin may
decrease.)
If it is needed to operate the printer with cover removed, take care not to get injured with any moving
part.
Be very careful to handle cutter blade to avoid human injury or damage of peripheral elements. It is
very sharp.
Be sure to certainly join connectors and FPCs. Be careful to avoid insufficient or skewed insertion.
To remove a part for which procedure is not described, carefully observe its installation status in
advance. Refer to the part catalog as needed.
3-2
Outline
3-1-2. Tools and jigs
Tools to be used at disassembly and reassembly
Adjustment tools
Name Remarks
Phillips screwdriver Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
For M2
For M3 to5 (L=260 or more)
for M3 to 5
Slotted screwdriver Long side 2.5mm for removing E-rings
Spanner (Box wrench) Width across flats: 5 mm
Width across flats: 5.5 mm
Width across flats: 7 mm
Hexagon wrench 1.5mm for M3 SSWP
2.0mm for M4 SSWP
2.5mm for M3 cap bolts (L=170)
5.0mm for M6 cap bolts
6.0mm for M8 cap bolts
Spanner Width across flats: 5.0mm
Width across flats: 5.5mm for M3 nuts and hexagon stud
Width across flats: 7.0mm for M4 nuts
Tweezers To prevent the cable from being pulled when disconnecting the connector.
Long-nose pliers
Nippers
Soldering iron, Solder
Scale 150, 500mm
Loupe About 50x to 60x magnification
Protection glasses
Gloves To keep hands clean, and for safety.
Adhesive agent LOCKTITE242 (for locking screws)
Insulation lock L=150 or less (UL-approved product)
Nitroflon tape or acetate fabric tape As required (UL-approved product)
Name Code Remarks
Trimmer adjustment screwdriver For adjustment of trimmers on the power supply PCB.
Tester
Bar type tension gauge 500 g
Ink line airtight tester OPT-J0094
1.3mm Head gap check tool OPT-J0096
1.5mm Head gap check tool OPT-J0097
All Cap base positioning tool OPT-J0098
A Cap base positioning tool OPT-J0099
Media Jam/ Cutter unit height positioning tool
OPT-J0108
3-3
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-1-3. Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure
The chart below shows the disassembly procedure.
MF cover C
USB PCB(p.3-79)
Main PCB(p.3-70)
HDC PCB(p.3-77)
IO PCB(p.3-78)
Pump cover T
S Pump Assembly(p.3-33)
Pump Motor Assembly(p.3-35)
Sucker BOX(p.3-61)
BOX Relay PCB(p.3-90)
Maintenance cover L
Maintenance Cover Sensor L(p.3-151)
Left cover
B Rear cover L
Heater PCB(p.3-88)
X-axis Motor Assembly(p.3-162)
X Pulley, X Belt(p.3-165)
A Heater Cover Assy.(p.3-193)
P Heater Cover Assy.(p.3-198)
Media Rotary Encoder Assembly(p.3-139)
R Heater Cover Assy.(p.3-204)
Paper Sensor(p.3-136)
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts(p.3-6)
Overhaul of PCBs(p.3-69)
Overhaul of Driving Parts(p.3-161)
Overhaul of Sensors(p.3-109)
Covers
Overhaul of Driving Parts(p.3-161)
Waste Tank Sensor(p.3-158)
Drying Fan Fork PCB(p.3-106)
Waste ink tank bracket assy. Drying FAN assy.
Ink Leakage Sensor L(p.3-153)
Take-up cover
Take-up PCB(p.3-105)
M Motor(p.3-186)
ICU cover F
ICU cover RInk Unit PCB(p.3-98)
LED PCB(p.3-103)
Major Parts for Cartridge Assembly(p.3-42)
MF cover R
Power PCB(p.3-85)
SSR(p.3-209)
3-4
Outline
Open & Close cover(Dry fan assy.)
Front cover L
Y cover F Front Cover Sensor R(p.3-149)
Front Cover Sensor L(p.3-147)
Head Cover Jam Sensor(p.3-121) A
Head Unit(p.3-7)
Damper Assembly(p.3-57)
Cutter Unit Assy.(p.3-189)
Paper Width Sensor(p.3-119)
Paper Thickness Encoder(p.3-125)
Y Encoder(p.3-129)
Head Up/Down Encoder(p.3-132)
Maintenance cover R
Cap Head assy.(p.3-37)
Cap Base 1H(p.3-38)
Head Relay PCB(p.3-81)
C
Wiper Wash Solenoid(p.3-206)
Cap Sensor(p.3-117)
Origin Sensor(p.3-110)
Wiper Sensor(p.3-112)
Maintenance Cover Sensor R(p.3-152)
Right cover D
Keyboard PCB(p.3-92)
Dot Detection PCB(p.3-96)
KB cover
D
Rear cover R
Clamp Sensor(p.3-113)
Bottom Point Sensor(p.3-115)
Station Motor(p.3-182)
NCU(p.3-63)
Wiper Motor(p.3-179)
Slider PCB(p.3-82)
Major Parts for Wash Cartridge Assembly(p.3-51)
Side Relay PCB(p.3-99)
ID Point of Contact PCB (Wash Cartridge)(p.3-101)
Head UD Motor(p.3-184)
Y-axis Motor Assembly(p.3-167)
Y Drive Belt(p.3-175)
Y Drive Pulley Assembly, Y-Drive Transmission Belt(p.3-171)
B
A
Ink Leakage Sensor S(p.3-153)
Ink Leakage Sensor R(p.3-153)
AC
3-5
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-2. Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
Ink-related parts of JV5-130S/160S are shown below.
Part Reference page Part Reference page
3-2-1. Head Unit p.3-7 3-2-6. Major Parts for Cartridge Assembly p.3-42
3-2-2. S Pump Assembly p.3-33 3-2-7. Major Parts for Wash Cartridge Assembly p.3-51
3-2-3. Pump Motor Assembly p.3-35 3-2-8. Damper Assembly p.3-57
3-2-4. Cap Head assy. p.3-37 3-2-9. Sucker BOX p.3-61
3-2-5. Cap Base 1H p.3-38 3-2-10. NCU p.3-63
Valve Base
Solenoid Valve
Near End Sensor
ID Point of Contact PCBPresence Sensor
~Ink Cartridge Assembly ~ ~ HEAD Assy ~
Damper Assembly (x32)
Head Unit (x4)
NCU
S Pump Assembly (x4) Pump Motor Assembly (x4)
Sucker BOX
Cap Head assy. (x4)
Cap Base 1H (x4)
Wash Cartridge Assembly
3-6
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-1. Head Unit
GeneralProcedures and instructions for Head Unit Replacement are described here.
Tools and Jigs
•IIH47V Head unit Assembly. (M007034)•Head inside washing tool (M005027) ←Equivalent to JV3
•Washings for replacement of S-head (M005026) ←Equivalent to JV3
•Phillips screwdriver (No.2 M3-M5)
•Hexagon wrench (Opposite side: 2.5 mm Bondhus type magnetized)
•Small slotted screwdriver
•Scope (approx. 50x)
•1.5mm Head gap check tool (OPT-J0097)
•Media for adjustment (Glossy type media)
•Waste cloth (non-woven paper, etc.)
Item (Page) Description
1. Preparation (Cleaning within Head) (p.3-8)
Head is filled with water-based liquid (S-46) that has been charged on shipment. Use S Head Changing Wash (MS Wash) to clean the head before replacement.
Otherwise Solvent Ink will react with the liquid to produce precipitates.
2. Head Unit Removing (p.3-9) Take off Damper and remove Head Unit.
3. Reassemble Head Unit (p.3-11) Put on a new Head Unit.
4. BasisHEADheight (p.3-12) Adjust the height of replaced head using a tool based on the platen face.
5. Capping adjusting (p.3-14) Execute adjusting of all seven items related to capping.(Sequential flow)
6. Enter Head ID (p.3-18) Enter ID of each Head specified on shipment to equalize variations between Heads.(As the ID is input automatically, this process is not required in usual state.)*Manual input of ID is required when a head unit only (without head memory PCB) is replaced.
7. Filling of Ink (p.3-19) Choose ink charge procedure according to change or no-change of Damper, and execute “TEST DRAW” after ink charge is completed.
8. Adjustment of the head angle (p.3-20) Mechanically adjust the angle of Head Unit.
9. Adjust Head Stagger (p.3-23) Mechanically adjust Head Stagger.
10. Drop Position Correction (p.3-26) Correct dot positions.
11. Reassemble Covers (p.3-32) Put on covers.
Use protection glasses and gloves during works.
In some working conditions, ink may reach your eye or contact with ink may get your skin
roughed.
Head Unit Replacement procedure is principally the same as for JV3. Damper construction is the
same, while the appearance of Head is different.
3-7
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Main washing must be done before the replacement of head assembly.
1a. Charge Head Changing Washing.
Remove Damper Assembly from Washing Jig, and charge Syringe with 12-16 cc of S-head Changing Washing.
1b. ~ Types of Wash ~
ES3 Ink:MILD SOLVENT WASHING LIQUID (SPC-0294)HS Ink:SOLVENT WASHING LIQUID (SPC-0352)
1. Preparation
(Cleaning within
Head)
SyringeS-dumper Assembly
Caution:Confirm the type of current
ink to choose washing. Type of washing depends on ink.
A washing jig must be exclusive to a washing. Do not use the jig for another
washing.
2a. Connect Damper to Head.
Reassemble S-damper assembly with Syringe and join it with Damper Connector on Head.
2b. ~ Caution for connection ~ 3a. Slowly pour the washing.
Pour 3-4cc of washing to a nozzle in about 30 seconds.
Caution: Be careful of MS washing dripping on the operation of the damper. Wet of FPC
connector may damage the head.
Caution:Pour washing slowly, or Head may be damaged.
3b. Use waste cloth to receive liquid
split out of nozzle.
* Conduct the above for every
nozzle (x8). (Charge syringe with washing every 4 nozzles.)
Caution:Do not touch the nozzle surface with waste cloth,
nor rub the nozzle surface. Both may cause discharge failure.
3-8
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
2. Head Unit
Removing
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the right side fulcrum pin inside, and remove it from the pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Moving fulcrum pin inside and remove it from the pin hole.
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove a pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove screws in both sides (x6), and remove the Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover.
Operation with more than 2 persons
5. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3-9
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Remove the head cover.
Remove screw in both sides to remove the head cover.
7. Lay Media on Platen to prevent
from dirt.
8a. Confirm the Head to be removed.
* Hereafter the procedure for Head
4 is described.
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
Lay Media.
(Front)
1
3
2
4
8b. ~ Remove back head ~
* To remove Heads 1 and 2, take off Quick
Valve in the near side.
9a. Remove Damper Lock SP (x2).
Revolve the left and right ends toward you to remove.
9b. ~ Remove Damper Lock SP ~
Revolve the left and right ends toward back side to remove.
Damper Lock SP (M800894) x2
Turn toward you. Turn backward.
10a.Remove Damper Assembly.
Pull up every Damper Assembly (x8) out of Head Unit.
10b.~ Caution for damper ~ 10c.Lay waste cloth
Lay waste cloth under dampers, while ink won’t leak out of them, since they are each equipped with self top valve.
Damper Assembly Caution: Be careful that pressing
transparent film spills ink.Keep it from something with sharp tip.
Don’t push
3-10
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
11a.Remove Head Unit.
Loosen screws (x3) and remove Head Unit from Head Base.
12. Remove Head Unit Holder B. 13. Disconnect FPC.
P3x10 SMW (x3)
Head Unit Assembly
Head Unit Holder B (M507370)
Pull FPC (x2)
14. Remove connector. Reverse the disassembly procedure to Step8 for reassembly.
* Write down the head ID (24 digits)
before replace of head when a head unit (without head memory PCB) is replaced.
Remove connector
3. Reassemble
Head Unit
Head ID
* Insert carefully not to be upside down at connecting FPC (x2) to
the head.Nozzle face side : 35 wire(one side 3 wires are not used)
Damper side : 32 wire
* Lightly shift Head to the right back and tighten the screws in the
order shown above (diagonally). Be careful that too much shift affects print quality.
* Mount damper lock SP so that projrctions of both sides push up
coupler of the damper.
Notice: Align terminal sides to avoid
wrong side connection and insert
firmly at FPC connection
1
23
Shift to right back
3-11
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4. BasisHEADheight
Manual adjusting of the head height. Set contents are stored in the system parameter.
<Basis head height operation sequence>
No. Item Content
1 Start 1.Cap OFF
2.Move the carriage to the head UP/Down position, and move to the top position of the head height.
3.Carriage Out
2 Manual adjusting Adjust the head height in manual. Read values of the position encoder during adjusting.
3 End Press [ENTER] to store position encoder values from the top to the adjusted position, and finish the
operation.
Platen face
Head
1.5 mm
Head height top position
X mm(Position encoder value)
Place the head height on the position 1.5 mm from the platen face.(Encoder value: distance from the head height top position: X mm)
* Conduct this adjusting with keeping the clamp lever down
1. Execute “BasisHEADheight”.
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and execute “BasisHead-height ”.
2a. Adjust the gap 1.5mm from platen
with manual operation
[ENTER] : Store adjust value to end[END] : Cancel to end
Outline Adjust head height to the
standard height (1.5mm)
mechanically with the tool.
Tools 1.5mm Head gap check tool
(OPT-J0097)
1.5mm Head gap check tool(OPT-J0097)
[FUNCTION]L.*> [JV5-01]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
[ENTER]#ADJUSTBasisHEADheight<ent>
[FUNCTION]or [�]
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with the Maintenance Open Mode)
(Carriage moves over platen)
Height 1.5mm isadjusted by hand.
#BasisHEADheightCOMPLETED :ent
*Being Initialized*PLEASE WAIT
[ENTER] :adjust value stored
[END] :the value not stored
End operation after initialization
3-12
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
2b. ~ Arrangement of tool ~
Arrange the tool as the following
3. Insert the tool from the side face 4. Push the head of the tool to the
head frame.
Platen face
1.5 mmTool
Turn with hand to up/down
carriage
* Place the tool so that it can contact
to metal frames in both sides of the head.
3-13
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5. Capping adjusting
Adjusting capping, wiping position. adjusting values are stored in the system parameter.
Note1: Press [ENTER] to determine adjust value, then move to the following adjust item.
<Capping adjusting >
No. Item Content
1 LOWER POS. Contents: The lowest point of the station is adjusted
Down the station to the lowest sensor detection
Adjusting operation: [�], [�] (Station up/down movement)
Adjust value: -20.0 ~ 20.0 mm (unit: 0.1 mm)
2 CAPPING POS Contents: Adjust cap Y-position
Up the station to the cap Y-position adjusting height to adjust carriage position.
Adjusting operation: [�], [�] (Carriage horizontal movement)
Set value: -20.0 ~ 20.0 mm (unit: 0.1 mm)
3 CAP HEIGHT Contents: Adjust cap height
Up the station to the gap height adjusting position to adjust
Adjusting operation: [�], [�] (Station up/down movement)
Set value: -20.0 ~ 20.0 mm (unit: 0.1 mm)
4 WipwePOS(X) Contents: Adjust wiping X position
Down the station to the lowest position, after moving the carriage to the wiping
adjusting position, the wiper ON to execute
Adjusting operation: [�], [�] (Wiper back and forth movement)
Press [FUNCTION] to execute wiping operation once.
Set value: -20.0 ~ 20.0mm (unit: 1.0 mm)
5 WiperHEIGHT Contents: Adjust wiper height
Up the station to the wiper height to adjust
Adjusting operation: [�], [�] (Station UP/DOWN movement)
Press [FUNCTION] to execute wiping operation once.
Set value: -20.0 ~ 20.0 mm (unit: 0.1 mm)
6 WiperPOS(Y) Contents: Adjust wiping Y-position
Adjusting operation: [�], [�] (Carriage horizontal movement)
Press [FUNCTION] to execute wiping operation once.
Press [ENTER] to determine adjusting value, and wiper OFF
Set value: -20.0 ~ 20.0 mm (unit: 0.1 mm)
7 NCU HEIGHT Contents: Adjust NCU height.
(Not executed when the NCU is not installed, “No.8 F.BOX height” starts.
Down the station to the Lowest position, and move the carriage to the NCU height
adjusting position.
Down the station until laser of NCU OFF, down the station at 2.5mm from that
position. (Automatic operation)
If adjusting is failed, “No.8 F.BOX height” starts automatically.
Press [ENTER] to return the carriage to the cap position to execute capping.
The cap moving amount at this moment is the NCU height based on the cap height.
8 F.BOX height Contents: Height of the flushing BOX is adjusted.
Execute when NCU is not installed or “No.7 NCU height” is failed.
Adjusting operation: [�], [�] (Station up/down movement)
Set value: -20.0 ~ 20.0 mm (unit: 0.1 mm)
In this adjustment, as adjusting items form a chain of mutually related adjusting items, cor-
rect adjusting parameter values are not entered until adjusting is executed to the end. There-
fore, once adjusting is started, it must be done to the end.
3-14
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
1. Execute “Capping”.
Start with Maintenance Open Mode and execute“Capping ”.
[FUNCTION]L.*> [JV5-01]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
[ENTER]#ADJUSTCAPPING <ent>
[FUNCTION]or [�]
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with the Maintenance Open Mode)
2. Adjust the lowest point of the
station.
Up and down the station to adjust to the lowest position.
UP:^ v:DOWN (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGLOWER POS. = 0.0mm
[�]/ [�] : Station up/down
[ENTER] : Next item
[END] : Previous item
[END]
NCU
Carriage
Station
Adjust a chevalet to the low-est position of lift slider
3. Adjust head Y position at capping.
Adjust with moving the carriage horizontally so that center of cap agree with center of head seeing from front.
LEFT:< >:RIGHT (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGCAPPING POS= 0.0mm
[�]/ [�] : L/R move carriage
[ENTER] : Next item
[END] : Previous item :
[END]
NCU
Carriage
Station
Station height at adjusting is the position where cap sen-
sor “ON“
3-15
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4. Adjust station cap height at
capping.
Adjust the position where cap con-tacts to the head with moving the station horizontally.
UP:^ v:DOWN (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGCAP HEIGHT = 0.0mm
[�]/ [�] :Station Up/Down n
[ENTER] : Next item
[END] : Previous item
[END]
NCU
Carriage
Station
Notice: Take care not to push too much
Adjust to eliminate gap between all heads and caps.After adjustiong, push at 3mm with F/W.
The position is “CAP HEIGHT POSITION”.
5. Adjust wiper X position at wiping.
Adjust with moving the wiper rear and front so that center of wiper agree with center of head seeing from side.
* Position confirmation is allowed in
wiping operation with [FUNCTION]
REAR:^ v:FRONT (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGWiperPOS (X)= 0mm
[�]/ [�] : Wiper R/F move
[FUNCTION]: Wiping
[ENTER] : Next item
[END] : Previous item
[END]
NCU
Wiper
Station
Head 1
Head 3Head to be adjusted is 1
and 3.Adjust so that the center of wiper and center of
head 1&3 agrees in side view.
6. Adjust station wiper height at
wiping.
Adjust so that wiper top contacts to head at 1mm with moving the sta-tion up and down.
* Position confirmation is allowed in wiping operation with [FUNCTION]
UP:^ v:DOWN (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGWiperHEIGHT= 0.0mm
[END]
[�]/ [�] : Up/Down stattion
[FUNCTION]: Wiping operation
[ENTER] : Next item
[END] : Previous item
NCU
Carriage
Station
1mm
3-16
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
7. Adjusting head wiper Y position
at wiping.
Adjust carriage with moving hori-zontally to the position that head comes out at wiping operation.
* Position confirmation is allowed in wiping operation with
[FUNCTION].
LEFT:< >:RIGHT (-20.0 - +20.0)
#CAPPINGWiperPOS (Y)= 0.0mm
[END]
[�]/ [�] : Carriage L/R move
[FUNCTION]: Wiping operation
[ENTER] : Next item
[END] : Previous item
NCU
Carriage
Station
8. Automatic adjusting of NCU
height .
* Adjust to position at 1mm from
claws on 4 corners of cap when no NCU or at failure of automatic adjusting.
** Being ADJUSTED **PLEASE WAIT
#CAPPINGNCU HEIGHT = *.*mm
[�]/ [�] : Station Up/Down
[ENTER] : Next item
[END] : Previous item
[END]
NCU
Carriage
Station
2.5mm
Laser beam
NCUStation
Carriage1mm
~NCU~
~No NCU~
Automatic adjusting to position at 2.5mm from laser beam.
Adjust to position at 1mm from cap claw.
* “F.BoxHEIGHT= 0.0mm ” is displayed at no NCU
9. Storing adjusted values in system
parameters to end.
#ADJUSTCAPPING <ent>
[ENTER] : Storing adjusted
value to end.
3-17
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Execute only at replacement of head unit (without head memory PCB).
Head of JV-5 supports automatic ID wntering.
1. Execute “HEAD ID”.
Start with Maintenance Open Mode and execute “HEAD ID ”.
2a. Choose Head.
Choose the substitute head and press [ENTER] to fix it.
6. Enter Head ID
[FUNCTION]L.*> [JV5-01]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
[ENTER]#ADJUSTHEAD ID <ent>
[FUNCTION]
or [�]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
#HEAD IDSELECT :HEAD-1
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
#ADJUSTHEAD ID <ent>
[�]/ [�] :SW
[ENTER]: Set
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
2b. ~ Head Layout ~ 3a. Enter Head ID (24 digits).
* Input head ID without making a mistake, and confirm the numeric
value.
3b. ~ Head ID ~
Head ID consists of 3 lines of 8-digit string. The sequence is from left to right and from upper to lower.
(Front)
1
3
2
4
#HEAD ID/HEAD-1(1/2) ******** ********
#HEAD ID/HEAD-1(2/2) ********
#ADJUSTHEAD ID <ent>
[�]/ [�] :Cursor Move
[�]/ [�] :NV input
[�]/ [�] :Cursor Move
[�]/ [�] :NV input
[END] : End
3 7 B 7 B 4 5 4
7 6 0 6 5 MW 0
Z U T T QM 0 3
1
2
3
4. Turn the remote SW (front power
switch) to OFF to write the ID.
Turn the power OFF with front power SW to update head ID.
Notice: As updated head ID is overwrit-
ten at power OFF, turn the
power OFF after inputingID.
Turn the power OFF with the
remote SW (on front side).
If the power is turned OFF with
the main Power (on back side),
the head ID is not updated and
overwriting is not executed.
3-18
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
* Note: In order to save ink, use the proper ink filling procedure and improve the work efficiency.
1. Set media and turn the power ON. 2. Execute “FILL UP INK”.
7. Filling of InkL.*> [JV5-01]
Set Media
Power SW ON
Main Power ON (Back)[FUNCTION]
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONMAINTENANCE <ENT>
[ENTER]
MAINTENANCEHD.MAINTENANCE <ent>
HD.MAINTENANCEFILL UP INK <ent>
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
3. Choose Head and fill ink.
* Choose a set of Heads 1 and 2 or Heads 3 and 4.
4. Execute test drawing. 5a. Confirm the result of draw.
* Repeat until nozzle skip is removed.
FILL UP INKHEAD SELECT :12.34
[�] / [�]: Cursor Move
[�] / [�]: Head Choice
:12-- :--34
FILL UP INK*****---------------
HD.MAINTENANCEFILL UP INK <ent>
[END] :Endó¼
[TEST DRAW]
TEST DRAW<ENT>
** TEST DRAW **
[ENTER] : Execute
L.*> [JV5-01]width:****mm
Power off
Draw Result
Nozzle skip OK
Re-cleaning(Step. 5b)
5b. Conduct cleaning.
Select a set of [HARD] ⇒
[NORMAL].
[CLEANING]L.*> [JV5-01]
CLEANINGHEAD SELECT 1234
12-- --34
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
CLEANING ACTIVE*******-------------
CLEANINGTYPE :NORMAL
TYPE :SOFT
TYPE :HARD
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
Notice: [HARD] or [NORMAL] of clean-
ing is selected according to noz-
zle missing state.
When the number of nozzle
missing is a few, select[NOR-
MAL].
3-19
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
8. Adjustment of the head angle
General
A pattern for mechanical adjustment of head slanting is drawn.
Move the head height to the position of 1.5 mm print gap, and select a head to draw the adjusting
pattern.
The Pattern is drawn only with B & H rows. (In every other nozzle)
Head selection: 1234 (A head does not draw is indicated with “–” “123–”)
<Adjusting pattern><Head side>
3-20
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
1. Select “SLANT ADJUST ”.
Start with Maintenance Open mode and execute “SLANT ADJUST ”.
2. Select a head and execute “PRINT
START”.
* Drawing pattern varies according to selected head.(See the drawing below)Move carriage over platen after pattern drawing to adjust.
[FUNCTION]L.*> [JV5-01]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
[ENTER]#HEAD ADJUSTSLANT ADJUST <ent>
(Start with Maintenance Open mode)
[ENTER]
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
#SLANT ADJUSTHEAD SELECT :1234
#SLNT ADJ./HEAD=1234PRINT START :ent
[�] / [�]: For cursor
[�] / [�]: For Head[ENTER]: Fix (Next)
Set Media (or confirm)
[ENTER]: Printing start
[�] : Carriage move
When all heads are selected
HEAD 4
HEAD 3
HEAD 2
HEAD 1
Slant Adjustment: Printing samples
HEAD 3
HEAD 1
When an individual head is selected (at selecting head 1.3)
3-21
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
For fixing
For adjustment
(For Head 1 adjustment)
C line
Procedures
1. Loosen 3 screws (for fixing of slant)
indicatedby an arrow in the figure.
2. Rotate a screw for adjustment to adjust
theslant. A color of Magenta is shifted by this
operation.
�Adjustment procedures
Example) In the case of Head 3
For fixing
For fixing
M line
Reference : Adjustable range 30 ~ 50 µm /1 rotation
Rotating direction of Adjusting screw
The followings are patterns seen through the scope. Adjust so that dots of cyan and magenta are layed on the
same line in the scan direction with wrapping over.
Good sample Bad sample 1 Bad sample 2
Bad sample 1 (Magenta dots are at the lower than cyanogen do ts.)
Rotate the adjusting screw clockwise. Magenta dots move
forward.
Caution: The moving direction of
magenta dots is assuming the case of observation with a scope.
Bad sample 2 (Magenta dots are at the upper than cyanogen dots.)
Rotate the adjusting screw counter-clockwise. Magenta dots move
backward.
3-22
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
9. Adjust Head Stagger
General
A pattern for mechanical adjustment of positional deviation of each head is drawn.
Move the head height to the position of 1.5 mm print gap, and select a head to draw the adjusting
pattern.
The pattern is drawn with only D (Black) raw of each head.
Head selection: 1-2, 2-3, 3-4, ALL
<Adjusting pattern><Head side>
Align this line of each head.
3-23
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1. Execute “STAGGER ADJUST”. 2. Select the head to be adjusted.
* Printing pattern depends on the
head selected.
3a. Execute “PRINT START”.
Moving the carriage over platen after pattern drawing to adjust.
#HEAD ADJUSTSLANT ADJUST <ent> [�]
#HEAD ADJUSTSTAGGER ADJUST <ent> [ENTER]
#STAGGER ADJUSTHEAD SELECT :1-2
[�] / [�]: For Head
[ENTER]: Fix (Next)
*Head Set :1-2
2-3
3-4
ALL
#STAG ADJ.PRINT START :ent
[ENTER]: Print start
[�] : Carriage move
Set Media (or confirm)
�When all heads are selected;
HEAD 4
HEAD 3
HEAD 2
HEAD 1
Stagger Adjustment: Printing samples
�When Head 1-2(2-3, 3-4) are selected;
HEAD 1
HEAD 2
3-24
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
For fixing
For adjustment
Procedures
1. Loosen 4 screws(for fixing of stagger) indicated by
an arrow in the figure.
2. Rotate a screw for adjustment to adjust the
stagger as shown in below.
Adjustment procedures
For fixing
For fixingFor fixing
Reference: Adjustable range 30 ~ 50 µm /1 rotationMoving direction by 1 rotation of screw Counter-clockwise Clockwise
Rotating direction of Adjusting screw
There is a gap at the right end of pattern on the joint of each head. Adjust it using this gap. The joint of head is
observed by a scope as the following.
Good sample Bad sample 1 Bad sample 2
Head 2
Head 1
Approx. 140 µm
Head 2
Head 1
Head 2
Head 1
Bad sample 1 (The gap is wider than 140µm)
Rotate the adjusting screw counter-clockwise.
The position of Head 2 moves backward.
Bad sample 2 (The gap is narrower than 140µm)
Rotate the adjusting screw clockwise. The position of Head 2
moves forward.
3-25
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
10. Drop Position Correction
� General
Impact position between heads is adjusted. Setting values are stored in the CORRECT PARAM.
<Dot Position Adjust>
Item Set value
Selection of scan speed Set value: Normal-SCAN, HiSPEED SCAN
Selection of head gap Set value: Low 1.5 mm
High 2.5 mm
Selection of Y-base, mode Set value: Y BASE, DRAFT/FINE
Selection of adjusting item Set value: Y Si, Y Re, Y Bi, FINE Y Si, FINE Y Re, FINE Y Bi
This function can not be executed when head 1 is set to “HEAD1 is Not-USE” in
Head Selection or Machine Configuration.
(Take care that when there is an error on head 2 in the Machine Configuration, head
1 is also a head not to be conterolled.)
Y BASE
Head 1D raw is set to be standard; adjusting value for D raw of each head is input.
(Only D raw of each head is used for the pattern drawing)
Adjusting item: Head1-2, Head1-3,
Head1-4
Adjusting value: -50.0 ~ 50.0 dot
(unit: 0.1 dot)
3-26
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
Y Si, Y Re
Adjusting patterns of Head 1-2, Head 1-3, Head 1-4 are drawn successively.
Head 1D raw is set to be standard; adjusting value for D raw of each head is input.
(Only D raw of each head is used for the pattern drawing)
Adjusting item: Head1-2, Head1-3,
Head1-4
Adjusting value: -50.0~ 50.0 dot
(unit: 0.1 dot)
Compensation value
Y Bi
Impact position adjusting value of approach route/backhaul route is input.
Only D raw of Head 1 is used for the pattern drawing.
Adjusting item: Head1-1
Adjusting value: -50.0~50.0 dot
(unit: 0.1 dot)
Compensation value
Back
Front
FINE Y Si, FINE Y Re
Head 1D raw is set to be standard; adjusting value for D raw of each head is input.
Only D raw of each head is used for the pattern drawing.
Adjusting item: Head1-2, Head1-3,
Head1-4
Adjusting value: -50.0~50.0 dot
(unit: 0.1 dot)
3-27
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
FINE Y Bi
Only D raw of Head 1 is used for the pattern drawing.
� DROPposCONFIRM.
Drop impact of the same head is confirmed. When this is selected, the following pattern is drawn.
Impacts among each color at 4 color mode and impacts against the standard D line can be confirmed.
Adjusting item: Head1-1
Adjusting value: -50.0~50.0 dot
(unit: 0.1 dot)
As they are patterns for confirmation, position compensation is not allowed.
Pattern diagram
Fine mode high speed back Fine mode high speed approach
Draft mode high speed back Draft mode high speed approach
Head1
Head2
Head3
Head4
Head1
Head2
Head3
Head4
Head1
Head2
Head3
Head4
Head1
Head2
Head3
Head4
3-28
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
1. Execute “DROP.POS ADJUST”. 2. Select a scan speed for the
standard.
* As of April 28, 2006, select “HiSPEED SCAN”.
3. Select a Head Gap for the
standard.
* As of April 28, 2006, select “Low”.
#HEAD ADJUSTSLANT ADJUST <ent> [�]
#HEAD ADJUSTSTAGGER ADJUST <ent> [�]
#HEAD ADJUSTDROP.POS ADJUST<ent> [ENTER]
#DROP POS. MODESELECT :HiSPEED SCAN
[�] / [�]: For Scan Speed
[ENTER]: Fix (to Next)
:Normal-SCAN
#DROP POS. HsGAP SELECT :Low
[�] / [�]: For Gap
[ENTER]: Fix (to Next)
:High
4a. Select the aimed correction mode
to be adjusted.
4b. ~ Print Mode List ~
#DROP POS. HsLgSELECT Y BASE
[�] / [�]: For Mode
[ENTER]: Fix (to Next)
DRAFTFINE
BASIS SET
Caution: First select Y-BASE, which
is the base for all
adjustments.
HsLg: High speed scan/LowHsHg: High speed scan/High
SsLg: Normal speed scan/Low
*Standard Mode
Select mode Available print mode
Y-BASE All
DRAFT Y-direction 540dpi
FINE-Lo Y-direction 720, 1440dpi
Caution: Effective adjustment values depend
on print modes. Conduct
adjustment for every mode, or Y
Drop Position may be displaced in
an unavailable print mode.
* Dot position correction at Y base.(As this is the standard, execute
first.)
1. Execute “Y BASE DRAW”. 2. Check pattern with scope.
Check gaps of Heads 2, 3 and 4 from Head 1 as shown above.
10-1. Y Base Drop
Position
Correction
#DROP POS. HsLgSELECT Y BASE [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE DRAW :ent
[ENTER]: Print (to Next)
[�]: Correction
Set Media(or confirm)
Head1
Head2
Head3
Head4
1-21-31-4
3-29
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
~ OK: Lines are overlapped ~
It is judged OK when the line of Head 2, 3 or 4 is agreed with one for Lead 1.To “10-2. Drop Position Correction for other than Y Base”
~ NG: Lines are shifted each other ~
Conduct adjustment if the line of Head 2, 3 or 4 is disagreed with one for Head 1.
3. Conduct adjustment.
Enter a positive value when the shift is as shown above.
~OK~
Head 1 LineHead 2 Line
~NG~
Head 1 LineHead 2 Line
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE 1-2 :0.0
[�] / [�]: Correction
[ENTER]: Fix
Head 2 Line
*Correction: “1” for 1 dot
(Approx. 35µm)
Head 1 Line
+
4. Execute adjusting of 1-3, 1-4
similarly, and draw pattern again.
Repeat this until lines are
wrapped over.
* Drop Position Correction for
DRAFT, FINE and BASIS SET
1. Change mode and fix it.
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE DRAW :ent [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE 1-2 :0.0 [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE 1-3 :0.0 [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY BASE 1-4 :0.0 [ENTER]
10-2. Drop
Position
Correction for
other than Y Base
#DROP POS. HsLgSELECT Y BASE
[�] / [�]: For mode
[ENTER]: Fix (to Next)
DRAFTFINE
BASIS SET
2a. Select the item to be corrected.
Refer to the next table to adjust the items for each mode.
2b. ~ Correction Item List ~
* As of 2006.04.28,correct only “FINE Y Si”, “FINE Y Re” and “FINE Y Bi”.
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTADJUST :Y Si
[�] / [�]: Change item
[ENTER]: Fix (to Next)
:Y Re:Y Bi
:FINE Y Si:FINE Y Re:FINE Y Bi
DRFT: DRAFTF-Lo: FINE-LoF-Hi: FINE-Hi*Base + Correction Mode
Mode Items
DRAFT Y Si
Y Re
Y Bi
FINE Y Si
FINE Y Re
FINE Y Bi
FINE-Lo Y Si
Y Re
Y Bi
FINE Y Si
FINE Y Re
FINE Y Bi
FINE-Hi Y Si
Y Re
Y Bi
FINE Y Si
FINE Y Re
FINE Y Bi
Note: Hereafter describe correction
procedures for the following two
modes. Procedures for others are
common to them.
• FINE Y Si & Re
• FINE Y Bi
FINE Y Si
FINE Y Re
FINE Y Bi
3-30
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3. Execute drawing of Y forth
(back).
* Hereafter, correction procedure is basically the same as for Y Base.
4. Check pattern with scope.
Check gaps of Heads 2, 3 and 4 from Head 1 as shown above.
~ OK: Lines are overlapped ~
It is judged OK when the line of Head 2, 3 or 4 is agreed with one for Lead 1.
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTFINE-Y Si DRAW :ent
[ENTER]: Print (to Next)
[�]: Correction
Set Media(or confirm)
Y Si DRAWY Re DRAWFINE-Y Re DRAWFINE-Y Bi DRAW
Head1
Head2
Head3
Head4
1-21-31-4
~OK~
Head 1 LineHead 2 Line
~ NG: Lines are shifted each other ~
Conduct adjustment if the line of Head 2, 3 or 4 is disagreed with one for Head 1.
5. Execute Forth (back) adjust.
Enter a positive value when the shift is as shown above.
6. Execute adjusting of H1-3H, H1-
H4 similarly, and draw pattern
again. Repeat this until lines are
wrapped over.
~NG~
Head 1 LineHead 2 Line
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Si H1-H2 : 0.0
[�] / [�]: Correction
[ENTER]: Fix
Head 2 Line
*Correction:
“1” 1 dot (Draft: Approx.
45µm, Fine-Lo/Hi: Approx. 35µm)
Head 1 Line
+
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTFINE-Y Si DRAW :ent [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY Si H1-H2 : 0.0 [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY Si H1-H3 : 0.0 [ENTER]
#DROP POS. HsLgY Si H1-H4 : 0.0 [ENTER]
7. Conduct reciprocation printing. 8. Check pattern with scope.
Check the overlaps of forward and return lines with scope.
~ OK: Lines are overlapped ~
It is judged OK when forward and return lines are agreed.Complete adjusting.
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTFINE-Y Bi DRAW :ent
[ENTER]: Print (to Next)
[�]: Correction
Set Media(or confirm)
Y Si DRAWY Re DRAWFINE-Y Si DRAWFINE-Y Re DRAW
Forward
Return
~OK~
Return lineForward line
3-31
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
~ NG: Lines are disagreed. ~
Conduct adjustment if forward and return lines are disagreed.
9. Conduct adjustment.
Enter a positive value when the shift is as shown above.
10. Repeat pattern printing until the
lines are overlapped.
~NG~
Return lineForward line
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFTY Si H1-H2 : 0.0
[�] / [�]: Correction
[ENTER]: Fix
Forward line
*Correction:
“1” for 1 dot (Draft: Approx.
45µm, Fine-Lo/Hi: Approx.
Return line
+
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFT
FINE-Y Re DRAW :ent
#DROP POS. HsLg/DRFT
Y Si H1-H2 : 0.0
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
Execute drawing
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
11. Reassemble
Covers
3-32
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-2. S Pump Assembly
1. Raise Clamp Lever. 2. Remove Pump Cover T.
1. Remove S
Pump Assembly
Raise Clamp Lever
P4x12 SMW (x5)
Pump Cover T(M507253)
Loosen (x3)
3a. Take off Pump Tubes (x4).
* Caution: Be careful not to dirty the periphery with waste or
washing.
3b. ~ Pump Layout ~
* Confirm the above layout to remove the aimed pump.
4. Remove S Pump Assembly.
Loosen the screws to separate S Pump Assembly.
Washing PumpInk Pump Pump1
Pump2
Pump3
Pump4
Pump 1: Ink PumpPump 2: Ink PumpPump 3: Washing PumpPump 4: Washing Pump
P3x6 SMW
S Pump Assembly(M004868)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Conduct adjustment after reassembly.
* Referring to the removed pump, cut the tubes in the same way.
* See the connection diagram above to certainly connect tubes.
2. Reassemble L
Pump Assembly
from cleaning fluid cartridgeto Sucker fan box assy.
3-33
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Pump 1: Ink Pump
Pump 2: Ink Pump
Pump 3: Washing Pump
Pump 4: Washing Pump
1. Enter into#ADJUST MODE
and select “EXCHANGE
PARTS”.
* Start with Maintenance Open Mode.
3. Register Part
Change Record
Content Register No. of changed part
for S Pump Assembly and the
date of the change.
Layout
Tools –
Pump1
Pump2
Pump3
Pump4
[FUNCTION]
FUNCTION#ADJUST <ENT>
#ADJUSTEXCHANGE PARTS <ent>
[�] / [�] :SW[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
L.*> [JV5-01]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
[�] / [�] :SW
[ENTER] :Fix (to Next)
2. Select “PUMP” in
“REGISTRATION”, and input
replaced date and pump number.
3. Confirm registered value.
After the confirmation, turn the power OFF to end.
[�] / [�] : SW
[�] / [�] : Change value
[ENTER] : Set
INPUT ITEMDate, PumpNo.
*PUMP 2006.08.?? :No.?
#REGISTRATIONPARTS :PUMP
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
#EXCHANGE PARTSREGISTRATION <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
#EXCHANGE PARTSHISTORY <ENT>
[�] / [�] : SW
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
History indication
*HEAD[ 0] 06.10.10 : No.2
*PUMP[ 1] 06.09.15 : No.1
Push [END] several times to end
3-34
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-3. Pump Motor Assembly
1. Raise Clamp Lever. 2. Remove Pump Cover T.
1. Remove Pump
Motor Assembly
Raise Clamp Lever
P4x12 SMW (x5)
Pump Cover T(M507253)
Loosen (x3)
3. Confirm the pump mortar to be
removed.
* Remove corresponding pump mortar with checking above layout drawing.
4. Loosen the screws (x2) for General
Pump Motor Assembly.
Loosen the screws for the aimed pump motor assembly.
5a. Remove General Pump Motor
Assembly.
Slide up the pump motor assembly and remove it together with bracket.
Pump1
Pump2
Pump3
Pump4
Pump 1: Ink Pump motorPump 2: Ink Pump motorPump 3: Washing Pump motorPump 4: Washing Pump motor
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
Wash SideInk Side
Slide up for removal.
5b. ~ General Pump Motor Assembly ~ 6. Remove the pump motor
assembly.
Loosen the screws (x2) and remove Pump Motor Assembly from Pump Motor Bracket LOW.
7. Remove connector.
P3x6 SMW (x2)
Pump Motor Bracket LOW (M507237)
Connector
Pump Motor Assembly (M007175)
3-35
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* When multiple pump mortars are replaced, connect connectors referring to above drawing.
2. Reassemble
Pump Motor
Assembly
Pump1
Pump2
Pump3
Pump4
to BOX relay PCB (CN3)
Pump 1: Ink Pump motorPump 2: Ink Pump motorPump 3: Washing Pump motorPump 4: Washing Pump motor
to BOX relay PCB (CN4)
3-36
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-4. Cap Head assy.
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove Cap
Head
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 3. Remove Cap Tension Spring G.
* Take care not to lose or give damage on parts, and use tweezers
or long-nose plier.
4. Release the joint between Cap
Head and Cap Base.
Press Cap Head along the arrow to remove.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943) Care to loss & damage
Cap Tension Spring G (M800862)
Cap head assy. (1427776)
Cap Base
Press to remove
5. Take off tubes (x2).
* As the position of cap base is adjusted, do not loosen or remove screws.
6. Remove Cap Stopper. Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
Take off tubes
Cap Stopper(M700426) 2. Reassemble
Cap Head
3-37
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-2-5. Cap Base 1H
* Remove Cap Head before removing Cap Base.
(Removing of a cap space on head 3 position is described here.)
1. Remove
Cap Base
Content When only cap base is
replaced, place a jig before
replacement and conduct
positioning using the tool as a
standard after the replace-
ment.
Tools A Cap base positioning tool
(OPT-J0099)
Notice: Place the jig before removing the
cap base.
If the standard cap base position
is lost before placing the tool
because of removing another cap
bases and so on, conducting of a
large scale adjusting is required.
See “3. Cap Base Position
Adjusting”(p.3-39)
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~ 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3. Plase the A Cap base positioning
tool.
Moving the jig under left side of cap base and tighten screws (x4).
4. Remove Cap Tension Spring G.
* Take care not to lose or give damage on parts, and use tweezers or long-nose plier.
5. Release the joint between Cap
Head and Cap Base.
Press Cap Head along the arrow to remove.
A Cap base positioning tool
Cap Tension Spring G (M800862)
Care to loss & damage
Cap head (1427776)
Cap Base 1H
Press to remove
3-38
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
6. Remove cap head.
Rmove tubes (x2), and remove cap head.
7. Remove Cap Spring G ø27. 8. Remove Cap Base.
Loosen the screws (x2), and remove Cap Base from Station Base.
Take off tubes
Cap Spring G ø27 (M800864)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Cap Base (M601839)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* At replacing of front and back cap bases at the same time or replacing whole, execute the following adjusting.“3. Cap Base Position Adjusting”(p.3-39)
1. Assemble with pushing the cap
base to the jig.
Fit Cap Base to Changing Jig and press the Base against the left corner.
~ Top View ~
Remove the Jig after tightening screws. Hereinafter, assemble with reversed procedures from Step 6.
2. Reassemble
Cap BaseBase
* This adjusting is conducted when positioning with A Cap base positioning tool is not allowed.As this is the large scale adjusting, positioning must be conducted the method above mentioned as much as possible.
1a. Remove Right Cover.
Lossen screws back and front screws on bottom side to remove the fol-lowing screws.Bottom side : 2qty
3. Cap Base
Position
Adjusting
Content Conduct at replacing of front and back cap bases at the same time or replacing whole,or adjusting cap position
against head..
Tools All Cap base positioning tool
(OPT-J0098)
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
3-39
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face: 4qtyRight top side : 3qty
2a. Lower Station to Bottom End. ~ Station Up/Down ~
Up: CCW (Counterclockwise)Down: CW (Clockwise)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Bottom End
CW: Down
3. Loosen all screws for Cap Base. 4. Temporarily fix All Cap base
positioning tool.
Mount the Jig to Station Base Bracket, and tighten screws (x2).
5a. Manually move Carriage (Head
Base) to Block A.
Loosen (x8)
Temporary (x2)
All Cap base positioning tool
Block B(x2)
Block A
Head BaseSide
Caution: Protect Head Nozzle from Block B on
moving Head Base.
5b. ~ Front View ~ 6. Press the jig backward. 7. Up the station so that block B top
face approaches to carriage
bottom face.
* Take care that other parts do not contact
Contact Head Base with Block
A at the side.
Accessing
Caution: Protect Head Nozzle from Block B on
moving Head Base.
3-40
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
8. Slowly pull the jig toward you to
contact Block B with the back end
of Head.
9. Tighten the screws for temporary
fixing of the jig.
* Keep the jig at the position on tightening screws.
10. Lower Station to Bottom End and
move Carriage.
Contact
Caution: Protect Head Nozzle from Block B
on moving Head Base. Tighten (x2)
All Cap base positioning tool
Lower Station to move Carriage
11. Press Cap Base against the left
corner to fix.
Press every Cap Base against the left corner to fix with screws.
12. Loosen the screws (x2)to remove
the jig.
Tighten (x8)Screw(x2)
All Cap base positioning tool
3-41
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-2-6. Major Parts for Cartridge Assembly
ContentMethod of replacing presense/near end sencor, solenoid, ink needle and ID terminal PCB that form a cartridge Assy, is explained.
Tools and Jigs
•Syringe (for sucking ink)•Tape (a little)•Waste Cloth (Bemcot etc.)•Gloves
Work Flow
1. Remove Cartridge
Assembly (P.3-42)3. Reassemble Presence &
Near End Sensors (P.3-46)
8. Reassemble Cartridge
Assembly (P.3-49)
4. Remove Solenoid and Nee-
dle (P.3-47)
3. Reassemble Presence &
Near End Sensors (P.3-46)
2. Remove Presence & Near
End Sensors (P.3-45)
7. Reassemble ID Point of Con-
tact PCB Assembly (P.3-48)
6. Remove ID Point of Con-
tact PCB Assembly (P.3-48)
9. Supply and Confir-
mation of Ink (P.3-49)
10. Reassemble Cov-
ers (P.3-50)
1. Shut off the main power. 2a. Remove ICU Cover F and ICU
Cover R together.
Right side face : 2qtyLeft side face : 2qtyBack face bottom : 2qty
1. Remove
Cartridge
Assembly Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
P4x12 SMW (x2)
ICU Cover F (M507574)
No need to remove
2b. ~ Remove ICU Cover F & R ~ 2c. ~ ICU Cover F & R ~ 3. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
No need to remove
P4x12 SMW (x2)
ICU Cover R (M507575)
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3-42
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
4. Pull out the aimed Ink Cartridges
(x2).
Remove the aimed pair of ink cartridges.
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove right and left screws to remove the head cover.
6a. Remove Damper Lock SP (x2).
Revolve the left and right ends toward you to remove.
Remove 2 cartridges
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)Damper Lock SP (M800894) x2
Turn toward you.
6b. ~ Remove Damper Lock SP ~
Revolve the left and right ends backward to remove.
7a. Remove Damper Assembly.
Pull the concerned Damper Assembly out of Head Unit.
7b. ~ Caution for Damper ~
Turn backward.Damper Assembly
Caution: Do not push clear film to avoid ink leakage.Protect it from tools with a sharp edge.
Do not press.
7c. ~ Damper arrangement(4 color) ~
Arrangement layout of damper and cartridgesat 4 colors in front view.
7d. ~ Damper arrangement(6 color) ~
Arrangement layout of damper and cartridgesat 6 colors in front view.
8. Set a syrunge to the damper.
* This process is conducted for each head (x4).
M M C C Y Y K K K K Y Y C C M M
Ink Cartridges
Damper
HEAD
M M C C Lc Lc K K Y Y C C M M LmLm
Damper
HEAD
Ink Cartridges
syringe
Fixing
3-43
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
9. Fix a lever of solenoid with tape.
Push down and fix corresponding solenoid (x2) with tape to turn ON (valve open) in manual.
10a.Suck ink in a tube
Discharge ink in a tube with pulling the syringe while pushing damper.
* Suck ink again at assembling process.
10b. ~ Caution at using syringe ~
Tape
Fix Solenoids to “ON”.
Suction with pushing
Notice: Never push the syringe at ink
suction. Ink will leak from the
needle and inside of slot will be
contaminated.
11. Remove the tubes (x2) for the
concerned cartridges.
* Be careful not to lose RS O-ring on removing tubes.
12. Remove Cartridge Coupling
Plates (x2).
13a.Remove Cartridge Assembly.
Loosen screws (x2), and remove the concerned Cartridge Assembly from IC Slot Bracket R.
Remove (x2)
RS O-ring(M700326)
Cartridge Coupling Plate (M507201) x2
P3x5 SMW (x32)
P3x6 SMW (x2)
13b. ~ POINT ~
To make the removal from IC Slot Bracket R easier, a little loosen the screws for the left (keyboard side) cartridge and widen it as shown above.
13c. ~ Cartridge Assembly ~
* Be careful of cables to place on waste cloth.
* Ink Unit PCB Bracket must be removed for some cartridge
position.
Widen a little.
3-44
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
* Hereinafter, steps are divided according to parts.Refer to corresponding parts.
Presence SensorP.3-45
Near End Sensor
Solenoid ValveP.3-47
Needle
ID Point of Contact PCB Assembly
P.3-48
* Presence sensor, near end sensor
Remove (connector included).
1a. Disconnect the cable from Clamp. 1b. ~ Release cable. ~
2. Remove
Presence & Near
End SensorsRelease cable.
2. Remove Presence Sensor. 3. Remove Near End Sensor. 4a. Remove connector from Ink Unit
PCB.
Identify No. of the concerned sensor to remove from PCB.
TP 2x8
Presence Sensor
Near End Sensor
P3x10 SMW
12316 15 14 ......
Connector and cable for Ink Unit PCB are assigned numbers within 1-16 for each sensor and solenoid aside from CN No.Assignment is as shown below.
3-45
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4b. Ink Unit PCB Connection List
(Presence/Near End Sensors)
* Each sensor has 4 pins and gray cable. Connector is on the upper
left of PCB
No. CN No. Destination
1 CN10 Presence/Near End Sensor 1
2 CN11 Presence/Near End Sensor 2
3 CN12 Presence/Near End Sensor 3
4 CN13 Presence/Near End Sensor 4
5 CN14 Presence/Near End Sensor 5
6 CN15 Presence/Near End Sensor 6
7 CN16 Presence/Near End Sensor 7
8 CN17 Presence/Near End Sensor 8
9 CN18 Presence/Near End Sensor 9
10 CN19 Presence/Near End Sensor 10
11 CN20 Presence/Near End Sensor 11
12 CN21 Presence/Near End Sensor 12
13 CN22 Presence/Near End Sensor 13
14 CN23 Presence/Near End Sensor 14
15 CN24 Presence/Near End Sensor 15
16 CN25 Presence/Near End Sensor 16
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Keep Near End Sensor Cable from
Cartridge Frame.(See above photo.)
3. Reassemble
Presence & Near
End Sensors
1. Split cable for each sensor. 2. Remove loosening of cable.
~ Cable Work 1 ~ ~ Cable Work 2 ~
Keep from frame.
Keep from frame.
3-46
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
* Remove in the order of valve solenoid, ink needle (valve base).
1. Remove the cable for ID Point of
Contact PCB from clamp.
2. Loosen the screws for Solenoid
Valve.
4. Remove
Solenoid and
Needle Release Clamp.
P3x6 SMW (x2)
3. Remove Solenoid Valve Assembly
from Valve Base.
4a. Remove connector from Ink Unit
PCB.
Identify No. of the concerned solenoid to remove connector from PCB.
4b. Ink Unit PCB Connection Table
(Solenoid Valves)
* Each solenoid has 2 pins and red and black cable. Connector is on the upper right of PCB
12316 15 14 ......
Connector and cable for Ink Unit PCB are assigned numbers within 1-16 for each sensor and solenoid aside from CN No.Assignment is as shown below.
No. CN No. Destination
1 CN28 Solenoid Valve 1
2 CN29 Solenoid Valve 2
3 CN30 Solenoid Valve 3
4 CN31 Solenoid Valve 4
5 CN32 Solenoid Valve 5
6 CN33 Solenoid Valve 6
7 CN34 Solenoid Valve 7
8 CN35 Solenoid Valve 8
9 CN36 Solenoid Valve 9
10 CN37 Solenoid Valve 10
11 CN38 Solenoid Valve 11
12 CN39 Solenoid Valve 12
13 CN40 Solenoid Valve 13
14 CN41 Solenoid Valve 14
15 CN42 Solenoid Valve 15
16 CN43 Solenoid Valve 16
4c. ~ Solenoid Valve ~ 5. Loosen nuts and screws (x2) for
Valve Base and Cartridge Frame
V.
6. Remove Solenoid Bracket.
B3x8 (x2)
Fix nut and loosen screw
Solenoid Bracket(M507348)
TP3x8 F
3-47
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
7a. Remove Valve Base N-3 M6
Assembly.
7b. ~ Valve Base N-3 M6 Assembly ~ Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
Valve Base N-3 M6 Assembly (M007124)
5. Remove
Solenoid and
Needle
1. Release Clamp.
Release the clamp for ID Point of Contact PCB Cable.
2. Remove cable from ID Point of
Contact PCB.
6. Remove ID
Point of Contact
PCB Assembly Release clamp
Remove connector
3a. Loosen the screws (x2).
Loosen the screws (x2) for ID Point of Contact PCB Assembly, and slide it out to remove from Cartridge Frame.
3b. ~ ID Point of Contact PCB
Assembly ~
* Replace Contact PCB if the head
of either contact is worn.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
Loosen (x2)
TP3x8 F (x2)
Slide out
ID Point of Contact PCB Assembly (E103704)
OK NG
7. Reassemble ID
Point of Contact
PCB Assembly
3-48
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: Be sure to tighten Tube Retaining Screw as pressing O-ring. If O-ring is hanging out,
tighten over again. It is too tight.
8. Reassemble
Cartridge
Assembly
Tube Retaining Screw M6(1033482)
RS O-ring (M700326)
Tighten as pressing O-ring
After ink suction with a syringe, execute cleaning and test drawing to make sure that there is no nozzle missing.
1. Set removed ink cartridge (x2).
Set 2 removed ink cartridge.
2. Set a syringe to damper.
* Execute this process for each head (x4).
9. Supply and
Confirmation of
Ink
Set 2 cartridges
Syringe
Fixing
3. Fix lever of solenoid with tape
Push down and fix corresponding solenoid (x2) with tape to ON ‘valve open) in manual.
4a. Suck ink to fill damper (x4) with
ink
Pull syringe to fill dampers with ink while pushing the dampers.
4b. ~ Caution at using syringe ~
Tape
Fix Solenoids to “ON”.
Suck with pushing
Notice: Never push the syringe at ink
suction. Ink will leak from the
needle and inside of slot will be
contaminated.
3-49
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5. Execute hard cleaning
Turn the main power (back side) to ON to execute hard cleaning.
6. Set media to execute test drawing. 7. Check the result of drawing.
* Repeat Test Draw until nozzle skip
is removed.
[CLEANING]L.*> [JV5-01]
CLEANINGHEAD SELECT 1234
CLEANINGTYPE :HARD
CLEANING ACTIVE*******-------------
12----34
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
:NORMAL :SOFT
[TEST DRAW]
TEST DRAW<ENT>
** TEST DRAW **
[ENTER] : Execute
L.*> [JV5-01]width:****mm
Set Media(or confirm)
Power OFF
Check result
Nozzle skip OK
Cleaning(Execute several
times)If not improved
goto “9-1. Check Ink Route”(p.3-50)
goto “10. Reassem-ble Covers”(p.3-
50)
* When there is problems on print
quality such as nozzle missing, check ink supply path(in a tube).
1. Remove Rear Cover R. 2a. Visually check tubes.
Visually check whether tubes are filled with ink and free of air bubbles.
9-1. Check
Ink Route
Rear Cover R (M507496)
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Loosen (x4)
2b. Check the loosening of fittings.
* Check 5 couplers at each of 4 branchesx 8 = 40 parts.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
10. Reassemble
Covers
3-50
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-7. Major Parts for Wash Cartridge Assembly
ContentMethod of replacing presense/near end sencor, solenoid, ink needle that form a cleaning cartridge Assy, is explained. As for ID terminal PCB, see “ID Point of Contact PCB (Wash Cartridge)”(p.3-101).
Tools and Jigs
•Waste Cloth (Bemcot etc.)•Gloves
Work Flow
2. Remove Wash car-
tridge Assembly (P.3-52)
7. Reassemble Wash cartridge
Assembly (P.3-56)
4. Reassemble Presence
& Near End Sensors
(P.3-54)
3. Remove Presence
& Near End Sensors
(P.3-53)
8. Filling Washing (P.3-56)
1. Drain Washing
(P.3-51)4. Reassemble Presence
& Near End Sensors
(P.3-54)
5. Remove Solenoid
and Needle (P.3-54)
1. Turn the power of JV-5 ON to
enter the Maintenance Menu.
2. Select “DISCHARGE” of
maintenance washi liquid.
1. Drain
Washing
L.*> [JV5-01]
MAINTENANCEST.MAINTENANCE <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[�]/[�]
MAINTENANCEHD.MAINTENANCE <ent> [ENTER]
Power SW ON
HD.MAINTENANCEFIll UP INK <ent> [�]/[�]
HD.MAINTENANCEMaintWashLiquid<ent> [ENTER]
MaintWashLiquidFILLING UP <ent> [�]/[�]
MaintWashLiquidDISCHARGE <ent> [ENTER]
3. Remove washi fluid cartridge to
discharge washi fluid.
Remove washi fluid cartridge
Remove a maint.wash. liquid cartridge.
There is a CARTRIDGE
It'sBeingDischarged.PLEASE WAIT
******--------------
3-51
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
2. Remove
Wash cartridge
Assembly Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3a. Remove Right Cover.
Loosen back and front screws on the bottom side to remove the following screws.Bottom side : 2qty
3b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face : 4qtyRight top side : 3qty
4. Disconnect cable from Clamp.
Release the clamps (x3) for Side Relay PCB Cable.
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Release clamp (x3)
Side Relay PCB
5a. Remove Wash Cartridge.
Remove Wash Cartridge Assembly together with Base to temporarily place to the position shown above.
5b.
* Caution: Lay protection sheet to protect cover from flaw or dirt, and place Wash Cartridge
Assembly there.
6. Disconnect tube.
Loosen fitting screw and disconnect tube from Valve Base.
* Caution: Be careful not to lose RS
O-ring.
P4x12 SMW (x3)
Lay protection sheet.
Tube Retaining Screw M6(1033482)
RS O-ring (M700326)
3-52
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
* Hereinafter steps are divided according to parts.Rferer to corresponding parts.
Presence SensorP.3-52
Near End Sensor
Solenoid ValveP.3-54
Needle
* Remove presence sensor and near
end sensor(connector included).
1. Release cable from clamp. 1b. ~ Release cable. ~
3. Remove
Presence & Near
End SensorsRelease cable
2. Remove Presence Sensor. 3. Remove Near End Sensor. 4. Disconnect connector (CN7).
Disconnect the connector from Side Relay PCB.
TP 2x8
Presence Sensor
Near End Sensor
P3x10 SMW
Side Relay PCB(E104352)
Disconnect CN7
3-53
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Keep Near End Sensor cable from Cartridge Frame.(See above photo.)
4. Reassemble
Presence & Near
End Sensors
1. Split cable for each sensor. 2. Remove loosening of cable.
~ Cable Work 1 ~ ~ Cable Work 2 ~
Keep from frame.
Keep from frame.
1. Remove ID Point of Contact PCB
Cable from clamp.
2. Loosen screws for Solenoid Valve.
5. Remove
Solenoid and
Needle Release clamp
P3x6 SMW (x2)
3-54
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3. Remove Solenoid Valve Assembly
from Valve Base.
4a. Disconnect the connector (CN6)
from Side Relay PCB.
4b. ~ Solenoid Valve ~
Side Relay PCB(E104352)
Disconnect CN6
5. Loosen nuts and screws (x2) for
Valve Base and Cartridge Frame
V.
6. Remove Solenoid Bracket. 7a. Remove Valve Base N-3 M6
Assembly.
B3x8 (x2)
Fix nuts and loosen screws
Solenoid Bracket
(M507348)
TP3x8 F
Valve Base N-3 M6 Assembly (M007124)
7b. ~ Valve Base N-3 M6 Assembly ~ Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
6. Remove
Solenoid and
Needle
3-55
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: Be sure to tighten Tube Retaining Screw as pressing O-ring. If O-ring is hanging out,
tighten over again. It is too tight.
7. Reassemble
Wash cartridge
Assembly
Tube Retaining Screw M6
RS O-ring (M700326)
Tighten as pressing O-ring.
1. Turn the power of JV-5 ON to
enter the Maintenance Menu.
2. Washi liquid filling.
* As for detailes of screen transitions at filling, see the
Instruction Manual.
8. Filling
Washing
L.*> [JV5-01]
MAINTENANCEST.MAINTENANCE <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[�]/[�]
MAINTENANCEHD.MAINTENANCE <ent> [ENTER]
Power SW ON
Main Power ON (Back)
HD.MAINTENANCEFIll UP INK <ent> [�]/[�]
HD.MAINTENANCEMaintWashLiquid<ent> [ENTER]
MaintWashLiquidFILLING UP <ent>
[ENTER]
Execute washi liquid filling
3-56
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-8. Damper Assembly
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Damper
Assembly
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCECARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move right side ful-crum pin to inword and remove it from pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Move fulcrum pin inword, and remove it from pin hole.
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove a pin from left sgaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove right and reft screws to remove the head cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
3-57
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Lay media on Platen to prevent
from dirt.
7a. Identify the Head to be removed. 7b. ~ To remove back Damper ~
* To remove Dampers for Heads 1 and 2,
disconnect quick valve for the front head
for servicing.
Lay Media.
(Front)
1
3
2
4
8a. Remove Damper Lock SP (x2).
Revolve the left and right ends toward you to remove.
8b. ~ Remove Damper Lock SP ~
Revolve the left and right ends backward to remove.
9. Turn coupler screw to remove a
tube from coupler valve Assy.
* Conduct the operation with placing waste cloth, though there is no ink dropping basically.
Damper Lock SP (M800894) x2
Turn toward you. Turn backward.
Joint Valve Assembly (M006954)
10a.Remove Damper Assembly.
Remove damper Assy with coupler valve Assy.
10b.~ Caution for Damper ~
* As the damper is filled with ink, take care not to contaminate other parts with ink dropped from the
damper.
Damper Assembly
Caution: Do not push clear film to avoid ink leakage.Protect it from tools with a sharp edge.
Do not press.
3-58
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* ~ Caution for Damper ~ * Place damper lock SP so that protrusions on both sides push up coupler part of the damper.
2. Reassemble
Damper AssemblyNot to cut
Caution: Protect film from a sharp edge of a tool.
* Caution: Take the right procedure
to save ink and improve work efficiency.
1. Set media and turn the power ON. 2. Execute “FILL UP INK”.
3. Filling InkL.*> [JV5-01]
Set Media (or confirm)
Power SW ON
Main Power ON (Back)[FUNCTION]
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONMAINTENANCE <ENT>
[ENTER]
MAINTENANCEHD.MAINTENANCE <ent>
HD.MAINTENANCEFILL UP INK <ent>
[ENTER]
[ENTER]
3. Choose Head and fill ink.
* Choose a set of Heads 1 and 2 or Heads 3 and 4.
4. Execute test drawing. 5a. Confirm the result of draw.
* Repeat until nozzle skip is removed.
FILL UP INKHEAD SELECT :12.34
[�] / [�]: Cursor Move
[�] / [�]: Head Choice
:12-- :--34
FILL UP INK*****---------------
HD.MAINTENANCEFILL UP INK <ent>
[END] : End
[TEST DRAW]
TEST DRAW<ENT>
** TEST DRAW **
[ENTER] : Execute
L.*> [JV5-01]width:****mm
Power off
Draw Result
Nozzle skip OK
Re-cleaning(Step. 5b)
3-59
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5b. Conduct cleaning.
Select a set of [HARD] ⇒
[NORMAL].
[CLEANING]L.*> [JV5-01]
CLEANINGHEAD SELECT 1234
12-- --34
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
CLEANING ACTIVE*******-------------
CLEANINGTYPE :NORMAL
TYPE :SOFT
TYPE :HARD
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
Notice: Select [HARD] or [NORMAL] of
cleaning according to nozzle
missing state.
Select [NORMAL] at a few noz-
zle missings.
~ Damper Layout ~
* Designate Head No. (1-4) - Nozzle Row (A-H)
4. Register Part
Change Record
Content Register No. of changed
Damper Assembly and the
date of the change.
Layout See below.
Tools –
A B C D E F G H
(Front side)
1
32
4
~Head Top View~
1. Select “EXCHANGE PARTS“ in
#ADJUST MODE
* Start with the Maintenance Mode.
2. Select “DAMPER“ in
“REGISTRATION”, and input
exchange date and No.
3. Confirm registrations.
After the confirmation, turn the power OFF to end.
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
[FUNCTION]
FUNCTION#ADJUST <ENT>
#ADJUSTEXCHANGE PARTS <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
L.*> [JV5-01]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode )
INPUT ITEMDate. HeadNo.-NzlNo.
*DAMPER 2006.08.31:No.1-H
#REGISTRATIONPARTS :DAMPER
[�] / [�] :SW
[ENTER] : Set
[�] / [�] : SW[�] / [�] : Change
value[ENTER] : Set
#EXCHANGE PARTSREGISTRATION <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
#EXCHANGE PARTSHISTORY <ENT>
[�] / [�] : SW
[�] / [�] : SW[ENTER] : Set
History indication
*HEAD[ 0] 06.10.10 : No.2
*DAMPER[ 3] 06.07.23:No.3-E
Push [END] several times to
3-60
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-9. Sucker BOX
1. Raise Clamp Lever. 2. Remove Pump Cover T.
1. Remove
Sucker BOX
Raise Clamp Lever
P4x12 SMW (x5)
Pump Cover T(M507253)
Loosen (x3)
3. Remove cables of FB fan from
clamp.
4. Remove FB Box Fan Assembly.
Remove screws (x4), remove FB BOX fan Assy with a fan guard.
5. Remove pump tube holding
member U.
TP4x50 (x4)
FB Box Fan Assembly(ME104398)
Pinch Screw (x2)
Pump Tube Holder U(M601993)
6. Remove pump tube (x4) from the
suction fan BOX.
7. Remove screws (x3) of fan BOX
stay (A&B) fixing suction fan
BOX.
8. Loosen screws (x3) of fan BOX
stay (A&B) and turn at 90° to
down.
Notice: Place waste cloth not to contaminate other parts with waste liquid dropping. Fan BOX Stay B (M507542)
TB4x10 (x3)
Fan BOX Stay A (M507541) x2
Turn stay at 90°.
3-61
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
9. Keep lifting Sucker BOX and pull
toward you to remove.
* Take care not to contaminate the floor with waste ink.
Sucker BOX(M601848)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* ~ Cautions for Handling ~
2. Reassemble
Sucker BOX
Notice: Take care not to cut film with
tools having sharp head.
3-62
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
3-2-10. NCU
ContentAfter replacement of NCU, reset NCULD, register the history of parts exchange, and executetest of NCU.
Tools and Jigs
• Mini-driver (having short handle)
Work Flow
1. Remove NCU
(P.3-63)
3. Reset NCU LD
(P.3-65)
2. Reassemble NCU
(P.3-65)
4. Register Part Change Record
(P.3-66)
5. NCU Test (P.3-67)
* The order of NCU LD reset and exchange history regis-
tration can be changed.
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove NCU
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCECARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole.
2b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove a pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
3. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6), and remove Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons.
Move fulcrum pin to inward, and remove it from pin hole.
RightFront Cover L (M601940/41)
Left RightP4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
3-63
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 5. Remove Rear Cover R. 6. Down Clamp Lever
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
Rear Cover R (M507496)
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Loosen (x4)
Down Clamp Lever
7a. Remove KB Cover.
Loosen 4 screws on the right side.
7b. ~ Removeing KB Cover 2 ~
Remove screw on front cover sensor R, loosen a screw on bottom side, tilt to front, and remove lower screws fixing KB cover in the drwaing above.
7c. ~ Removing KB Cover 3 ~
Loosen screws (x3), take out KB Cover with taking care not to hit the dryer unit.
KB Cover (M601945)
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x4)
Left Right
Front coversensor L
Tilt
Left
P4x12 SMW
P4x12 SMW
Loosen
Not to hit
Left
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x3)
KB Cover (M601945)
8. Disconnect connector from Dot
detection PCB.
Release the clamp for NCU cable and disconnect connector (CN2) from Dot detection PCB.
9a. Loosen screws (x4) for NCU.
Loosen the screws for NCU.
9b. ~ Loosen NCU screws ~
Dot detection PCB
CN2
P4x12 SMW (x4)
3-64
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
10. Remove NCU. 10b. ~ NCU ~ 10c. ~ Interior after NCU has
removed ~
NCU (E300469)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
2. Reassemble
NCU
* Make sure that JV-5 is in the Local Idling State (initializing
operation is completed and being capped) before conducting this adjustment.
1. Select “NCU LD RESET” in
FUNCTION Menu.
* Start with the Maintenance Open
Mode.
3. Reset NCU LD
Content Initialize LD consumption
current value of NCU
As JV-5 issues NCU
exchange message or stops
operation from the LD con-
sumption current value, not
to forget to reset after
exchange.
Tools –
[FUNCTION]
NCUNOZZLE CHECK <ent>
#NCUNCU LD RESET <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
L.*> [JV5-01]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
3-65
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2a. Press [ENTER] to reset LD con-
sumption current.
After normal end, press [END] sev-eral times to end.
2b. ~ Error Display ~
Above error display indicates that reset is not completed in normal.Make sure that JV-5 starts with the Maintenance Open mode, and reset again.
2c. ~ Action at Error ~
** Being LD-reset **PLEASE WAIT
#NCU LD RESETLDcons.ELcurr.:RESET
**RESET COMPLETION**
#NCU LD RESETLDcons.ELcurr.:RESE [END] : End
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)!! RESET FAILURE !!
#NCU LD RESETLDcons.ELcurr.:RESE
Error Out-
line
If NCU reset is not conducted
in capping state after starting
the system and initialization
operation is completed,
“RESET FAILURE” error
arises.
Ex.) When reset is executed
in cover open state, it does
not end in normal.
Action Check initializing operation
and capping are in normal.
1. Select “EXCHANGE PARTS“ in
#ADJUST Mode
* Start with the Maintenance Open Mode.
4. Register Part
Change Record
Content Register the date of NCU
change.
Tools –
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
[FUNCTION]
FUNCTION#ADJUST <ENT>
#ADJUSTEXCHANGE PARTS <ent>
[�] / [�] :SW[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
L.*> [JV5-01]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
[�] / [�] :SW[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
2. select “NCUsensorUNIT” in
REGISTRATION and input
exchanged date.
3. Confurm Registrations.
After the confirmation, turn the power OFF to end.
INPUT ITEMDate
*NCUsensorUNIT 2006.08.31
#REGISTRATIONPARTS :NCUsensorUNIT
[�] / [�] :SW[�] / [�] :Change
Value[ENTER] :Fix
#EXCHANGE PARTSREGISTRATION <ent>
[�] / [�] :SW[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
[�] / [�] :SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#EXCHANGE PARTSHISTORY <ENT>
[�] / [�] : SW
History indication
*HEAD[ 0] 06.10.10 : No.2
*NCUsensorUNIT[ 4] 06.07.23
Push [END] several times to
[�] / [�] :SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
3-66
Overhaul of Ink-related Parts
1. Execute test drawing
5. NCU Test
Content Make sure that replaced NCU
functions in normal with
NCU FUNCTION in FUNC-
TION MENU.
As this function assumes that
there is no nozzle missing,
nozzle missing check must be
done beforehand.
Tools –
[TEST DRAW]
TEST DRAW
<ENT>
** TEST DRAW **
[ENTER] : Execute
L.*> [JV5-01]width:****mm
2a. Confirm the result of draw.
* Repeat until nozzle skip is removed.
2b. Conduct cleaning.
Select a set of [HARD] ⇒
[NORMAL].
Power off
Draw Result
Nozzle skip OK
Re-cleaning(Step. 2b)
[CLEANING]L.*> [JV5-01]
CLEANING
HEAD SELECT 1234
12--
--34
CLEANING ACTIVE*******-------------
CLEANING
TYPE :NORMAL
TYPE :SOFTTYPE :HARD
[�] / [�] :SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
[�] / [�] :SW[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
Notice: Select [HARD] or [NORMAL]of
cleaning according to nozzle
missing state.
Select [NORMAL] at a few noz-
zle missing.
3. Select “TEST“ in NCU
FUNCTION Of FUNCTION
MENU.
* Start with the Maintenance Open Mode.
4a. Execte tests of above 8 items.
* As for detailes of operation flow, see p.2-54 .As for detailes of NCU, see p.2-23 .
4b. ~ NCU Test Screen Configuration 2 ~
After the test is completed, press [END] several times to turn the power OFF.
[FUNCTION]
NCUNOZZLE CHECK <ent>
#NCU
TEST <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
L.*> [JV5-01]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON#TESTNOZZLE CHK TEST<ent>
[ENTER] : Execute[�] / [�] : SW
[END] : To Menu
#TEST
SDRAM CHECK <ent>
[ENTER]Execute[�] / [�] : SW
[END] : To Menu
#TESTF-ROM CHECK <ent>
[ENTER] : Exec
[�] / [�] : SW[END] : To Menu
#TEST
LDconsu.ELcurr.<ent>
[ENTER] : Exec
[�] / [�] : SW[END] : To Menu
#TESTLINE VOLTAGE <ent>
[ENTER] : Exec[�] / [�] : SW[END] : To Menu
#TEST
LD&SensorTEST <ent>
[ENTER] : Exec[�] / [�] : SW
[END] : To Menu
#TESTSERIAL CHECK <ent>
[ENTER] : Exec
[�] / [�] : SW[END] : To Menu
#TEST
LASER TEMP.CHK <ent>
[ENTER] : Exec[�] / [�] : SW[END] : To Menu
3-67
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-68
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3. Overhaul of PCBs
PCBs to be used for JV5-130S/160S are shown below.
Part Reference page Part Reference page
3-3-1. Main PCB p.3-70 3-3-10. Keyboard PCB p.3-92
3-3-2. HDC PCB p.3-77 3-3-11. Dot Detection PCB p.3-96
3-3-3. IO PCB p.3-78 3-3-12. Ink Unit PCB p.3-98
3-3-4. USB PCB p.3-79 3-3-13. Side Relay PCB p.3-99
3-3-5. Head Relay PCB p.3-81 3-3-14. ID Point of Contact PCB (Wash Cartridge) p.3-101
3-3-6. Slider PCB p.3-82 3-3-15. LED PCB p.3-103
3-3-7. Power PCB p.3-85 3-3-16. Take-up PCB p.3-105
3-3-8. Heater PCB p.3-88 3-3-17. Drying Fan Fork PCB p.3-106
3-3-9. BOX Relay PCB p.3-90
~ Head Assy ~
ID Point of Contact
PCB (Wash Cartridge)
~ Left ~Ink Unit PCB
LED PCB (x2)
Heater PCB
Drying Fan Fork PCB (x2)
Slider PCB
Head Relay PCB (x4)
Keyboard PCB
Side Relay PCB
IO PCB
USB PCBMain PCB
Take-up PCB
BOX Relay PCB
HDC PCB (x4)
Power PCB
Dot Detection PCB
3-69
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-1. Main PCB
ContentIn changing Main PCB, parameters must be registered to Main PCB ROM after the change. In the view of work efficiency and print quality and to save the time for re-adjusting and re-setting them, make a copy of (upload) the parameters before the change in PC and write (download) them into the new Main PCB after the change.
Tools & jigs
•PC•F/W Upload Tool•USB Cable
Work Flow
1. Upload Parame-
ters (P.3-70)
2. Remove Main PCB
(P.3-71)
3. Reassemble Main
PCB (P.3-73)
4. Download Parameters
(P.3-73)
5. Adjust Main PCB Motor
Current (P.3-75)
* If upload of parameters is unavailable, conduct Parameter Draw to note the values. Then manually register them after
changing Main PCB.
1. Start JV5 with parameter Up/
Down load Mode.
Turn the power ON with pressing [�]+[�].
2a. Start F/W Upload Tool.
1. Upload
ParametersUp& Download Ready!
[�] + [�] + Power ON
(Start with parameter Up/Down load Mode)
2b. ~ F/W Upload Tool Menu ~ 3. Select [Upload] Tab. 4. Select interface.
In [Device] section, check the inter-face connecting printer.
3-70
Overhaul of PCBs
5. Select [JV5.PRM].
Select [JV5.PRM] in [PRM File].
6a. Execute [Upload!!]. 6b. ~ Indication during upload ~
* Click [Abort] Button to cancel.
PC
JV5
***UPLOADING***
7. Save Parameter File.
Parameter Save Window automati-cally appears when Upload is suc-cessfully completed.Enter file name to save parameters.
8. Turn off the power of JV5.
Confirm the above indication on Operation Panel of JV5 before shut-ting down.
Up & Download ENDPower Off
Power OFF
Note:
If upload is failed or impracticable, conduct Parameter Draw to note the parameter values and manually register them after the work is completed.
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove MF Cover R.
Don’t take off the screws (x6) but just loosen, and reassembly will be easier. (Be careful not to fall Cover.)
2. Remove
Main PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
P4x12 SMW (x8)
Loosen (x6)
MF Cover R (M507164)
3-71
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3. Remove USB Protection Bracket. 4. Remove Surface Cover RS. 5. Remove IF Bracket.
USB Protection Bracket (M507828)
P3x10 SMW (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Surface Cover RS (M507507)
IF Bracket (M507318)
B3x6
6. Release HDC PCB Connectors.
Loosen the screws (x8) for HDC PCBs (x4) and pull a little toward you to disconnect from Main PCB.
7a. Disconnect Main PCB Connec-
tors.
7b. ~ Release connectors (Upper) ~
Release HDC PCB connector
P3x10 SMW (x8)
Release connector.
Release connectors
8. Loosen the screws (x4) for USB
PCB Assembly.
9. Remove USB PCB Assembly.
Remove USB PCB Assembly from Main PCB Connector together with IF Relay.
10a.Remove Main PCB Assembly.
Loosen the screws (x8) and the hexagon studs (x4) to take laterally out of printer.
P3x10 SMW (x4)
USB PCB Assembly(E103711)
USB PCB Assembly(E103711)
IF Relay PCB
P3x10 SMW (x8)
SQ-30 (x4)
3-72
Overhaul of PCBs
10b.Remove memory PCB Assy (x2).
Remove memory PCB Assy(x2) from main PCB.
10c. ~ Memory PCB Assembly ~ 10d. ~ Main PCB Assembly ~
MemoryPCB Assy(E104090) x2
MemoryPCB Assy (E104090) Main PCB Assy
(E104082)
* To connect USB PCB (IF Relay
PCB) with Main PCB, certainly fit the connector to the bottom.
* Put cover inside of loosened
screws to tighten them.
3. Reassemble
Main PCB
OK
A washer of screw is outside of the
cover
A washer of screw is inside of the
cover.
NG
1. Start JV5 with parameter Up/
Down load Mode
Turn the power ON with pressing [�]+[�].
2a. Start F/W Upload Tool.
4. Download
ParametersUp& Download Ready!
[�] + [�] + Power ON
(Start with parameter Up/Down load Mode)
3-73
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2b. ~ F/W Upload Tool Menu~ 3. Select [Download] Tab. 4. Select Interface.
In [Device] section, check the inter-face connecting printer.
5. Select [JV5.PRM].
Select [JV5.PRM] in [PRM File].
6. Select the file to be downloaded.
Click [Browse] Button to select the file uploaded before PCB change.
7a. Execute [Download!!]
7b. ~ Indication during download ~
* Click [Abort] Button to cancel.
8. Confirmation of success
Above dialog appears when down-load is successfully completed.Click [OK] Button.
9. Shut down JV5.
Confirm the above indication to appear on JV5 Operation Panel before shutting off the power.
PC
JV5
***DOWNLOADING***
Up & Download ENDPower Off
Power OFF
3-74
Overhaul of PCBs
~ Motor Current Adjust Outline ~
* Adjust value varies on each motor and each machine
* Adjustable range is within 130~160 on each motor.
5. Adjust Main
PCB Motor
Current
Content Adjust electric current of X-
motar and Y-motor.
3 adjust items are shown in
the right. 2 adjustments are
conducted on each motor.
Adjusting
contents
Set to minimum motorHunt-
ing noise at operation of each
motor.
Tools –
STOP ADJUST
Y MOVING ADJUST
X MOVING ADJUST
On X-Motor: Stop adjust
X moving adjust
On Y Motor: Stop adjust
Y moving adjust
1. Select “MOTOR CURRENT” in
#ADJUST MODE
* Start with the Maintenance Open Mode.
2. Execute “STOP ADJUST”.
Adjust electric current value of X-motor and Y-motor so that Hunting noise of both motor is minimized on the station in not carriage out.
3a. Execute “X MOVING ADJUST”.
[FUNCTION]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
#ADJUSTMOTOR CURRENT <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
L.*> [JV5-01]
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode) #MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [ENTER] : Set
[^] CurrentValueUP[V] CurrentValueDOWN
X = 0 Y = 0 (****) (****)
0~255 (Input Range)
[�] / [�] : CV[�] / [�] :SW
[ENTER] : Ret
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [�] / [�] : SW
#X MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=0.20GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : CV[�] / [�] :Set
[ENTER] : Return
#MOTOR CURRENTX MOVING ADJUST<ent> [ENTER] : Set
3b. Input test conditions to execute
* Input the following conditions.Speed (S) : 5 ~ 10 mm/sAcceleration (A) : 0.2 G
Length (X) : approx. 50 ~ 100 mm
3c. With listening to Hunting noise at
X-motor driving, adjust value to
minimize the noise.
Check the noise of X-motor at the left back side of JV-5.
4a. Execute “Y MOVING ADJUST”.
#X MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=0.20GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : CV [�] / [�] : Move[ENTER] : Exec
[END] : Return
X-axis consecutive drive (X-mortar drive)
* * Not Cap OFF
#XmovingADJUST *RUN* xxx (xxxx)
S= 10mm/s A=0.20GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : VC
[END] : Ret
(At X-motor drv.)
Input values with target-ting 130~160 . (Input range 0~255)[END]
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent>
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [�] / [�] : SW
#Y MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=1.00GY= 100mm
[�] / [�] : CV[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Return
#MOTOR CURRENTY MOVING ADJUST<ent> [ENTER] : Set
3-75
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4b. Input test conditions to execute
* Input the following conditions.
Speed (S) : 5 ~ 10 mm/sAcceleration (A) : 1.0 GLength (Y) : approx.
50 ~ 100 mm
4c. With listening to Hunting noise at
Y-motor driving, adjust value to
minimize the noise.
Check the noise of Y-motor at the right back side of JV-5.
5. Press [END] prulal of times to end.
#Y MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=1.00GY= 100mm
[�] / [�] : CV[�] / [�] : Move
[ENTER] : Exec[END] : Return
(Carriage out)
Y-axis consecutive drive
(Y-motor drive)
#YmovingADJUST *RUN* xxx (xxxx)
S= 10mm/s A=1.00GY= 100mm
[�] / [�] : CV[END] : Return
(At Y-motor drv.)
Input values with target-ting 130~160 .
(Input range 0~255)[END]
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent>
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [END] :Return
End
3-76
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-2. HDC PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove MF Cover R.
Don’t take off the screws (x6) but just loosen, and reassembly will be easier. (Be careful not to fall Cover.)
1. Remove
HDC PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
P4x12 SMW (x8)
Loosen (x6)
MF Cover R (M507164)
3. Release FPC Clamp. 4. Loosen the screws (x2) and slide
HDC toward you.
Loosen the screws (x2) for the aimed HDC and draw out HDC toward you to release connector.
5. Remove FPC(x4) to take out.
Release clamp.
P3x10 SMW (x2)
HDC4 (CN14)
HDC2 (CN12)
HDC3 (CN13)
HDC1 (CN11)
Loosen screws and draw out.
Remove FPC(x4)
6. Remove HDC Bracket from HDC
PCB Assembly.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Put cover inside of loosened screws to tighten them.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
HDC PCB Assembly (E104083)
HDC Bracket (M507162)
2. Reassemble
HDC PCBA screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-77
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-3. IO PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 1. Remove MF Cover R.
Don’t take off the screws (x6) but just loosen, and reassembly will be easier. (Be careful not to fall Cover.)
1. Remove
IO PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
P4x12 SMW (x8)
Loosen (x6)
MF Cover R (M507164)
2a. Release clamps (x2) to remove
connectors.
Release upper and lower clamp to disconnect all connectors for II/O PCB.
2b. ~ Remove clamps and connectors. ~ 3a. Remove IO PCB Assembly.
Clamp
ClampP3x10 SMW (x5)
IO PCB Assembly (E104085)
3b. ~ IO PCB Assembly ~ Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Put cover inside of loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
IO PCBA screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-78
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-4. USB PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 1. Remove MF Cover R.
Don’t take off the screws (x6) but just loosen, and reassembly will be easier. (Be careful not to fall Cover.)
1. Remove
USB PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
P4x12 SMW (x8)
Loosen (x6)
MF Cover R (M507164)
2. Remove USB Protection Bracket. 3. Remove Surface Cover RS. 4. Remove IF Bracket.
USB Protection Bracket (M507828)
P3x10 SMW (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Surface Cover RS (M507507)
IF Bracket (M507318)
B3x6
5. Loosen the screws (x4) for USB
PCB Assembly.
6. Remove USB PCB Assembly.
Remove USB PCB Assembly from Main PCB Connectors together with IF Relay PCB.
7a. Remove IF Relay PCB.
P3x10 SMW (x4)
USB PCB Assembly(E103711)
USB PCB Assembly(E103711)
IF Relay PCB
IF Relay PCB
(E103701)
3-79
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
7b. ~ USB PCB Assembly ~
USB PCB Assembly (E103711)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* To connect USB PCB (IF Relay
PCB) with Main PCB, certainly fit the connector to the bottom.
* Put cover inside of washers for
loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
USB PCBA screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-80
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-5. Head Relay PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 1. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove Head
Relay PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
2a. Release 2 Clamps (upper left,
lower right).
Release the clamps for the aimed Head Relay PCB from Slider PCB.
2b. ~ PCB Layout ~ 3. Remove Head Relay PCB.
Remove Head Relay PCB from Slider PCB Assembly.(Inter-board Connector)
Head Relay PCB (E104237)
Release upper & lower clamps.
Head1
Head3
Head2
Head4
Inter-board Connector
4. Disconnect connectors and FPCs.
Disconnect the connector (CN3) and FPCs (CN1,2) from Head Relay PCB.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* To fix Head Relay PCB to Slider PCB, first hang the lower right
clamp as shown above.
Connector
FPC (x2)
2. Reassemble
Head Relay PCB
Right bottom first
3-81
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-6. Slider PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 1. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove
Slider PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
2. Remove Rear Cover R. 3. Remove the head cover.
Remove right and left screws to remove the head cover.
4. Fix FPCs with tape.
Bind 2 places shown in the picture with tape for avoiding a mess at removing FPC.
Rear Cover R (M507496)
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Loosen (x4)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
Fix with tape.
5. Disconnect all FPCs. 6a. Remove all of Head Relay PCBs.
Release clamps (upper left & lower right) on Slider PCB fixing Head Relay PCB.
6b. ~ Remove Head Relay PCB~
Disconnect Head Relay PCB from Slider PCB Assembly.(Inter-board Connection)
Disconnect FPC
Head Relay PCB (E104237)
Release U/L Clamps.
Inter-board Connector
3-82
Overhaul of PCBs
7. Release all connectors.
Release all connectors and ground-ing wires from the lower left of Slider PCB.
8a. Loosen the screws (x6) for Slider
PCB.
Loosen all the screws including grounding wire on the lower left of Slider PCB.
8b. ~ Disconnect grounding wire. ~
Release connectors
P3x10 SMW (x6)
Grounding Wire
Disconnect grounding wire.
9a. Remove Slider PCB.
Shift Slider PCB left to remove.
9b. ~ Slider PCB ~
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: To connect FPC, align the surface of terminal and
certainly insert to the bottom. Be careful of wrong connection. There are many connectors.
* Layout of each Head Relay PCB is shown above. Be careful of wrong
connection.
2. Reassemble
Slider PCB
Head1 Head3 Head2 Head4
CN6
CN7
CN8
CN9
CN10
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
HDC2 HDC4HDC3HDC1
Head
1
Head
3
Head
2
Head
4
3-83
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* To fix Head Relay PCB to Slider PCB, first hang the lower right clamp as shown above.
* Do not forget to remove tape applied on FPCbefore placing the cover.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
Right bottom firstRemove tape (x2)
A screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-84
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-7. Power PCB
1. Shut off the main power.
* Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unexpected move.
2. Remove MF Cover C.
Take off Cap Station Covers behind the printer.130S: MF Cover C 130 (M507418)160S: MF Cover C 160 (M507165)
1. Remove
Power PCB
Behind
Warning: Start operation after 5 min-utes elapssing from the main power OFF.Residual high voltage may cause electric shock.
MF Cover C 160/130
P4x12 SMW (160:12, 130:10)
Loosen (160:8, 130:6)
3. Release all connectors.
Remove 3 connectors(CN 1, 4, 5) connected to the Power PCB.
4a. Remove Power PCB Assembly.
Remove screws (x9), and remove the PCB with taking care not to get electrich shock.
4b. ~ Warning st Removing the PCB ~
Power PCB Assembly(E300428)
P3x10 SMW (x9)
Warning: Take care not to get electric shock!!Never touch to solder behind power PCB.Residual high voltage may cause electrick shock.
4c. ~ Removing PCB ~
* Hold the PCB as shown in the picture above not to touch the back surface of the PCB.
4d. ~ Power PCB Assembly ~
3-85
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1. Select “VOLTAGE CHECK” in
#TEST MODE
* Start with the Maintenance Open Mode.
2. Adjust Power
PCB Voltage
Content Use volume for each power
source for adjustment.
Volume No. +42V : VR4
+24V : VR1
+5V : VR2
+3.3V : VR3
Tools Slotted screwdriver
Warning: The power in ON at this adjust. Use above tools, and touch only instructed parts.
[FUNCTION]
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ent>
#TEST
VOLTAGE CHECK <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
L.*> [JV5-01]
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
2a. Adjust volume with checking dis-
plays on LCD.
2b. Turn volume checking LCD. VR1 Adjustment
3.3V -> 3.3V (****) 5V -> 5.0V (****)
24V -> 24.0V (****)42V -> 42.0V (****)
VR2 VR4
VR1
VR3
VR1 : +24VVR1: +24V
VR2 Adjustment VR3 Adjustment VR4 Adjustment
VR2: +5V VR3: +3.3V VR4: +42V
3-86
Overhaul of PCBs
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: Reassemble MF Cover C in the same height so that adjacent Guide Rails come into flat. And
check whether Roll Base slides smoothly.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
3. Reassemble
Power PCB
Sliding must be smooth.
Roll Base Possible same height
A screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-87
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-8. Heater PCB
1. Shut off the main power.
* As the front power switch does not
stop the power to the heater PCB, there is a fear of getting electric shock.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
1. Remove
Heater PCB
Behind
Warning: Take care not to get electric shock!! Be sure to turn the power OFF with rear power SW.
Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen screws (x2) on bottom side to remove the cover.
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen screws (x3) on bottom side, and remove screws shown in the pic-ture above to remove the cover.
5. Disconnect all connectors.
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497)
Heater PCB Assembly(E104043)
6a. Remove Heater PCB Assembly.
Release the hook on the top of Lock-ing Guard Spacer (x4) to remove.
6b. ~ Heater PCB ~
Locking Guard Spacer
Pinch to release
Heater PCB Assy(E104043)
3-88
Overhaul of PCBs
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* See the above illustration for right connection.
~ Connection ~
2. Reassemble
Heater PCB
Red: Pre-heater
Upper: To SSR
Blue:Printheater
Black:After-heater
Lower: To thermostat of each Heater Assembly
Any of same colors will do.
* Put cover inside of washers for
loosened screws to tighten them.
A screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-89
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-9. BOX Relay PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Raise Clamp Lever.
1. Remove
BOX Relay PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
Raise Clamp Lever.
3. Remove Pump Cover T.
Loosen bottom side screw (x3), and remove top right and left screws (x3).
4. Remove connectors (x2) on
bottom side of the printer.
Remove connectors for the dryer fan and the exhaust duct connected to the relay BOX.
5. Disconnect all connectors (x7).
Pump Cover T(M507253)
P4x12 SMW (x5)
Loosen (x3)
BOX Relay PCB Assembly (E104351)
6a. Remove BOX Relay PCB Assem-
bly.
6b. ~ BOX Relay PCB ~ 6c. ~ BOX Relay PCB (Connector) ~
P4x12 SMW (x4)
L: Exhaust ductAssy side
R :Dryer FANAssy side
3-90
Overhaul of PCBs
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Connector connections on the bottom side of the printer are shown in the picture above.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
BOX relay PCB
L: Exhaust ductAssy side (white)
R :Dryer FANAssy Side (black)
A screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-91
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-10. Keyboard PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the right ful-crum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
1. Remove
Keyboard PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
Move flucrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole
Right
Front Cover L (M601940/41)
2b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
3. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6), and remove Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons.
4. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
5. Down Clamp Lever 6a. Remove KB Cover.
Loosen right 4 screws.
6b. ~ Removing KB Cover 2 ~
Remove ascrew over thr front cover sensor R, loosen a bottom screw, and remove lower screws fixing the KB cover shown in the picture above.
Down Clamp Lever
KB Cover (M601945)
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x4)
Right
Front cover Sensor R
Tilt
Left
P4x12 SMW
P4x12 SMW
Loosen
3-92
Overhaul of PCBs
6c. ~ Removing KB Cover 3 ~
Loosen screwa (x3), remove the KB cover with taking care not to hit the dryer unit.
7a. Remove KB Panel.
Loosen the screws (x4) and discon-nect connectors from Keyboard PCB.
7b. ~ Disconnect connectors of KB
Panel. ~
Turn KB Panel 180° toward you to disconnect connectors (x4).
Not to hit
Left
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x3)
KB Cover (M601945)
P4x12 SMW (x4)
KB Panel (M601980)
Disconnect connectors.
8a. Remove Keyboard PCB Assembly.
* Caution: Lay KB Panel down to remove Keyboard PCB so as to prevent KB Top from losing or
falling.
8b. ~ Behind KB Panel ~ 8c. ~ Keyboard PCB Assembly ~
TP3x8 F (x6)
Keyboard PCB Assembly (E104089)
* Caution: Check the surface and within window of LCD for dirt
and dust before reassembly.
1. Reassemble Keyboard PCB
Assembly.
* Point: Lay thick things left and
right under KB Panel to make fixing of KB Top easier.
2. Reassemble
Keyboard PCB
Keep from dust or dirt.
Keyboard PCB Assembly Behind KB Panel
3-93
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2. Check clicking touch of buttons.
Press each button to check clicking touch.
3a. Reassemble KB Panel.
Join connectors (x4) to Keyboard PCB Assembly.
3b. ~ Reassemble KB Panel. ~
Tighten the screws (x4).
Join connectors.
P4x12 SMW (x4)
KB Panel (M601980)
* Execute test of a keyboard and
LCD with “TEST“ of “MAINTENANCE MODE”.
1. Turn on the power in Maintenance
Mode.
[REMOTE] + [FUNCTION] + Power ON
Table3-1. Troubleshooting
If JV-5 can not be started or an error is displayed, see the table above.
3. Test
Keyboard and
LCD
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
(Rear) Power switch ON
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
Error Action
Cover Open Error appears.
Check the designated sensor to keep “ON”.
No indication on LCD
Check connectors to LCD.
Doesn’t enter Maintenance Mode.
Wrong recognition of any key due to excess tightening
Key entry isn’t recognized →(See Table3-2. )
2. Call Test Mode Menu. 3. Start “KEYBOARD TEST”.
Press any key, and the name will be displayed on LCD. (“NONE” is dis-played if no key is pressed.)
4. Close “KEYBOARD TEST”.
[FUNCTION]L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
[ENTER]FUNCTION#TEST <ENT>
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ent>
[FUNCTION]or [�] x6
[�] x2
(Test Mode Menu)
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ent>
#TESTKEYBOARD TEST <ent>
[FUNCTION]or [�] x10
[ENTER]
Indication of a nameof the pushed key.
#KEYBOARD TESTKey-> NONE
Press all
keys includ-ing JOG.
#TESTKEYBOARD TEST <ent>
Test is finished.
#KEYBOARD TEST[END]-> END TEST [END] :
to close
#KEYBOARD TESTKey->[ENTER]
[END] :to close
Press all keys including JOG,
and finally [END].
3-94
Overhaul of PCBs
Table3-2. Troubleshooting 1 Table3-3. Troubleshooting 2 5. Start “LCD TEST”.
LCD TEST automatically scrolls strings within 0x21~0xFF line by line.
Failure Action
Firmware failure? Restart JV-5 to reconfirm the same trouble occurs.
Update firmware.
Connector disconnection (Keyboard PCB)
Check the connection (CN3).
KB Top mounting failure
Check key touch. if any is rubbing, disassemble KB Top to assemble over.
Keyboard PCB SW failure
Directly press SW on Keyboard PCB to check.recognization.
Failure Action
Connector disconnection (Main PCB)
Check the connection (CN5). (See P.3-70 )
Cable failure Check Keyboard Cable Assembly for disconnection.
Part failure Replace parts below.• KB Top• Keyboard Cable Assembly (E104362)• Keyboard PCB Assembly (E104087)• Main PCB Assembly (E104082)
#TESTKEYBOARD TEST <ent>
#TESTLCD TEST <ent>
[FUNCTION]or [�] x1
[ENTER]
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!””””””””””””””””””””
(Test Start)
6. End “LCD TEST”. Table3-4. Troubleshooting 1 Table3-5. Troubleshooting 2
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
””””””””””””””””””””####################
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!””””””””””””””””””””
####################$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
[END]
to end test
#TESTLCD TEST <ent>
Failure Action
Firmware failure? Restart JV-5 to reconfirm the same trouble occurs.
Update firmware.
Connector disconnection (Keyboard PCB)
Check the connection (CN3).
Connector disconnection (Main PCB)
Check the connection (CN5). (See P.3-70 )
Cable failure Check Keyboard Cable Assembly for disconnection.
Failure Action
Part failure Replace parts below.• Keyboard Cable Assembly (E104362)• Keyboard PCB Assembly (E104087)• Main PCB Assembly (E104082)
Reverse he disassembly procedure to Step 7 for reassembly.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
4. Reassemble
Covers
A screw washer is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-95
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-11. Dot Detection PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move right fulcrum pin to inward, and remove it from the pin hole.
1. Remove
Dot Detection
PCB Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
Right
Front Cover L (M601940/41)
2b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the cover.
3. Remove Y Cover F.
Loosen right and left screws (x6), to remove Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons.
4. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
5. Down Clamp Lever 6a. Remove KB Cover.
Loosen right screws (x4).
6b. ~ Removing KB Cover 2 ~
Remove a screwover of the front cover sensor R, loosen lower screw, and remove a lower screw fixing the KB cover shown in the drawing above.
Down Clamp Lever
KB Cover (M601945)
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x4)
Right
Front cover Sensor R
Tilt
P4x12 SMW
P4x12 SMW
Loosen
Left
3-96
Overhaul of PCBs
6c. ~ Removing KB Cover 3 ~
Loosen screws (x3), remove the KB cover with taking care not to hit the dryer unit.
7. Disconnect connectors (x2). 8a. Remove Dot Detection PCB
Assembly.
Not to hit
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x3)
KB Cover (M601945)
Left
Dot Detection PCB Assembly (M507497)
P3x10 SMW (x4)
8b. ~ Dot Detection PCB Assembly ~
Dot Detection PCBAssembly (E104091)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
2. Reassemble
Dot Detection
PCB
3-97
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-12. Ink Unit PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2a. Remove ICU Cover R.
Right side face : 2qtyTop face side : 4qty
1. Remove Ink
Unit PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind P4x12 SMW (x6)
ICU Cover R (M507575)
2b. ~ Removing ICU Cover~
Left side face : 2qtyRear face bottom : 2qty
3. Disconnect all connectors. 4a. Remove Ink Unit PCB Assembly.
Release the hook on the top of Lock-ing Guard Spacer (x4) to remove.
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Ink Unit PCB Assembly (M507497)
Locking Guard Spacer
Pinch to release
4b. ~ Ink Unit PCB ~ Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Be careful of right connection. There are many connectors.
Ink Unit PCB Assembly (E104086)
2. Reassemble
Ink Unit PCB
3-98
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-13. Side Relay PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove
Side Relay PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3a. Remove Right Cover.
Loosen bottom back and front screws, and remove screws described below.Bottom side : 2qty
3b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face : 4qtyRight top face : 3qty
4a. Disconnect all connectors.
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
4b. ~ Disconnection of connectors ~ 5a. Remove Side Relay PCB.
Release the hook on the top of Lock-ing Guard Spacer (x4) to remove.
5b. ~ Side Relay PCB ~
Side Relay PCB(E104352)
Locking Guard Spacer (x4)
Pinch to release
Side Relay PCB assy. (E104352)
3-99
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
Side Relay PCBA screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is
inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-100
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-14. ID Point of Contact PCB (Wash Cartridge)
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove
ID point of
Contact PCB Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3a. Remove Right Cover.
Loosen screws on bottom side back and front, and remove screws described bwlow.Bottom side : 2qty
3b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face : 4qtyRight top face : 3qty
4. Release clamp.
Release the clamp for ID Point of Contact PCB.
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Release clamp.
5. Disconnect connector.
Disconnect the connector of ID Point of Contact PCB.
6a. Remove ID Point of Contact PCB
Assembly.
Loosen the screws (x2) and slide lat-erally to remove from Cartridge Frame.
6b. ~ ID Point of Contact PCB ~
Disconnect connector.Loosen (x2)
TP3x8 F (x2)
Slide
ID Point of Contact PCB Assembly (E103704)
3-101
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Replace Contact PCB if the head of either contact is worn.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
ID point of
Contact PCB
ID Point of Contact PCB Assembly (E103704)
OK NGA screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
Screw washer is
inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-102
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-15. LED PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 1. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
1. Remove
LED PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
2a. Remove ICU Covers F and R
together.
Loosen 6 screws:2 on left side, 2 on right side,2 on bottom of back side
2b. ~ Loosen the screws on the right side. ~ 2c. ~ Loosen the screws on the bot-
tom of back side. ~
P4x12 SMW (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
2d. ~ ICU Covers F and R ~ * POINT: Lift a little and pull toward you for easy removal.
3a. Remove IC Slot Bracket F.
Loosen the screws (x6) to remove IC Slot Bracket F.
P4x12 SMW (x6)
3-103
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3b. ~ Remove IC Slot Bracket F. ~ 4a. Remove LED PCB Assembly.
Loosen the screws (x3) to remove LED PCB Assembly.
4b. ~ LED PCB Assembly ~
* Procedure is common to 2 sets of
LED PCB.
IC Slot Bracket F (M507203)
P3x10 SMW (x3)
LED PCB Assembly (E104088)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* After reassembly, check whether
every LED illuminates on startup.
2. Reassemble
LED PCB
3-104
Overhaul of PCBs
3-3-16. Take-up PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Take-up Cover.
1. Remove
Take-up PCB
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
P3x6 SMW(x3)
Take-up Cover(M507538)
3. Disconnect all connectors. 4. Remove Take-up PCB.
Loosen the screws and remove Take-up PCB Assembly (E104087) together with Take-up PCB Bracket (M507584).
5a. Remove Take-up PCB.
Loosen the screws (x4) and remove Take-up PCB Assembly from Take-up PCB Bracket.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
P3x10 SMW (x4)
5b. ~ Take-up PCB ~ Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* When winding PCB BKT to the winding unit, do not forget to
place ground wire on the place shown in the picture above, and fasten together.
Take-up PCB Assembly (E104087)
2. Reassemble
Take-up PCB
Tighten with ground
P4x12 SMW
3-105
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-3-17. Drying Fan Fork PCB
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove a black connector on
lower part of the printer.
Remove a connector for the dryer fan connected to BOX relay PCB.
1. Remove
Drying Fan Fork
PCB Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Behind
3a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
3b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
4a. Remove dryer FAN Assy from
right and left stays.
Remove right and left mini-knobs, and remove a belt lock screw.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Left
Mini knob x2(KS-15x16-A)
Belt Screw x2 (M400140)
4b. ~ Removing Druer FAN Assy ~
* Take care not to drop the dryer FAN Assy. Operation with 2 persons.
5a. Remove right and left FAN cover
reinforcer plates.
6. Removing Dryer FAN Cover R
Remove screws to remove the FAN label side cover.
Right
Mini knob
Fan cover reinforcement plate (M507907) x2
B3x6 (x12)
B3x6 (x2/4)
Drying fan cover 130/160 R(M504817/5285)
3-106
Overhaul of PCBs
7. Removing All Connectors
Remove all connectors for the dryer FAN from the dryer FAN fork PCB.
* 2 same PCBs are placed on both sides.
8a. Removing Dryer FAN Fork PCB 8b. ~ Dryer FAN Fork PCB ~
Remove connectors
P3x6 SMW (x2)
Drying Fan Fork PCB Assembly(E103646) x2
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* At assembling Dryer FAN Assy,
confirm the front side, and assemble with 2 persons with taking care that the front fase
comes top.
2. Reassemble
Drying Fan
Fork PCB
Frontwithout fan label
Backwithout fan label
3-107
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-108
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4. Overhaul of Sensors
Sensor parts for JV5-130S/160S are shown below.
Part Reference page Part Reference page
3-4-1. Origin Sensor p.3-110 3-4-10. Head Up/Down Encoder p.3-132
3-4-2. Wiper Sensor p.3-112 3-4-11. Paper Sensor p.3-136
3-4-3. Clamp Sensor p.3-113 3-4-12. Media Rotary Encoder Assembly p.3-139
3-4-4. Bottom Point Sensor p.3-115 3-4-13. Front Cover Sensor L p.3-147
3-4-5. Cap Sensor p.3-117 3-4-14. Front Cover Sensor R p.3-149
3-4-6. Paper Width Sensor p.3-119 3-4-15. Maintenance Cover Sensor L p.3-151
3-4-7. Jam Sensor p.3-121 3-4-16. Maintenance Cover Sensor R p.3-152
3-4-8. Paper Thickness Encoder p.3-125 3-4-17. Ink Leakage Sensor p.3-153
3-4-9. Y Encoder p.3-129 3-4-18. Waste Tank Sensor p.3-158
~ Head Assy ~ ~ LEFT ~
Front Cover Sensor L
Maintenance
Cover Sensor L
Ink Leakage Sensor L
Y Encoder
Cap Sensor
Paper
Thickness
Paper Width Sensor
Jam Sensor
Head Up/Down Encoder
Ink Leakage Sensor R
Ink Leakage Sensor S
Bottom Point Sensor
Origin Sensor
Clamp Sensor
Wiper Sensor
Paper SensorMedia Rotary
Encoder Assembly
Front Cover Sensor
Waste Tank Sensor (x2)
Maintenance Cover Sensor
3-109
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-4-1. Origin Sensor
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Origin Sensor
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 3. Remove Origin Sensor.
Loosen the screw to remove Origin Sensor.
4. Disconnect connector from Origin
Sensor.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
P4x12 SMW
Origin Sensor(0J-6505-N2)
Connector
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* On reassembling the sensor, confirm that the sensor is kept
from Origin Sensor Shade Plate on Carriage.When it contacts, loosen a screw to
adjust.
2. Reassemble
Origin Sensor
Sensor
Origin sensor shade plate(M507222)
3-110
Overhaul of Sensors
* Checking with “SENSOR TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode.
2. Select “SENSOR TEST” to
display “Y-ORIGIN”.
3. Test
Origin Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TESTSENSOR TEST <ENT>
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] :SW
#SENSOR TEST
SET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TESTY-ORIGIN :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
3a. Checking ON/OFF Display
Move the carriage manually to check the sensor display on LCD.
* When it is normal, pussh [END] several times to end.
3b. ~ Confirmation at Abnormal ~
If there is a problem on LCD dis-play, make sure that fixing of sensor, positioning of a shade plate and the sensor, and connection of connectors are correct.
#SENSOR TESTY-ORIGIN :OFF
#SENSOR TEST
Y-ORIGIN :ON
Carriage is on the original position
Carriage is not on the origi-nal position
Sensor
Origin sensor shade plate(M507222)
3-111
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-4-2. Wiper Sensor
1. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 2. Remove Wiper Sensor.
1. Remove
Wiper Sensor
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)P4x12 SMW
Wiper Sensor(0J-6505-N2)
3. Disconnect connector from Wiper
Sensor.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* On reassembling Wiper Sensor,
confirm that the sensor is kept from Shade Plate of Wiper Holder Base.
Connector
2. Reassemble
Wiper Sensor
Sensor
Shade Plate
* Checking with “SENSOR TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE
MODE).
1. Select “TEST ”.
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode, and select “TEST”.
2. Check ON/OFF display on LCD
with “WIPER”.
Move the wiper manually, and check sensor display on LCD.
3. Test
Wiper Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
#TEST
SENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TESTSET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TEST
WIPER :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#SENSOR TEST
WIPER :ON
Move wiper to checkON/OFF
3-112
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-3. Clamp Sensor
1. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 2a. Remove right cover and rear
cover R.
Loosen back and front screws on lower part of right cover, and remove screws shown in the picture above.
1. Remove
Clamp Sensor
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
Right Cover (M507493)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
2b. ~Remove Right Side Cover ~
Remove screws in the picture and take out from the right cover.
* Take care not to drop the cover at removing.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the
sensor together with Clamp
Sensor Bracket.
4. Disconnect connector from Clamp
Sensor.
Rear Cover R(M507496)
Loosen (x4)P4x12 SMW (x16)
P4x12 SMW
Connector
5. Remove Clamp Sensor .
B4x10
Clamp Sensor Bracket (M507806)
Clamp Sensor (PE01130)
3-113
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* After reassembling Clamp Sensor, confirm that the sensor is kept from CL Link.
* Put cover inside of loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
Clamp Sensor
Sensor
Shade Plate
OK
A washer of screw is outside of the
cover
A washer of screw is inside of the
cover.
NG
* Check eith “SENSOR TEST” of
“TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode, and select “TEST”.
2. Confirm ON/OFF display on LCD
with “SET LEVER”.
Up/Down lever to check ON/OFF.
3. Test
Clamp Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
#TEST
SENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TESTSET LEVER :OFF
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#SENSOR TEST
SET LEVER :ON
Up/Down lever to checkON/OFF
3-114
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-4. Bottom Point Sensor
1. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 2a. Remove right cover and rear
cover R
Loosen front and back screws on lower part of the right cover, and remove screws shown in the picture.
1. Remove
Bottom Point
Sensor
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
Right Cover (M507493)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
2b. ~Remove Right Cover ~
Remove screws shown in the pic-ture, and take out them from the right cover.
* Take care not to drop the cover.
3. Remove Bottom Point Sensor
together with Bracket.
Remove Bottom Point Sensor on the back side of printer together with Bracket.
4. Disconnect connector to remove
Bottom Point Sensor from
Bracket.
Rear Cover R(M507496)
Loosen (x4)P4x12 SMW (x16)
Bottom PointSensor Bracket
(M507239)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
P4x12 SMW
Bottom PointSensor (0J-6505-N2)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: On reassembling Bottom Point Sensor Bracket, fix the
bracket so that Shade Plate on Station comes in the center of sensor.
(Procedure is described next.)
1. Temporarily fix Bottom Point
Sensor Bracket.
2. Reassemble
Bottom Point
Sensor Bottom Point Sensor Shade
Plate
Bottom Point Sensor
Bottom PointSensor Bracket
(M507239)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
3-115
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2. Turn the pulley and vertically shift
Shade Plate (Station) to the height
as high as the sensor. (CW: down)
3a. Trim the position of the bracket so
that Shade Plate comes in the cen-
ter of sensor, and fix with a screw.
3b.
CW
Down
Sensor
Shade Plate
* Put cover inside of loosened
screws to tighten them.
OK
A washer of
screw is outside
of the cover
A washer of
screw is inside of
the cover.
NG
* Check with “SENSOR TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE
MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”.
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode, and select “TEST”.
2. Check ON/OFF display on LCD
with “STATION”.
Up/Down the station manually to check the sensor display on LCD.
3. Test
Bottom Point
Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
#TEST
SENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TESTSET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TEST
STATION :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#SENSOR TEST
STATION :ON
Up/Down the station tocheck ON/OFF
3-116
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-5. Cap Sensor
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Cap Sensor
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 3. Remove Station Sensor Protection
Cover.
4. Remove Cap Sensor and
disconnect the connector.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
Station Sensor Protection Cover (M507412)
P3x10 SMW
Cap Sensor(0J-6505-N2)
B3x10
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: Fix Cap Sensor so as to keep from Head Height Sensor
Shield Plate.
2. Reassemble
Cap sensor
Head Height Sensor Shield Plate (M507243)
Sensor
3-117
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Checking with “SENSOR TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode, and select “TEST”.
2a. Check display on LCD with “CAP
SENSOR”
When “CAP SENSOR” is executed, the station moves to the lowest posi-tion.
3. Test
Cap Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
#TEST
CAP SENSOR <ent> [ENTER] : Set
#CAP SENSOR
OFF (001)
Sensor read value
Sensor state(OFF, ON, Error)
CAP OFF (Station lowest position)
2b. ~ Cap OFF State ~ 3a. Check LCD display and actual
state, and press [END] plural of
times to end.[END]
3b. ~ Cap ON State ~
#CAP SENSOR OFF (001)
CAP ON
[END] : End
#TEST
CAP SENSOR <ent>
Press [END] several times to end
3-118
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-6. Paper Width Sensor
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Paper Width
Sensor
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove it from pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Move fulcrum pin to inward, and remove it from pin hole
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove a pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) and remove Y Cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons.
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove roght and left screws to remove the head cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
3-119
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Remove a Screw of Paper Width
Sensor
Insert a driver into a place on the Cutter Assy shown in the picture to remove a screw fixing the sensor.
7. Remove Paper Width Sensor
Remove the paper width sensor from the cutter Assy.
8. Remove the connector
P3x10 SMW
Insert driver
Cutter Unit Assy. (M006952)
Remove connector
Paper Width Sensor (E103960)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
2. Reassemble
Paper Width
Sensor
3-120
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-7. Jam Sensor
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Jam Sensor
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the keft shaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove Y Cover F. Take care not to drop the cover.
* Operation with more than 2 persons.
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove right and left screws to remove the head cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
3-121
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Remove JAM Unit
Remove screws (x2) of JAM Unit Holder BKT, and remove the Jam sensor with the head protection BKT.
7. remove Jam Sensor
Remove a screw and take out the Jam sensor from the head Protection BKT.
JAM Unit
JAM Unit Support Bracket (M507257) P3x10 SMW (x2)
Jam Sensor(0J-6505-N2)
B4x10
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* After assembling the Jam sensor
to the Head protection BKT, confirm that shielding part of the Head protection arm does not
touch to the sensor.
2. Reassemble
Jam SensorShielding
Sensor
* If the jig can not be arranged, using of an intervenient having
height of 7.5mm in the JAM unit side and height of 7.0mm in the cutter unit side is allowed.
1. Set screws of both units at tempo-
rary joint state.
* Temporary joint state is that both
units are held lightly.
3. JAM
UNIT&CUTTER
UNIT HEIGHT
Content Adjust assembling positions
of JAM unit (vertical) and
cutter unit (vertical, horizon-
tal) using a jig.
Tools Height adjust jig (Media Jam/
Cutter unit height position-
ing tool)
: OPT-J0108
Note: When only JAM unit is replaced,
adjust the cutter unit at the same
time
Temp. joint
JAM Unit Cutter Unit
3-122
Overhaul of Sensors
2. Down Clamp Lever 3. Set the Jig to Platen
Set 4 bosses of the jig in slots in slots back and front for platen media plate as shown in the drawing above.
4. Push the jig to the end
After setting, slide the jig to head side to the end (to stop).
Down clamp lever
Notice: Keep clamp lever down at adjust-
ing.
PG setting should be 1.5mm.
Set bosses(x4) in platen slot
Push to end
5. Adjust JAM unit height and fix
fith screws (x2).
* Adjust JAM unit position only vertically. Back-front adjust is not required.
6a. Adjust cutter unit height 6b. Adjust the cutter unit position
back-front.
Decide the unit position so that the cutter tool meets the slot (with push down the cutter tool), anf fix it with a screw.
Height adjust jig
JAM Unit
Height adjust jig
Cutter Unit
Height adjust jig
Push down cutter tool
Slot for cutter tool
6c. ~ Cutter Position Adjust Supplement ~
* Execute the following cutter tool position check manually before turning the power ON.
7a. Cutter Tool Position Check
Move the head unit to each right, center and left end on the platen, and push down the cutter tool Assy to check back-front positioning.
7b. Re-adjusting of the Cutter Tool
back-front positioning.
Note : Cutter tool positioning slot has
width wider than that of the tool.
Adjust the position within the
range.
Note : When there is no jig, push down
the cutter toolAssy to the platen
face and adjust using the cutter
slot of platen.
Head Unit
R endCenterL end
Check cutter tool position at 3 points
Note : On rare occasions, the tool comes
out of the slot because of assem-
bling accident errors or deiffer-
ences of part accuracies.
In such a case, adjust again to the
back-front optimum position
where the tool always in whole
slot on the platen.
3-123
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Execute “SENSOR TEST” of
“TEST” (MAINTENANCE
MODE).
1. Select “TEST ”.
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
2a. Confirm ON/OFF display of the
LCD with “MEDIA JAM”.
Check the sensor display of LCD with pushing the head protection arm manually.
4. Test
Jam Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : Sw
#TESTSENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TEST
SET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TESTMEDIA JAM :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#SENSOR TESTMEDIA JAM :ON
Push head protection arm to check ON/OFF.
2b. ~ Confirm JAM sensor ON/OFF
~
Head protection arm
Push to confirm sensor ON
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
4. Reassemble
Covers
3-124
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-8. Paper Thickness Encoder
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Paper Thickness
Encoder
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the right ful-crum pin to inward, and remove it from pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole.
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Oper-ation with more than 2 persons.
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove roght and left screws to remove the head cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
3-125
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Remove the Cutter Assy 7a. Remove the Paper Thickness
Encoder PCB
Remove screws (x2), and remove the paper thickness encoder from Cutter Sensor Bracket
7b. ~ Paper Thickness Encoder PCB ~
P3x10 SMW (x2)
Cutter Unit Assembly
(M006952)
P2x8 SMW (x2)
Paper Thickness Encoder PCB (E103961)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Assemble the encoder as shown in
the drawing in which it does not contact to the encoder scale.(Set the encoder scale at the center
position.)
2. Reassemble
Paper Thickness
Encoder
Caution: Be careful not to damage Encoder
Scale.
Paper Thickness Encoder
Encoder Scale
* After assembling the paper thickness encoder, execute the
following adjustments.
* When the jig can not be arranged, using an intervenient having
7.0mm of cutter unit side height is alloed.
1. Set the screw of cutter unit to tem-
poral joint state.
* Temporary joint state is that the
units is held lightly.
3. Cutter Unit
Positioning
Content Adjust fixing position of cut-
ter unit (vertically, horizon-
tally) using a jig.
Tools Height adjust jig (Media Jam/
Cutter unit height position-
ing tool)
: OPT-J0108
Temp. joint
Cutter Unit
3-126
Overhaul of Sensors
2. Down the Clamp Lever. 3. Set the Jig to Platen
Set 4 bosses of the jig in slots in slots back and front for platen media plate as shown in the drawing above.
4. Push the Jig to the head side to the
end.
After setting, slide the jig to head side to the end (to stop).
Down clamp lever
Notice:Keep the clamp lever down at
adjusting.
PG setting should be 1.5mm.
Set bosses(x4) in platen slot
Push to the end
5a. Adjust the Cutter Unit Height 5b. Adjust the Cutter Unit position
back-front.
Decide the unit position so that the cutter tool meets the slot (with push down the cutter tool), anf fix it with a screw.
5c. ~ Cutter Position Adjust Supplement ~
* Execute the following cutter tool position check manually before
turning the power ON.
Height adjust jig
Cutter Unit
Height adjust jig
Push down cutter tool
Cutter tool slot
Note : Cutter tool positioning slot has
width wider than that of the tool.
Adjust the position within the
range.
Note : When there is no jig, push down
the cutter toolAssy to the platen
face and adjust using the cutter
slot of platen.
6a. Check the Cutter Tool Position
Move the head unit to each right, center and left end on the platen, and push down the cutter tool Assy to check back-front positioning.
6b. Re-adjusting of the Cutter Tool
back-front positioning.
Head Unit
R endCenterL end
Check cutter tool position at 3 points
Note : On rare occasions, the tool comes
out of the slot because of assem-
bling accident errors or deiffer-
ences of part accuracies.
In such a case, adjust again to the
back-front optimum position
where the tool always in whole
slot on the platen.
3-127
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Execute “ENCODER TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
* If the media is too thin to read, use a media within the specifications range.
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
4. Encoder
Test
Content Measure each of media pres-
ence position and no presence
position with downing..
Tools • Media
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
2. Execute “CUTTER ENCODER”.
Select “CUTTER ENCODER” of “ENCODER TEST” to execute.
3. Check the test results and if there
is no error, finish the test.
#TEST
ENCODER TEST <ENT> [ENTER] : Set
#ENCODER TEST
LINEAR ENCODER <ent> [�] / [�] : Sw
#ENCODER TEST
CUTTER ENCODER <ent> [ENTER] : Fix
#CUTTER ENCODER
CHECK :ent [ENTER] : Exce.
[END] :End
#CUTTER ENCODER
Result of a test.
THICK = 0.5mm
Pr=-247 Mr=-231
Pr : Measurement of platenMr : Measurement on media
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
5. Reassemble
Covers
3-128
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-9. Y Encoder
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Y Encoder
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the right ful-crum pin to inward, and remove it from the pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Move fulcrum pin to inward, and remove it from pin hole
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left sgaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6), and remove Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 per-sons.
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove right and left screws to remove the head cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
3-129
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Remove Y encoder BKT.
Remove screws to remove Y encoder sensor with Y encoder sen-sor BKT.
7. Remove connector of the encoder. 8. Remove Y Encoder
Y Encoder Sensor Bracket (M507221)
P4x12 SMW
Remove connector
P2x8 SMW (x2)
Linear encoder PCB assy. (E103961)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* On reassembly of Y Encoder, fix Y
Scale at the position shown above.
2. Reassemble
Y Encoder
Fix Y scale at the senter of the sensor.
Y Scale
Encoder
* Caution: Be careful not to dirt or damage Y Scale.
1. Make sure that the scale locates at
the center of encoder reading part
watching from the side face.
3. Y Encoder
Visual Inspection
Content Check the height of Y
Encoder.
Confirm that Y Scale is
set in the working area of
Y Encoder.
Tools • Pen Light
3-130
Overhaul of Sensors
* When the sensor contacts to the scale, adjust the position of bracket.
Push Y encoder sensor BKT in slightly, loosen or remove a fixing screw to adjust.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Execute “ENCODER TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
Y Encoder Sensor Bracket (M507221)
4. Reassemble
Covers
5. Encoder
Test
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST“.
2. Execute “LINEAR ENCODER”.
Select “LINEAR ENCODER” of “ENCODER TEST” to execute.
Content Execute the following tests
1. ERROR CHECK
(MAINTENANCE#TEST)
2. VIsual Check
3. PQ check (Test drawing)
Tools Media (for test drawing)
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
#TEST
ENCODER TEST <ENT> [ENTER] : Set
#ENCODER TEST
LINEAR ENCODER <ent> [ENTER] : Set
#LINEAR ENCODER
ActiveWIDTH:****mm [ENTER] : Exec.
(Execute test:3 to&fro)
* Value of operation width is default at execution.
3. Check the test results and if there
is no erro, finish the test.
4. Check contact of encoder
Moving the head unit to each right, center and left on the platen manu-ally, and check that encoder does not contact to the scale in visual.
5. Execute drawing with the settings
above to check Print Quality.
* The pinstripe may appear accord-ing to encoder fixing position.In this case, confirm the fixing posi-tion and fix again.
[END] :End
#LINEAR ENCODER
Result of a test.
M =****.* E = ****.*
Mc= 0.0 Ec= 0.0
Pr : Measurement on Platen
Mr: Measurement on Media
R endCenterL end
Check that enoder does not contact to the scale in visual.
Head UnitY Encoder
6.25 % MC 720x720Hi 4Pass Uni(Drawing only 2nd pass
Drawing Settings
Drawing
Check PQ
Make sure that pinstripe does not appear at a few mm pitch (about 2 - 4mm)
(If not, finish the test.)
3-131
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-4-10. Head Up/Down Encoder
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove Head
Up/Down
Encoder
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the right ful-crum pin to inward, and remove it from the pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Move fulcrum pin to inward, remove it from pin hole.
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove Y cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 per-sons.
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove right and left scews to remove the head cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
3-132
Overhaul of Sensors
6. Remove UD Encoder Bracket
Remove screws and remove UD Encoder Bracket with the scale.
7. Remove UD Encoder Sensor
Bracket
Loosen the screw to remove Head Up/Down Encoder together with UD Encoder Sensor Bracket .
8. Remove Head Up/Down Encoder
Remove a connector, remove screws (x2) fixing to UD Encoder Sensor Bracket and remove the Head UD encoder.
P4x12 SMW
Head UD Scale Assy. (E300472)
UD Encoder Bracket (M507223)
P4x12 SMW
UD Encoder Sensor Bracket (M507224)
Linear encoder PCB assy. (E103961)
P2x8 SMW (x2)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Fix the encoder so that the scale is
at the position shown in the draw-ing at assembling the encoder.
2. Reassemble
Head Up/Down
Encoder
UD Scale must be within the range.
UD Scale
Encoder
* Before executing “HEAD HEIGHT ADJUST” for the next
process, system parameter No.16 is reset to initial value (150) in this step.
1. Display the system parameter
No.16
Start with the System Parameter Input Mode, and display No.16 with [�]/[�].
2. Set initial value 150 to the value
Set initial value 150 to value of sys-tem parameter No.16, confirm and finish the step.
3. Clear
Systemparameter
[ENTER] + [END] + Power ON
(Start with System parameter Input Mode)
SYSTEM PARAMETER000:COMP. X = 0
SYSTEM PARAMETER016:HGLOPOS = 330
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
----> 150016:HGLOPOS = 330 [ENTER] : Reg.
SYSTEM PARAMETER016:HGLOPOS = 150 [END] : End
Confirm value on LCD screen,push [END] plural of times to end.
----> 330016:HGLOPOS = 330 [�] / [�] : SW
*Change to 150
3-133
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* As for the detail of head height
adjust, see p.3-12 .
* Keep the clamp down at conduct-ing this adjustment.
1. Execute “BasisHEADheight”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode, and execute “BasisHEADheight”.
4. Head Height
Adjust
Content Adjust head height to the
standard height (1.5mm)
mechanically using a jig.
Tools 1.5mm Head gap check tool
(OPT-J0097)
Head gap check jig 1.5 (OPT-J0097)
[FUNCTION]L.*> [JV5-01]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
[ENTER]#ADJUSTBasisHEADheight<ent>
[FUNCTION]or [�]
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with maintenance Open Mode)
(Carriage moves to over platen)
2a. adjust 1.5mm of gap from platen
manually.
[ENTER] : Save adjust value to end.[END] : Cancel to end.
2b. ~ Arrangement of Jig ~
Arrange the jig on the following plo-sition.
3. Slip the jig in from side face.
Height 1.5mm isadjusted by hand.
#BasisHEADheightCOMPLETED :ent
*Being Initialized*PLEASE WAIT
[ENTER] : Save adjust value
[END] : Not save adjust value
(After initialization, adjust is finished) Platen face
1.5 mmJig
Up/Down car-
riage with rotat-
ing manually
4. Push the head of jig to the frame. * Push the jig to contact to metal frame in right and left of head.
3-134
Overhaul of Sensors
* Exexcute “ ENCODER TEST ” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”.
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
5. Encoder Test
Content Execute “POSITIONen-
coder” in “ENCODER
TEST” of MAINTENANCE
MODE.
Back and forth operation
from head top position to bot-
tom position is executed, and
returned to the position
before the test to end.
Tools –
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : S
2. Execute “POSITIONencoder”.
Select and execute “POSITIONencoder” of “ENCODER TEST”
3. When the screen above is dis-
played after the check operation,
the test is end. Press [END] plural
of times to finish.
#TESTENCODER TEST <ENT> [ENTER] : Set
#ENCODER TESTLINEAR ENCODER <ent> [�] / [�] : SW
#ENCODER TESTPOSITIONencoder<ent> [ENTER] : Set
#POSITIONencoderCHECK :ent [ENTER] : Exec.
[END] : End
#POSITIONencoderResult of a test.
St=330Mv=0 Rt=330
~ Check Operation ~
(Head to&fro)
St : Start position(Top)Mv : Move position(Bottom)Rt : End position (Top)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
6. Reassemble
Covers
3-135
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-4-11. Paper Sensor
1. Shut off the main power.
* As front switch does not cut the
power to heater PCB, there is a fear of getting electric shock.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
1. Remove
Paper Sensor
Behind
Warning:Electric Shock!!Turn OFF the rear power switch.
Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower side screws (x2), and removescrews ahown in the picture above to remove the cover.
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen lower side screws (x3), and removescrews ahown in the picture above to remove the cover.
5a. Remove PR guide 130/160.
Remove roght and left screws (x4).
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497) PR-guide 130/160
(M507425/7308)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
5b. ~ Remove PR Guide ~
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 per-sons.
6a. Remove connectors shown in the
right from the heater PCB.
Remove connectors (CN7, CN15, CN16).
6b. ~ Connectors ~
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Heater PCB Assembly(E104043)
Connector color qty
Red 2Red(Heater side) 1
3-136
Overhaul of Sensors
7. Remove Relay Connector
Remove the relay connector of ther-mistor at station side.
8. Remove screws on lower side of R
Heater Cover Assy
130S : 4qty160S : 5qty
9. Loosen acrews on upper part of R
Heater Cover Assy in Printer
front side.
130S : 6qty160S : 7qty
P4x12 SMWLoosen screw
10. Remove cables from the frame
Remove cables before removing R Heater Cover so that cables will not to be mess.
11. Remove RHeater Cover
* Take care not to give damage on the cover or other parts.
12. Remove connector and Paper Sen-
sor
* Do not remove Paper Sensor R Bracket. It is the base for positioning Media Encoder.
R Heater Cover 130S/160S assy.(M006926/M006924)
P3x12 (SMW)
Paper Sensor(PS-R11L-B)
Paper Sensor R Bracket(M507156)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: See the above illustration for right connection.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
Paper Sensor
Red: Pre-heater Blue:Printheater
Black:After-heater
Any of same colors will do.
Bottom:Connected to thermostat of heater AssyA screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-137
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Check with “SENSOR TEST” of
“TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
2. Check ON/OFF display of LCD
with “R.PAPER”.
Shield light around sensor part and check sensor display of LCD.
3. Test
R. PAPER
Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] :
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
#TESTSENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TEST
SET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TESTR.PAPER :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#SENSOR TESTR.PAPER :ON
Shield light around sensor part to check ON/OFF
3-138
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-12. Media Rotary Encoder Assembly
ContentRemove Media rotary encoder under the platen (Print heater).Major scale operation. Conduct with more than 2 oersins.
Tools & jigs
•Fixing pin (for roll screen)•Glove
Work Flow
1. Remove Drying fan
Assembly (P.3-139)
2. Remove Media Rotary Encoder Assembly (P.3-141)
A Heater Cover Assy.
P Heater Assy.
Media Rotary Encoder Assembly
3. Reassemble Rotary Encoder
Assembly (P.3-144)
4. Rotary Encoder Decenter-
ing Compensation (P.3-145)
1. Remove connectors (x2) on lower
side of the printer.
Remove connectors for dryer fan and exhaust duct connected to the BOX relay PCB.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
1. Remove
Drying fan
Assembly
Right
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Loosen screws (x2) shown in the
picture.
Loosen screws (x2) fixing right roll holder plate.
3b. Release lock of stop plate for
holder plate in the left side.
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Loosen (x2)
Right
Roll screen
Left
Notice: If a spring of roll screen is released, winding becomes dif-ficu-lut. Take care until it is fixed with a pin.
3-139
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4. Remove roll screen from shaft
bush of support fitting.
* When the roll screen is removed, the spring is released.
Wind up the spring at assembling.
5. Remove exhaust cover L.
Remove lower screw with hexago-nal wrench, and tighten upper screws (x2) to remove cover.
6a. Remove exhaust cover R.
Remove screw to fix exhaust cover R to exhaust cover R holde.
Right
Exhaust cover L(M507882)
CS 6x15
Loosen (x2)
Left
P4x12 SMW
Exhaust cover R holder
Right
6b. ~ Remove exhaust cover R. ~
Loosen upper screws (x2) to remove exhaust cover R.
7a. Remove Dryer FAN Assy from
stayes in both sides.
Remove right and left mini-knobs and remove the belt lock screw.
7b. ~ Remove Dryer FAN Assy ~
* Conduct with 2 persons not to drop the Dryer FAN Assy.
Loosen (x2)
Exhaust cover R(M507881)
Left
Mini knob x2(KS-15x16-A)
Belt Screw x2 (M400140)
Right
Mini knob
Drying fan Assy. 130/160(M007141/40)
8. Remove exhaust cover bracket. 9. Remove drying fan stay L.
* As the part is heavy, work with more than 3 personnel.
10. Remove drying fan stay R.
P4x12 SMW (x5)
Exhaust cover bracket (M507883)
Left Left
Screw (x2)
Drying fan stay L(M507880) Right
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Drying fan stay R(M507879)
3-140
Overhaul of Sensors
1. Shut off the main power.
* As the front switch does not cut
the power to the heater PCB, there is a fear for getting electric shock.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
2. Remove
Media Rotary
Encoder
Assembly
Behind
Warning:Electric Shock!!Turn OFF the rear power switch. Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower screws (x2) and remove the screws shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen lower screws (x3) and remove the screws shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
5. Remove MF Cover R.
Don’t take off the screws (x6) but just loosen, and reassembly will be easier. (Be careful not to fall Cover.)
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497)
P4x12 SMW (x8)
Loosen (x6)
MF Cover R (M507164)
6a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward, and remove it from the pin hole.
6b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left sgaft hole to remove the front cover.
7. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove Y Cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 per-sons.
Move fulcrum pin to inward,
and remove it from pin hole
RightFront Cover L (M601940/41)
Left RightP4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
3-141
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
8. Remove H Harness Cover. 9. Remove Maintenance Space
Cover.
Loosen the screws (x4) to remove Maintenance Space Cover in the arrow direction.
10a.Remove the connectors shown
right from Heater PCB.
P4x12 SMW (x3)
H Harness Cover(M507183)
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Remove in arrow direction.
Maintenance Space Cover (M507182)
Heater PCB Assembly(E104043)
10b. ~ Connector List ~
Print Heater: Blue ConnectorAfter Heater: Black Connector
11. Release cable clamps (x8). 12a.Loosen the screw for A Heater
Cover Assembly.
Upper: P3 x 10 SMW (x4)
Lower: P4 x 12 SMW (x4)
Body Color Qty
Black 4Blue 4Blue (Heater Side) 1
Release clamps (x8)
P3x10 SMW (x4)
12b. ~ A Heater Cover Assembly ~
130S: A Heater Cover 130 Assembly (M006927)
160S: A Heater Cover 160 Assembly (M006925)
13a.Remove A Heater Cover Assem-
bly.
Take cable out of clamp.
13b.Release Heater Connector.
* Be careful not to damage the surface of A Heater Cover.
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Loosen (x4)
Caution: Hold A Heater Cover with a hand on
loosening screws to prevent cover
from falling.
Take out cable. Left
Release connector.
Right
3-142
Overhaul of Sensors
14. Loosen the screws (x24) for P
Heater Assembly.
* Slide Media Plate and certainly loosen the lower screws.
15a.Process Heater Cable.
Release all clamps for Heater cable (Blue) on the left of printer to lead through bush.
15b. ~ Process Heater Cable. ~
Media Plate (M507157)
B3x10 Ni (x24)
P Heater Assembly
Release clamp (x8)
Lead through bush.
Lead through bush after releasing all clamps.
16. Process Thermistor Cable.
Release connector of Thermistor and cable from clamps to lead through bush.
17. Remove P Heater Assembly.
* Carefully use both hands to handle cables so as to prevent
them from hanging.
18a.Loosen the screws (x4) for Media
Rotary Encoder.
Release connector
Release clamps(x2)Put through bush
Release connector and clamps to lead through bush. P Heater Assembly
Media Rotary Encoder Assembly (E300468)
18b. ~ Loosen the screws. ~ 19. Disconnect the connector (CN9) of
Rotary Encoder.
Remove connector of CN9 from the Main PCB.
20. Remove Rotary Encoder
Assembly.
P4x12 SMW (x4)
CN9
Media Rotary Encoder Assembly (E300468)
3-143
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Be sure to reassemble Media Plate on reassembling P Heater Assembly. Follow the next
procedure to smoothly reassemble.
1. Tighten the upper screws pressing
Plate against the back.
3. Reassemble
Rotary Encoder
Assembly
Media Plate(M507157)
Fix screws with pushing
2. To tighten the lower screws, pull
Plate toward you and press Slide
Bar against the back.
3. Put on the other in the same way.
* After assembling, confirm that it moves smoothly with sliding it
horizontally.
* Run Heater Cables (Blue) around
each clamp on each end in front of printer.
Pull plate
Push slide bar
Smooth moving
Right
Left
* Remove loosening of cables referring to the above to connect
to Heater PCB.
* Caution: Refer to the above illustration to ensure right
connection.
* Connector connection printer lower side is shown in the picture
above.
Red:Pre-heater
Blue:Printheater
Black:After-heater
Lower:Connect to Thermostat of each Assembly
Any of same color will do.
R : Dryer FANAssy side (Black)
L: Exhaust duct Assy side (White)
3-144
Overhaul of Sensors
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
* Check front side and back side at assembling the Dryer FAN Assy and set that front side comes top.
Operation with 2 persons.
* Wind the spring and fix it with a pin, and after fixing to hold fitting, take the pin out at assembling the
roll screen.
A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG Front Side
Without fan label
Back Side
With fan label
Left
* At fixing loosen roll screen hold
fitting, fix the screw with pushing the roll screen to inward.
Fix with pushing
Right
Roll screen
* Execute “MEDIA ENCODER” of “ADJUST” (MAINTENANCE
MODE) for Desentering Compensation(Automatic).
* Use cut sheet media instead of roll paper as using of the roll paper may cause bad influence on decentering compensation because of back tension.Use media having more than 800mm of feed direction.
1. Select “ADJUST”.
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “ADJUST”.
* Execute after completing Media Detection.
4. Rotary
Encoder
Decentering
Compensation
Content Execution of automatic
decentering compensation
Tools The following media* is rec-
ommended
Premium Photo paper
(SPC-0213)
Pet Gloss
(SPC-0111)
* If corresponding media can not be
arranged, use firm paper as much as pos-
sible,. paper hard to feed such as arpaulin
is not allowed.
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION#ADJUST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
#ADJUST
HEAD ADJUST <ent> [�] / [�] : SW
3-145
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2. Select “MEDIA ENCODER” to
execute compensation.
* Do not touch JV-5 during the decentering compensation. Correct adjust values can not be obtained because of vibration or tension.
3. After confirming normal end,
press [END] plural of times to
turn the power OFF.
#ADJUST
MEDIA ENCODER <ENT> [ENTER] : Set
#MEDIA ENCODER
ADJUST START :ent [ENTER] : Exec.[END] : Ret.
**** ADJUST NOW ****
PLEASE WAIT
#MEDIA ENCODER
ADJUST START :ent (Displayed at compensation)
(Approx. 2 min.)
0:0 1:0 2:0 3:0
4:0 5:0 6:0 7:0
8:0 9:0
COMPLETED :ent
End screen at
normal
[ENTER] / [END] :End
3-146
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-13. Front Cover Sensor L
1. Shut off the main power. 2a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
1. Remove
Front Cover
Sensor L
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Move fulcrum pin to inward
and remove it from pin hole
Right
2b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left sgaft hole to remove the front cover.
3. Remove Front Cover Sensor BKT
L
Remove the screw to remove the front cover sensor BKT L with the sensor.
4. Remove the front Cover Sensor L.
Release the connector, and remove screws fixing the Front cover sensor L.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)P4x12 SMW
Front Cover Sensor Bracket L (M507521)
Front Cover Sensor L
P2 x12 SMW
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* After assembling the front cover, make sure that SW dog does not
contact to the front cover sensor BKT.
2. Reassemble
Front Cover
Sensor L
Switch dog L(M507519)
Front Cover Sen-sor Bracket L
3-147
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Check with “SENSOR TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
2. Confirm ON/OFF display of LCD
with “FRONT COVER”
Open/close the front cover to sensor display of LCD.
3. Test
Front Cover
Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] :SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
#TESTSENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TEST
SET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TESTFRONT COVER :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#SENSOR TESTFRONT COVER :ON
Open/Close Front coverto check ON/OFF
3-148
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-14. Front Cover Sensor R
1. Shut off the main power. 2a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
1. Remove
Front Cover
Sensor R
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Move fulcrum pin to inward
and remove it from pin hole
Right
2b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left sgaft hole to remove the front cover.
3. Remove the Front Cover Sensor
BKT R
Remove the screw to remove the front cover sensor BKT R with the sensor.
4. Remove the Front Cover Sensor
R.
Release the connector, and remove the screw fixing the front cover sen-sor R.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)
P4x12 SMW
Front Cover Sensor Bracket R (M507520)
Front Cover Sensor R
P 2x12 SMW (x2)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* After assembling the front cover, make sure that SW dog does not
contact to the front cover sensor BKT.
2. Reassemble
Front Cover
Sensor R
Switch dog R(M507518)
Front Cover Sen-sor Bracket R
3-149
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Check with “SENSOR TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
2. Confirm ON/OFF display of LCD
with “FRONT COVER”
Open/close the front cover to con-firm sensor display of LCD.
3. Test
Front Cover
Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] :SW
#TESTSENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TEST
SET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TESTFRONT COVER :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix
(to Next)
#SENSOR TESTFRONT COVER :ON
Open/Close front coverto check ON/OFF
3-150
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-15. Maintenance Cover Sensor L
1. Remove Maintenance Cover L. 2. Remove the screw fixing the
Maintenance SW BKT.
* After removing the screw, take care not to drop the Maintenance
SW BKT.
1. Remove
Maintenance
Cover Sensor L
Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
Left
P4x12 SMW
Maintenance Switch Bracket (M507534/7918)
3. Remove the Maintenance Cover
Sensor L.
Release the connector and remove screws (x2) of the Maintenance Cover Sensor L.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* When the Maintenance SW BKT
is assembled to the main body frame, use the positioning boss for positioning.
Maintenance Cover Sensor L
P2x10 SMW (x2) 2. Reassemble
Maintenance
Cover Sensor L
Left
Positioning Boss
Maintenance Switch Bracket
1. Usual start of JV-5
If an error is not displayed on LCD, OK.If an error is displayed, check sensor assembling.
3. Test
Maintenance
Cover Sensor L
L.*> [JV5-01]
Power ON
* If no error in usual start, OK
3-151
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-4-16. Maintenance Cover Sensor R
1. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 2. Remove Screws Fixing the
Maintenance SW BKT.
* After removing screws, take care not to drop the Maintenance SW
BKT.
1. Remove
Maintenance
Cover Sensor R
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)P4x12 SMW Right
Maintenance Switch Bracket (M507534/7918)
3. Remove Maintenance Cover
Sensor R.
Release the connector, and remove screws (x2) of the Maintenance Cover Sensor R.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* When the Maintenance SW BKT
is assembled to the main body frame, use the positioning boss for positioning.
Maintenance Cover Sensor R
P2x10 SMW (x2) 2. Reassemble
Maintenance
Cover Sensor R
Positioning Boss
Maintenance Switch Bracket
1. Usual start of JV-5
If an error is not displayed on LCD, OK.If an error is displayed, check sensor assembling.
3. Test
Maintenance
Cover Sensor R
L.*> [JV5-01]
Power ON
* If no error in usual start, OK.
3-152
Overhaul of Sensors
3-4-17. Ink Leakage Sensor
ContentJV5-130S/160S uses total 3 of the same type ink leak sensors on right and left cable bears and on the station.At ink leak error, as no position of leaking is displayed though occurrence of leaking is displayed, corresponding sensor must be identified at first. Here, only replacement method of sensors is described. (Replace after taking mesaures for cause of ink leaking .)
Tools & jigs
•Waste Cloth (Bemcot etc.)•Gloves•Conductive block (for sensor check)
Work Flow
1. Identifying Sensor
(P.3-153)
4. Remove Ink Leakage
Sensor R (P.3-154)
2. Remove Ink Leakage
Sensor L (P.3-154)
6. Remove Ink Leakage
Sensor S (P.3-155)
Identify cause
and take action
Cleaning adjacent
place5. Reassemble Ink Leakage
Sensor R (P.3-155)
3. Reassemble Ink Leakage
Sensor L (P.3-154)
7. Reassemble Ink Leakage
Sensor S (P.3-156)9. Reassemble Cov-
ers (P.3-157)
8. Test Ink Leak
Sensor (P.3-157)
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Identifying Sensor
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
Make sure that there is no ink leaking on the left side of Bear Guide.
3. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
Make sure that there is no ink leaking on the right side of Bear Guide, or on ink tray of the station.
4. Hereinafter the step is branched. Remove corresponding sensor with referring to the table above.
* When ink leaking position can not be identified, execute check of each sensor.
Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)Sensor Name Sensor Position
Ink Leakage Sensor L Bear Guide L end
Ink Leakage Sensor R Bear Guide R end
Ink Leakage Sensor S Station
Ink trayè„
Note : Here replacement procedure of ink
leak sensor is described.
Replace sensor after taking measures
for the cause of ink leaking according
to the situation.
3-153
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Procedure for replacing a ink leak sensor on the left end of the bear guide is described.
1. Loosen screws (x2) of the ink
detection PCB.
Loosen screws f(x2) ixing the ink leak sensor L.
2. Remove the connector to remove
the ink leak sensor L.
* Take care not to stick ink to the connector.If ink stuck to the connector, replace harnes at the same time.
2. Remove
Ink Leakage
Sensor L
Ink detection PCB bracket (M507833)
Left
Loosen
Ink Leakage Sensor L(E104534)
Release connector
3. Ink detection PCB
* Do not touch pad faces (x2). If touched, conduct cleaning with alchohlIf ink sticks to the PCB, replace the PCB.
Conduct cleaning aroung ink leak-ing.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
Do not touch pad faces
Cleaning3. Reassemble
Ink Leakage
Sensor L
Procedure for replacing a ink leak sensor on the right end of the bear guide is described.
1. Remove Rear Cover R.
Loosen lower screws (x4) and remove the screw shown in the picture to replace the cover.
2. Loosen screws (x2) of the ink
detection PCB.
Replace the connector, and loosen screws (x2) fixing the ink leak sen-sor L.
4. Remove
Ink Leakage
Sensor R
Rear Cover R (M507496)
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Loosen (x4)
Right
Ink detection PCB bracket (M507833)
Loosen
3-154
Overhaul of Sensors
3. Remove the connector to remove the ink leak sensor R.
* Take care not to stick ink to the connector.If ink stuck to the connector, replace harnes at the same time.
4. Ink detection PCB.
* Do not touch pad faces (x2). If touched, conduct cleaning with alchohl.If ink sticks to the PCB, replace the PCB.
Ink Leakage Sensor R(E104534)
Release connector
Do not touch pad faces
Conduct cleaning aroung ink leak-ing.
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
Cleaning5. Reassemble
Ink Leakage
Sensor R
Procedure for replacing a ink leak sensor on the station part is described.
1. Loosen screws of ink detection
PCB.
Remove the screw fixing the ink leak sensor S to ink tray.
2. Replace the connector to remove
the ink leak sensor S.
* Take care not to stick ink to the connector.If ink stuck to the connector, replace harnes at the same time.
6. Remove
Ink Leakage
Sensor S
TP3x8 F
Ink Tray(M601968)
Ink Tray(M601968)
Ink Leakage Sensor S(E104534)
3-155
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3. Ink Detection PCB
* Do not touch pad faces (x2). If touched, conduct cleaning with alchohlIf ink sticks to the PCB, replace the PCB.
* Conduct cleaning of ink tray and replacement of station absorber according to degree of ink leak.
Hereinafter the procedure is described.
1. Remove ink tray
Remove screws (x4) to remove the ink tray from the station.
Do not touch pad faces
Cleaning
P4x25 SMW (x4)
Ink Tray(M601968)
2. Remove the station absorber
Remove screws (x3) and absorber binding boards (x3) to remove sta-tion absorbers (x2).
* If dirt is significant , replace them.
3. Conduct cleaning of ink tray.
Clean inside of the tray with clean-ing fluid.
Station Soak Up Pad(M904829) x2
Soak Up Pad Holder
(M507890) x3
B4x25 (x4)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* When sensor cable is replaced or removed, check the followings.
1. Set the station at capping.
Elevate the station to cap with turn-ing the power ON or the method shown in the picture above.
2. Make a circle around the clamp while the zone of cable shown in the picture above is streched lightly.
* Considering up/down move of the station, slack of cable is not allowed.
7. Reassemble
Ink Leakage
Sensor S CCW : Up
~ R side ~ ~ Printer rear ~
Make a circle
Cable is streched lightly
Notice: Cable slack is not allowed.
3-156
Overhaul of Sensors
3a. Arrange cable on clamp position
shown in the drawing above, and
connect the connector (CN9) to
the side relay PCB.
3b. ~ Cabling and Connection ~
~ Printer rear ~ ~ R side ~
* Check with “SENSOR TEST” of
“TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode, and select “TEST”.
8. Test
Ink Leak
Sensor
Adjust Out-
line
In sensor test, short-circuit
the right and left pad with the
following method, and check
ON/OFF display of LCD.
Adjust
Method
Place a conductive block on
pad faces on PCB to short-
circuit, and check LCD dis-
play.
LCD change : OK
LCD no change : NG
Tool, Jig Conductive block
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#TEST
CHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
2. Check ON/OFF display of LCD
with “INK LEAK”.
Short-circuit right and left pads and check LCD display. When there is a change in display, finish with [END].
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
#TEST
SENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TESTSET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TEST
INK LEAK :OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#SENSOR TEST
INK LEAK :ON
9. Reassemble
Covers
A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-157
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-4-18. Waste Tank Sensor
1. Remove the Waste Tank
* Take care not to contaminate ambit with waste fluid. Place a cap on the tank or discharge waste fluid from the tank before the operation.
2a. Remove the Waste Tank Assy.
Loosen the screw shown in the pic-ture above.
1. Remove
Waste Tank
Sensor
Remove Waste Ink Tank
Loosen
Waste Ink Tank Bracket Assy.(M007128)
2b. Remove screws (x3)
* At removing the screw, take care not to drop the Waste Ink Tank Bracket Assy, and conduct opera-tion with holding it with one hand.
2c. Remove the Connector. 3. Plug the Waste Tank Relay Pipe
with waste cloth.
P4x12 SMW (x3) Connector
Plug coupler
4. Remove the Waste Tank Sensor
BKT
Remove screws (x2), and remove the Waste Tank Sensor BKT from the Waste Tank Sensor Assy
5. Remove the Waste Tank Sensor
Release the connector and remove the screw fixing the Waste Tank Sensor.
Waste Tank Sensor Bracket (M507299)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
B4x10
Waste Tank Sensor (OJ-796021-702F) x2
3-158
Overhaul of Sensors
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Fix the sensor on the position where it does not contact to the Waste Tank Detection Light
Shield Plate.
* At assembling the Waste Tank Sensor Assy, set the metal plate shown in the picture inside of a
washer of loosen screw.
2. Reassemble
Waste Tank
Sensor
Waste Tank Detection Shield Plate (M507322)
Sensor
* At assembling the Waste Tank Sensor Assy, take care not to give damage on the cable caused by rolling the cable inside or pinching. (Make sure that the cable comes out from the right side of the Main body.)
* Check with “SENSOR TEST” of
“TEST” (MAINTENANCE MODE)
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
Not to pinch
3. Test
Waste Tank
Sensor
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTIONSET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
2. Switch to “WasteTANK” 3. Assemble the waste Tank and up/
down it to check LCD display.
#TESTSENSOR TEST <ENT>
#SENSOR TESTSET LEVER :OFF
#SENSOR TESTWasteTANK :OFF/OFF
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
:OFF/ON :ON /OFF :ON /ON
#SENSOR TESTWasteTANK :OFF/OFF
#SENSOR TESTWasteTANK :OFF/ON
No waste tank(or tank full)
Near Full(Tank presence
#SENSOR TESTWasteTANK :ON/ON
Waste tank pres-ence
3-159
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-160
Overhaul of Driving Parts
3-5. Overhaul of Driving Parts
Driving parts for JV5-130S/160S are shown below.
Part Reference page
3-5-1. X-axis Motor Assembly p.3-162
3-5-2. X Pulley, X Belt p.3-165
3-5-3. Y-axis Motor Assembly p.3-167
3-5-4. Y Drive Pulley Assembly, Y-Drive Transmission Belt p.3-171
3-5-5. Y Drive Belt p.3-175
3-5-6. Wiper Motor p.3-179
3-5-7. Station Motor p.3-182
3-5-8. Head UD Motor p.3-184
3-5-9. M Motor p.3-186
~ LEFT ~
X Pulley
Y-axis Motor Assembly
M Motor
Wiper Motor
Station Motor
Head UD Motor
Y Drive Pulley
Y-axis Motor
Assembly
3-161
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-5-1. X-axis Motor Assembly
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
1. Remove
X-axis Motor
Assembly
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower side screws (x2), and remove the screws shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen lower side screws (x3), and remove the screws shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
5. Loosen the screws (x3) for XM
Bracket.
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497)
P4x12 SMW (x3)
Loosen (x3)
XM Bracket (M507266)
6. Release the connectors (x2) to X-
axis Motor.
7. Remove X-axis Motor Assembly.
Loosen the screws (x2) to remove the motor assembly. Be careful of the assembly falling.
Reverse Steps 6 and 5 for reassem-bly.
Release connectors.(x2)
X-axis Motor Assembly (M507266) P3x10 SMW (x2)
2. Reassemble
X-axis Motor
Assembly
3-162
Overhaul of Driving Parts
1. Engage X Belt between X Pulley
and X-axis Motor Pulley.
* Put the belt horizontally in the middle of pulleys.
3. Adjust X Belt
Tension
Content Adjust the tension of X Belt
(between X-axis Motor and X
Pulley).
Wrong tension could slip
motor or result in breakage of
motor or belt due to rotation
obstruction, or cause failure in
media feed unit.
Target 2-2.5 mm of flexure on
applying force of 300gf with
gage
Tools • Tension Gage (x Kg)
OK
NG
NG
Put horizontally in the middle of pulleys.
Belt is vertically shifted.
Belt is slantingly engaged.
2a. Apply Tension Gage with the force
of 300gf perpendicular to the belt
in the center between the pulleys.
2b. Adjust XM Bracket so that the
flexure of the belt comes within 2-
2.5 mm.
2c. ~ Tension Adjustment ~
Laterally shift XM Bracket to adjust the tension to the proper value, and tighten the screws (x3).
Push perpendicular to the belt center at300gf.
Check bending amount( 2~ 2.5 mm )
XM bracket
* If buzz is found on motor, conduct the following adjustment.
~ Motor Current Adjust Outline ~
* Adjust value varies on each motor and each machine
* Adjustable range is within 130~160 on each motor.
4. Adjust Motor
Current
Content Execute current adjust of X-
motor
Adjust 2 items
Adjust
Contents
Minimize Hunting noise of
X-motor at operation.
Tools –
Stopr Adjust
Y Moving Adjust
X Moving Adjustt
Execute Item on X-motor :Stop Adjust X-operation Adjust
Execute Item on X-motor :Stop AdjustY-operation Adjust
← No need
3-163
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1. Select “MOTOR CURRENT” in
#ADJUST MODE
* Start with the Maintenance Open Mode
2. Execute ”STOP ADJUST”
Adjust electric current value of X-motor and Y-motor so that Hunting noise of both motor is minimized on the station in not carriage out.
3a. Execute “X MOVING ADJUST”
[FUNCTION]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
#ADJUSTMOTOR CURRENT <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
L.*> [JV5-01]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [ENTER] : Set
[^] CurrentValueUP[V] CurrentValueDOWN
X = 0 Y = 0 (****) (****)
0~255 (Input range)
[�] / [�] : VC
[�]SW[�]:[ENTER] : Ret
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [�] / [�] : SW
#X MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=0.20GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : XC
[�] / [�] :SW[ENTER] : Ret.
#MOTOR CURRENTX MOVING ADJUST<ent> [ENTER] : Set
3b. Input the following conditions and
execute
* Input the following conditions.Speed (S) : 5 ~ 10 mm/sAcceleration (A) : 0.2 GLength (X) : approx.
50 ~ 100 mm
3c. With listening to Hunting noise at
X-motor driving, adjust value to
minimize the noise.
Check the noise of X-motor at the left back side of JV-5.
4. Presss [END] plural of times to end.
#X MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=0.20GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : VC[�] / [�] : Move[ENTER] : Exec.
[END] : Ret.
X-axis consecutive drive (X-mortar drive)
* Not cap OFF
#XmovingADJUST *RUN* xxx (xxxx)
S= 10mm/s A=0.20GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : VC
[END] : Ret.
(At Xmotor drv.)
Input values with target-ting 130~160 . (Input range 0~255)[END]
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent>
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [END] : Ret.
End
Put on covers after adjustment. * Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
5. Reassemble
CoversA screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-164
Overhaul of Driving Parts
3-5-2. X Pulley, X Belt
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
1. Remove
X pulley and
X belt
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower side screws (x2), and remove the screw shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen lower side screws (x3), and remove the screw shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
5. Loosen the screws (x3) for XM
Bracket.
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497)
P4x12 SMW (x3)
Loosen (x3)
XM Bracket (M507266)
6. Remove X Pulley Bracket.
Loosen the screws (x3) to remove X Pulley Bracket.
7. Remove X Pulley.
Loosen the screws (x2) to remove X Pulley from X axis.
8. Remove X Belt.
Loosen the screws (x2) for X-axis Motor Assembly to carefully remove the belt so as to prevent fall.
P4x12 SMW (x3)
X Pulley Bracket (M507267)
SSWP 4x4 (x2)
X Pulley (M203155)
P3x10 SMW (x2)
3-165
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Reverse the procedure of Steps 8 to 6 for reassembly.
2. Reassemble
X-axis Motor
Assembly
3. Adjust X Belt
Tension
Content Adjust the tension of X Belt
(between X-axis Motor and X
Pulley).
Wrong tension could slip
motor or result in breakage of
motor or belt due to rotation
obstruction, or cause failure in
media feed unit.
Target 2-2.5 mm of flexure on
applying force of 300gf with
gage
Tools • Tension Gage (x Kg)
1. Engage X Belt between X Pulley
and X-axis Motor Pulley.
* Put the belt horizontally in the middle of pulleys.
2a. Apply Tension Gage with the force
of 300gf perpendicular to the belt
in the center between the pulleys.
2b. Adjust XM Bracket so that the
flexure of the belt comes within 2-
2.5 mm.
OK
NG
NG
Put horizontally in the middle of pulleys.
Belt is vertically shifted.
Belt is slantingly engaged.
Push perpendicular to the belt center at300gf.
Check bending amount
( 2~ 2.5 mm )
2c. ~ Tension Adjustment ~
Laterally shift XM Bracket to adjust the tension to the proper value, and tighten the screws (x3).
Put on covers after adjustment. * Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
XM bracket
4. Reassemble
CoversA screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-166
Overhaul of Driving Parts
3-5-3. Y-axis Motor Assembly
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove
Y-axis Motor
Assembly
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3a. Remove Right Cover.
Loosen lower side screws and remove the following screws.Lower side : 2
3b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face : 4Right top side : 3
4. Release the clamps (x2) shown
above.
Release the clamps (x2) for Wash Cartridge Assembly.
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Release clamps. (x2)
5a. Remove Wash Cartridge Assembly.
Loosen the screws (x3) to remove Wash Cartridge & Stay.
* Keep Wash Cartridge as joined
with Stay.
5b. Mount Wash Cartridge Assembly
to the position shown above.
P4x12 SMW (x3)
Lay Protection Sheet.
Be careful of tube disconnection
Caution: Lay Protection Sheet and put Wash
Cartridge Assembly on it to keep
from flaw or damage.
Caution: Be careful of tube disconnection at
the joint above to handle Wash Car-
tridge Assembly.
3-167
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Remove YM Top Plate. 7. Remove YM-spacers (x2). 8. Release clamp and connectors.
Release the clamp for Y-axis Motor Cable and disconnect the connec-tors (x2).
YM Top Plate (M507260)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
YM-spacer (M202665) x2
Release connectors. (x2)
Release clamp.
Y-axis Motor Assy. (E300475)
9a. Remove Y-axis Motor Assembly.
* Be careful of Y-axis Motor Assembly falling to loosen the
screws (x2).
9b. ~ Y-axis Motor Assembly ~ Follow the next procedure to reas-semble Y-axis Motor Assembly.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
YD Bracket D(M507154)
Y drive transmission belt Y-axis Motor Assembly (E300475)
2. Reassemble
Y-axis Motor
Assembly
1. Temporarily fix Y-axis Motor
Assembly to YD Bracket D with
the screws (x2).
2. Engage the belt between Y Drive
Pulley and DM Pulley.
* Belt must be horizontal in the
middle of pulley width. (Upper shift is allowable.)
3. Reverse the steps 9 to 6 to
reassemble YM Top Plate, and
conduct the following adjustment.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
YD Bracket D(M507154)
Y drive transmission beltOK
NGSlanting
Horizontal in middle
NG
OK
Shifted lower
Horizontal but upper
3-168
Overhaul of Driving Parts
1. Apply the gage at right angle in
the middle between Y-axis Motor
Pulley and Y Drive Pulley
Assembly to measure tension.
* Target: XXX ± xx kg
3. Adjust Y-Drive
Transmission Belt
Tension
Content Adjust the tension of y-drive
transmission belt (between Y-
axis Motor and Y Drive Pulley
Assembly).
Wrong tension could slip
motor or result in breakage of
motor or belt due to rotation
obstruction, or cause failure in
media feed unit.
Target
Tools • Tension Gage (x Kg)
Press in middle at right angle.
2a. Laterally shift Y-axis Motor
Assembly until tension becomes
right.
2b. Tighten the screws (x2) after Y-
axis Motor is positioned.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
* If buzz is found on motor, conduct the following adjustment.
~ Motor Current Adjust Outline ~
* Adjust value varies on each motor
and each machine
* Adjustable range is within 130~160 on each motor.
4. Adjust Motor
Current
Content Adjust electric current of Y-
motor
Adjust items are the following
2.
Adjust
Contents
Minimise Hunting noise at Y-
motor driving.
Tools –
Stop Adjust
YMoving Adjust
X Moving Adjust
Execute item on X-motor: Stop AdjustX Move Adjust
Execute item on Y-motor: Stop AdjustY Move Adjust
← No need
3-169
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
1. Select “MOTOR CURRENT” in
#ADJUST MODE.
* Start with the Maintenance Open Mode.
2. Execute ”STOP ADJUST”
Adjust electric current value of X-motor and Y-motor so that Hunting noise of both motor is minimized on the station in not carriage out.
3a. Execute “Y MOVING ADJUST”
[FUNCTION]
#ADJUSTHEAD ADJUST <ent>
#ADJUSTMOTOR CURRENT <ent>
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] : Set
L.*> [JV5-01]
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+PowerON
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [ENTER] : Set
[^] CurrentValueUP[V] CurrentValueDOWN
X = 0 Y = 0 (****) (****)
0~255 (Input Range)
[�] / [�] : VC
[�] / [�] :SW [ENTER] :Ret.
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [�] / [�] : SW
#Y MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=1.00GY= 100mm
[�] / [�] : VC
[�] / [�] :SW[ENTER] : Ret.
#MOTOR CURRENTY MOVING ADJUST<ent> [ENTER] : Set
3b. Input test conditions to execute
* Input the following conditions.Speed (S) : 5 ~ 10 mm/s
Acceleration (A) : 0.2 GLength (X) : approx.
50 ~ 100 mm
3c. With listening to Hunting noise at
Y-motor driving, adjust value to
minimize the noise.
Check the noise of Y-motor at the left back side of JV-5.
4. Press [END] plural of times to end.
#Y MOVING ADJUST
S= 10mm/s A=1.00GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : VC[�] / [�] : Move[ENTER] : Exec.
[END] :Ret.
Y-axis consecutive drive (Y-mortar drive)
(Carriage Out)
#YmovingADJUST *RUN* xxx (xxxx)
S= 10mm/s A=1.00GX= 100mm
[�] / [�] : VC
[END] : Ret.
(At Y-motor driving)
Input values with target-ting 130~160 . (Input range 0~255)[END]
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent>
#MOTOR CURRENTSTOP ADJUST <ent> [END] : Ret
End
Put on covers after adjustment. * Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
5. Reassemble
CoversA screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-170
Overhaul of Driving Parts
3-5-4. Y Drive Pulley Assembly, Y-Drive Transmission Belt
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove
Y Drive Pulley
and Y-Drive
Transmission Belt
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3a. Remove Right Cover.
Loosen lower side back and front screws and remove the following screws.Lower side : 2
3b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face : 4Right top side : 3
4. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
5. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower side screws (x2), and remove the screws shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
6. Remove Y-T SP Plate to release
tension.
* Loosen the screws alternately. Loosening only a screw could heavily burden the other to break spring.
7. Loosen the screws (x2) for Y-axis
Motor Assembly.
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2) Y Drive Belt(M800885/6)
Y-T SP Plate (M507262)
B4x60 (x2)
Left
Y-axis Motor
Loosen (x2)
Right
3-171
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
8. Remove D Bracket U.
Loosen the screws (x2) to remove D Bracket U.
9a. Remove Y Drive Pulley Assembly.
Remove Y Drive Pulley Assembly from the axis of YD Bracket D.
9b. ~ Notices at Removing Pulley ~
P4x12 SMW (x2)
D Bracket U (M502708)
YD Bracket
Right
Y Drive TransmissionBelt
Y Drive Belt
Y Drive Pulley Assembly (M006891)
Y Drive Transmission Belt
O-ring
Notice: Take care not to lose the O-ring on
the pulley.
Follow the next procedure to reas-semble Y Drive Pulley and Y Drive Transmission Belt.
1. Reassemble Y Drive Pulley
Assembly, and engage Y Drive
Transmission Belt.
2. Reassemble D Bracket U, and
adjust Y Drive Transmission Belt
position. *Put the belt horizontally
in the middle of pulley width.
(Upper shift is allowable.)
2. Reassemble
Y Drive Pulley
and Y Drive
Transmission Belt
Y Drive Pulley Assembly (M006891)
Y Drive TransmissionBelt
OK
NGSlanting
Horizontal in middle
NG
OK
Shifted lower
Horizontal but upper
1. Apply the gage at right angle in
the middle between Y-axis Motor
Pulley and Y Drive Pulley
Assembly to measure tension.
* Target: XXX ± xx kg
3. Adjust Y Drive
Transmission Belt
Tension
Content Adjust the tension of YDrive
Transmission Belt (between
Y-axis Motor and Y Drive
Pulley Assembly).
Wrong tension could slip
motor or result in breakage of
motor or belt due to rotation
obstruction, or cause failure in
media feed unit.
Target
Tools • Tension Gage (x Kg) Press in middle at right angle.
3-172
Overhaul of Driving Parts
2a. Laterally shift Y-axis Motor
Assembly until tension becomes
right.
2b. Tighten the screws (x2) after Y-
Axis Motor is positioned.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
1a. Place Y Drive Belt on Y Drive Pul-
ley and confirm that fitting is cor-
rect.
* Place the belt on the position shown in the drawing horizon-tally at placing the belt.
4. Adjust
Y Drive Belt
Alignment
Content Check and adjust the
alignment of Y Drive Belt
(between Y Drive Pulley
Assembly - Y-T pulley).
Improper assembling may
cause belt dropping, motor
idle running or bad print
quality.
Tools
OK
NGSlanting
Horizontal in middle
NG
OK
Shifted lower
Horizontal but upper
1b. ~ Check Pulley ~
* Place E-rings on top and bottom of the pulley outside of the blacket at fixing the pulley.
2. Tighten screws (x2) of Y-T SPplate
to increase the belt tension.
* Loosen the screws alternately. Loosening only a screw could heavily burden the other to break spring.
3. Check Belt tension Part
The gap between line A of Y-T pul-ley and Y-T BKT is 1 - 5mm, as a target.
Y-T pulley assy. (M006977)
Y-T pulley bracket
Fix E-ring outside (Top/Bottom)
Left
Y Drive Belt(M800885/6)
Y-T SP Plate (M507262)
B4x60 (x2)
3 ± 2.0 mm
3-173
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Put on covers after adjustment. * Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
5. Reassemble
Covers
A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-174
Overhaul of Driving Parts
3-5-5. Y Drive Belt
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove
Y Drive Belt
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3a. Remove Right Cover.
Loosen screws lower side back and front and remove the following screws.Lower side : 2
3b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face : 4Right top face : 3
4. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
5. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower side screws (x2) and remove screws shown in the picture to remove the cover.
6a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
6b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
3-175
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
7a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
7b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
8. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove the Y Cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operations with 2 persons.
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
RightFront Cover L (M601940/41)
Left RightP4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
9. Manually lower Station to move
Carriage.
Up: Counterclockwise (CCW)Down: Clockwise (CW)
10. Remove the head cover.
Remove the right and left screws to remove the head cover.
11. Separate the belt from the
carriage.
Remove screws (x2) shown in the picture and pull out the belt connec-tion part in the Y-direction(the right of the carriage is the left)
CW: Down
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
12. Remove Y-T SP Plate to release
tension.
* Loosen the screws alternately. Loosening only a screw could heavily burden the other to break spring.
13. Remove Y-T Pulley. 14. Remove the left and right Belt
Holders 1 from Belt Holder.
Y Drive Belt(M800885/6)
Y-T SP Plate (M507262)
B4x60 (x2)
Left
Y-T Pulley(M205123)
Y-T Pulley Bracket (M507315)
Belt Holder (M400161)
Do not loosen.
Belt Holder 1
3-176
Overhaul of Driving Parts
15. Loosen the screw. 16. Disconnect Belt Holder S and Belt
Holder 1.
Insert Slotted Screwdriver to pick.
17. Slide Belt Holder S to remove.
* Remove Belt Holders S on both
ends.
* See reassembly procedure for further steps.
B4x8
Belt Holder 1(M400160)
Belt Holder S(M503786)
Loosen Pick with Slotted ScrewdriverSlide to remove.
Follow the next procedure for reas-sembly.
1. Join new belt and old belt with
tape.
2. Run the new belt around
Carriage.
2. Reassemble
Y Drive Belt
Old Belt
New Belt
Fix with tape.
New Belt
Tape
Make a circle with belt
3. Lead the belt behind Carriage
after it ran around Carriage.
4. Engage the toothed surface at
both ends of belt with Belt Holder
1, and tighten screw after
mounting Belt Holder S.
5. Mount Belt Holders 1 (left and
right) to Belt Holder.
Y Drive Belt (M800885/6)
Lead belt behind Carriage.
Belt holder 1 (M40060)
Engage the toothed surface of
belt with Belt Holder 1.
Belt Holder (M400161)
Belt Holder 1
3-177
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Assemble Y-T Pulley with Y-T
Pulley Bracket.
* Put upper and lower E-rings outside of each bracket.
* Put the belt horizontally as shown above.
7. Fix the Y-T SP Plate
* Loosen the screws alternately. Loosening only a screw could heavily burden the other to break spring.
Y-T Pulley (M205123)
Y-T Pulley Bracket
Put E-ring outside (upper/lower) OK
NGSlanting
Horizontal in middle
NG
OK
Shifted lower
Horizontal but upper
Y Drive Belt(M800885/6)
Y-T SP Plate (M507262)
B4x60 (x2)
Left
8a. Align Belt Holder so that screws
holes (x2) become in position, to
reassemble.
9a. Check Belt Tension Part
* When A-line plate end of Y-T pul-ley shown in the picture touches to Y-T BKT, return to 4 and move 1 belt ridge to inward.(If necessary, cut appropriately.)
9b. Check Belt Tension Part 2
The gap between Line A of the Y-T pulley and the Y-T BKT is 1 - 5mm, as a target.
Belt Holder (M400161)
Screw Holes (x2)
Y-T Bracket
Y-T Pulley Bracket
A 3 ± 2.0 mm
9c. ~ Tighten screws. ~ Put on covers after adjustment. * Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
5. Reassemble
Covers
A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-178
Overhaul of Driving Parts
3-5-6. Wiper Motor
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Wiper Motor
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 3a. Remove Right Cover and Rear
Cover R.
Loosen screws on lower side of the right cover and remove screws shown in the picture.
3b. ~Remove the Right Cover ~
Remove the screws shown in the picture and remove the right cover first.
* Take care not to drop the cover.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
Right Cover (M507493)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Rear Cover R(M507496)
Loosen (x4)P4x12 SMW (x16)
4a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
4b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
5. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove the Y Cover F.
* Take care not t o drop the cover.
Operation eith more than 2 persons.
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
RightFront Cover L (M601940/41)
Left RightP4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
3-179
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6a. Remove Station Back Cover. 6b. ~ Station Back Cover~ 7. Remove Wiper Wash Holder.
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Station Back Cover (M507375)
P4x12 SMW
Wiper Wash Holder (M601841)
8. Disconnect the connector from
Wiper Sensor.
9. Disconnect the connector from
Wiper Motor.
10. Loosen the screws (x2) to remove
Wiper Unit Assembly.
Disconnect connector.
Disconnect connector.
Behind
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Wiper Unit Assembly
11a.Remove Wiper Motor. 11b.~ Remove Wiper Motor. ~
Wiper Unit Assembly
Wiper Motor (E300495)
P3x6 SMW (x4)
3-180
Overhaul of Driving Parts
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
Wiper MotorA screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-181
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-5-7. Station Motor
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Station Motor
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover R. 3a. Remove the Right Cover and Rear
Cover R.
Loosen screws on back and front of lower side of the right cover and remove screws shown in the picture.
3b. ~Remove the Right Cover ~
Remove screws shown in the picture and remove the right cover first.
* Take care not to drop the cover.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
Right Cover (M507493)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Rear Cover R(M507496)
Loosen (x4)P4x12 SMW (x16)
4. Disconnect connector from Station
Motor.
5. Remove Motor Bracket.
remove screws (x2) from back side of the printerand remove the motor BKT.
6. Remove Station Motor.
Remove screws (x3) and remove the station motor from the Motor BKT.
Disconnect
Behind
P4x12 SMW (x2)
P3x6 SMW (x3)
Motor Bracket (M507250)
Station Motor (E300495)
3-182
Overhaul of Driving Parts
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
Station MotorA screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-183
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-5-8. Head UD Motor
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
1. Remove
Head UD
MOTOR
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3a. Remove Right Cover.
Loosen screws on lower side right and left and remove the following screws.Lower side : 2
3b. ~ Remove Right Cover ~
Right side face : 4Right top face : 3
4. Confirm that Carriage Assembly
is capped.
* The Jumping shaft on the head unit protrudes at the position shown in the picture.
Right Cover (M507493)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Jumping Shaft
5. Remove the Head UD Motor
Remove the connector and remove screws (x3) of the head UD motor, and remove it with the motor.
6. Remove the Head UD Motor
P4x12 SMW (x3)
Head Up and Down Motor Assembly
(M007178)
Head UD Motor Bracket (M507210)
P3x6 SMW (x2)
3-184
Overhaul of Driving Parts
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Lubricate UD Jumping Shaft Hole as appropriate.Amount: 2 drops
Lubricant: Slider Grease
* To reassemble Head UD Motor Bracket, tighten screw so that UD Jumping Shaft smoothly put in/
out the hole. Gear engagement must have play.
2. Reassemble
Head UD
MOTOR
Lubrication
Fitting hole
UD Jumping Shaft
* At assembling the head UD motor BKT, adjust the position so that the jumping shaft on the head unit can be inserted in the fitting hole straight.(Target :center deviance is within 0.5 mm)
~ Jumping Shaft~
Center deviance
0.5mm
Jumping Shaft
Fitting Hole(Head UD Motor BKT)
Jumping Shaft
3-185
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-5-9. M Motor
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Take-up Cover.
1. Remove
M Motor
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
P3x6 SMW(x3)
Take-up Cover(M507538)
3a. Remove Winding Motor Unit
Remove the left screw.
3b. ~Removing the Winding Motor
Unit ~
Remove lower side screws (x2)
3c. ~Winding Motor Unit ~
P3x6 SMW
B4x10 (x2)
4. Remove the motor from the unit. 5. Remove the mini-keeper.
Remove the C-ring toremove the mini-keeper.
6. Remove the C-ring.
Mini keeper
C-10
C-10
3-186
Overhaul of Driving Parts
7. Remove the pin from the motor
shaft.
8. Remove M Gear Bearing BKT-A.
Remove the M gear bearing BKT-A including the BKT-B and bearing.
9. Remove Stopper Screws (x2).
Remove the stopper screws (x2) from the motor shaft.
Pin
M Gear Holder Bracket -B (M507329)
M Gear Holder Bracket -A (M507328)
SSWP3x3 (x2)
10. Remove M Motor.
Pull out the motor shaft and remove screws (x4) from the M motor BKT.
M motor shaft(M205137)
M motor
M Motor Bracket (M507327)
P4x10 SMW (x4)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
2. Reassemble
M MOTOR
3-187
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-6. Overhaul of Other Parts
The followings are other parts forming the JV5-130S/160S..
Part Reference page
3-6-1. Cutter Unit Assy. p.3-189
3-6-2. A Heater Cover Assy. p.3-193
3-6-3. P Heater Cover Assy. p.3-198
3-6-4. R Heater Cover Assy. p.3-204
3-6-5. Wiper Wash Solenoid p.3-206
3-6-6. SSR p.3-209
~ Head Assy ~
Cutter Unit Assy.
R Heater Cover Assy.
P Heater Cover Assy.
Wiper Wash SolenoidA Heater Cover Assy.
SSR (x3)
3-188
Overhaul of Other Parts
3-6-1. Cutter Unit Assy.
1a. Execute Carriage Out.
Turn on the power, select [ST.MAINTE] →[ENTER] to move Carriage to above Platen, and turn off the power.
1b. ~ Caution for Power-off ~
1. Remove
Cutter Unit Assy.
L.*> [JV5-01]
ST.MAINTENANCE
CARRIDGE OUT <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[ENTER]
Execute CARRIAGE OUT.
Power ON. Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
Right
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
Right
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove the right and left screws (x6) to remove the Y Cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 per-sons.
5. Remove the head cover.
Remove the right and left screws to remove the head cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
Left
Right
B3x6 (x2)
Head Cover (M507559)
3-189
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6. Remove the Cutter Assy
P3x10 SMW (x2)
Cutter Unit Assembly
(M006952)
* After assembling the cutter unit,
execute the cutter unit positioning.
* If the jig can not be arranged,
using of an intervenient having height of 7.5mm in the cutter unit side is allowed.
1. Set screws of the cutter unit at
temporary joint state.
* Temporary joint state is that the unit is held lightly.
2. Cutter Unit
Positioning
Content Adjust fixing position of cut-
ter unit (vertical, horizontal)
using a jig
Tools Height adjust jig (Media Jam/
Cutter unit height position-
ing tool)
: OPT-J0108
Temp. joint (x2)
Cutter Unit
2. Down the Clamp Lever 3. Set the Jig to the Platen
Set 4 bosses of the jig in slots in slots back and front for platen media plate as shown in the drawing above.
4. Push the jig to the end
After setting, slide the jig to head side to the end (to stop)
Down clamp lever
Notice: Keep clamp lever down at adjust-
ing.
PG setting should be 1.5mm
Set bosses(x4) in platen slot
Push to the end
3-190
Overhaul of Other Parts
5a. djust cutter unit height 5b. Adjust the cutter unit position
back-front.
Decide the unit position so that the cutter tool meets the slot (with push down the cutter tool), anf fix it with a screw.
5c. ~ Cutter Position Adjust Supple-
ment ~
* Execute the following cutter tool position check manually before
turning the power ON.
Height Adjust Jig
Cutter Unit
Height Adjust Jig
Push down cutter too
Slot for cutter tool
Note : Cutter tool positioning slot has
width wider than that of the tool.
Adjust the position within the
range.
Note : When there is no jig, push down
the cutter toolAssy to the platen
face and adjust using the cutter
slot of platen.
6a. Check the Cutter Tool Position
Move the head unit to each right, center and left end on the platen, and push down the cutter tool Assy to check back-front positioning.
6b. Re-adjusting of the Cutter Tool
back-front positioning
Head Unit
R endCenterL end
Check cutter tool position at 3 points
Note : On rare occasions, the tool comes
out of the slot because of assem-
bling accident errors or deiffer-
ences of part accuracies.
In such a case, adjust again to the
back-front optimum position
where the tool always in whole
slot on the platen
* Execute “ENCODER TEST” of “TEST” (MAINTENANCE
MODE)
* f the media is too thin to read, use a media within the specifications
range.
1. Select “TEST ”
Start with the Maintenance Open Mode and select “TEST”.
3. Encoder
Test
Content Measure each of media pres-
ence position and no presence
position with downing..
Tools • Media
[REMOTE]+[FUNCTION]+Power ON
(Start with Maintenance Open Mode)
L.*> [JV5-01]
FUNCTION
SET UP <ENT>
FUNCTION
#TEST <ENT>
[FUNCTION]
[�] / [�] : SW
[ENTER] :Fix(to Next)
#TESTCHECK PATTERN <ENT> [�] / [�] : SW
3-191
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
2. Execute “CUTTER ENCODER”.
Select and execute “CUTTER ENCODER” of “ENCODER TEST”.
3. Confirm the test results and finish
the test when there is no error.
#TEST
ENCODER TEST <ENT> [ENTER] : Set
#ENCODER TEST
LINEAR ENCODER <ent> [�] / [�] : SW
#ENCODER TEST
CUTTER ENCODER <ent> [ENTER] : Set
#CUTTER ENCODERCHECK :ent [ENTER] : Exec.
[END] :End
#CUTTER ENCODER
Result of a test.
THICK = 0.5mm
Pr=-247 Mr=-231
Pr : Measurement of PlatenMr: Measurement on Media
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
4. Reassemble
Cutter Unit Assy.
3-192
Overhaul of Other Parts
3-6-2. A Heater Cover Assy.
1. Remove connectors (x2) on lower
side of the printer.
Remove connectors for drying fan and exhaust duct connected to the BOX relay PCB.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
1. Remove
Drying fan
Assembly
Right
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Loosen screws (x2) shown in the
picture.
Loosen screws (x2) fixing right roll holder plate.
3b. Release lock of stop plate for
holder plate in the left side.
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Loosen (x2)
Right
Roll screen
Left
Notice: If a spring of roll screen is released, winding becomes dif-ficu-lut. Take care until it is fixed with a pin.
4. Remove roll screen from shaft
bush of support fitting.
* When the roll screen is removed, the spring is released.Wind up the spring at assembling.
5. Remove exhaust cover L.
Remove lower screw with hexago-nal wrench, and tighten upper screws (x2) to remove cover.
6a. Remove exhaust cover R.
Remove screw to fix exhaust cover R to exhaust cover R holde.
Right
Exhaust cover L(M507882)
CS 6x15
Loosen (x2)
Left
P4x12 SMW
Exhaust cover R holder
Right
3-193
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
6b. ~ Remove exhaust cover R. ~
Loosen upper screws (x2) to remove exhaust cover R.
7a. Remove Dryer FAN Assy from
stayes in both sides.
Remove right and left mini-knobs and remove the belt lock screw.
7b. ~ Remove Dryer FAN Assy ~
* Conduct with 2 persons not to
drop the Dryer FAN Assy.
Loosen (x2) Exhaust cover R(M507881)
Left
Mini knob x2(KS-15x16-A)
Belt Screw x2 (M400140)
Belt Screw Right
Mini knob
Drying fan Assy. 130/160(M007141/40)
8. Remove exhaust cover bracket. 9. Remove drying fan stay L.
* As the part is heavy, work with more than 3 personnel.
10. Remove drying fan stay R.
P4x12 SMW (x5)
Exhaust cover bracket (M507883)
Left Left
Screw (x2)
Drying fan stay L(M507880) Right
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Drying fan stay R(M507879)
1. Shut off the main power.
* As the front switch does not cut the power to the heater PCB, there is a fear for getting electric
shock.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
2. Remove
A Heater Cover
Assy.
Behind
Warning:Electric Shock!!Turn OFF the rear power switch. Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3-194
Overhaul of Other Parts
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower side screws (x2) and remove the screw shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen lower side screws (x3) and remove the screw shown in the pic-ture to remove the cover.
5a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497)
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
Right
5b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
6. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove the right and left screws (x6) to remove the Y Cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons.
7. Remove H Harness Cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
P4x12 SMW (x3)
H Harness Cover(M507183)
8. Remove Maintenance Space
Cover.
Loosen the screws (x4) to remove Maintenance Space Cover in the arrow direction.
9a. Remove the connectors shown
right from Heater PCB.
9b. ~ Connector List ~
After Heater: Black Connector
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Remove in arrow direction.
Maintenance Space Cover (M507182)
Heater PCB Assembly(E104043)
Body Color Qty
Black 4
3-195
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
10. Release cable clamps (x8). 11a.Loosen the screw for A Heater
Cover Assembly.
Upper: P3 x 10 SMW (x4)
Lower: P4 x 12 SMW (x4)
11b. ~ A Heater Cover Assembly ~
Release clamps (x8)
P3x10 SMW (x4)
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Loosen (x4)
Caution: Hold A Heater Cover with a hand on
loosening screws to prevent cover
from falling.
12a.Remove A Heater Cover Assem-
bly.
Take cable out of clamp.
12b.Release Heater Connector.
* Be careful not to damage the surface of A Heater Cover.
12c. ~ A Heater Cover Assembly ~
130S: A Heater Cover 130 Assembly (M006927)
160S: A Heater Cover 160 Assembly (M006925)
Take out cable. Left
Release connector.
Right
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Remove loosening of cables referring to the above to connect
to Heater PCB.
* Refer to the above illustration to ensure right connection.
3. Reassemble
A Heater Cover
Assy.
Red:Pre-heater
Blue:Print heater
Black:After-heater
Any of same color will do.
3-196
Overhaul of Other Parts
* Connector connection of lower side of the printer is as shown in the picture above.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
* Check front side and back side at assembling the Dryer FAN Assy and set that front side comes top.
Operation with 2 persons.
L: Exhaust ductAssy side (White)
R :DryerFANAssy side (Black)
A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG FrontWithout fan label
BackWith fan label
* Wind the spring and fix it with a
pin, and after fixing to hold fitting, take the pin out at assembling the roll screen.
* At fixing loosen roll screen hold
fitting, fix the screw with pushing the roll screen to inward.
Left
Fix with pushing
Right
Roll screen
* Check operation of heater&dryer&exhaust FAN at
the final on-line test in repairing.
4. Test・Confirm
3-197
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-6-3. P Heater Cover Assy.
1. Remove connectors (x2) on lower
side of the printer.
Remove connectors for drying fan and exhaust duct connected to the BOX relay PCB.
2a. Remove Open and close cover
Assy.
Shift fulcrum pin to inward, and remove left side of the cover.
1. Remove
Drying fan
Assembly
Right
2b. ~ Remove Open/Close cover~
Take out fulcrum pin on the left side of cover from from frame to remove open/close cover.
3a. Loosen screws (x2) shown in the
picture.
Loosen screws (x2) fixing right roll holder plate.
3b. Release lock of stop plate for
holder plate in the left side.
Open/Close Cover Assy (M007138/9)
Right
Loosen (x2)
Right
Roll screen
Left
Notice: If a spring of roll screen is
released, winding becomes dif-
ficu-lut. Take care until it is fixed
with a pin.
4. Remove roll screen from shaft
bush of support fitting.
* When the roll screen is removed, the spring is released.Wind up the spring at assembling.
5. Remove exhaust cover L.
Remove lower screw with hexago-nal wrench, and tighten upper screws (x2) to remove cover.
6a. Remove exhaust cover R.
Remove screw to fix exhaust cover R to exhaust cover R holde.
Right
Exhaust cover L(M507882)
CS 6x15
Loosen (x2)
Left
P4x12 SMW
Exhaust cover R holder
Right
3-198
Overhaul of Other Parts
6b. ~ Remove exhaust cover R. ~
Loosen upper screws (x2) to remove exhaust cover R.
7a. Remove Dryer FAN Assy from the
roght and left stayes.
Remove the right and left mini-knobs and remove the belt lock screw.
7b. ~ Remove Dryer FAN Assy ~
* Conduct with 2 persons not to
drop the Dryer FAN Assy.
Loosen (x2) Exhaust cover R(M507881)
Left
Mini knob x2(KS-15x16-A)
Belt Screw x2 (M400140)
Belt Screw Right
Mini knob
Drying fan Assy. 130/160(M007141/40)
8. Remove exhaust cover bracket. 9. Remove drying fan stay L.
* As the part is heavy, work with more than 3 personnel.
10. Remove drying fan stay R.
P4x12 SMW (x5)
Exhaust cover bracket (M507883)
Left Left
Screw (x2)
Drying fan stay L(M507880) Right
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Drying fan stay R(M507879)
1. Shut off the main power.
* As the front switch does not cut the power to the heater PCB, there is a fear for getting electric
shock.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
2. Remove
P Heater Cover
Assy.
Behind
Warning:Electric Shock!!Turn OFF the rear power switch. Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3-199
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen screws (x2) on the lower side and remove the screws shown in the picture to remove the cover
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen screws (x3) on the lower side and remove the screws shown in the picture to remove the cover.
5a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497)
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
Right
5b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
6. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove the Y Cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons.
7. Remove H Harness Cover.
Front Cover L (M601940/41)Left Right
P4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
P4x12 SMW (x3)
H Harness Cover(M507183)
8. Remove Maintenance Space
Cover.
Loosen the screws (x4) to remove Maintenance Space Cover in the arrow direction.
9a. Remove the connectors shown
right from Heater PCB.
9b. ~ Connector List ~
Print Heater: Blue ConnectorAfter Heater: Black Connector
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Remove in arrow direction.
Maintenance Space Cover (M507182)
Heater PCB Assembly(E104043)
Body Color Qty
Black 4Blue 4Blue (Heater Side) 1
3-200
Overhaul of Other Parts
10. Release cable clamps (x8). 11a.Loosen the screw for A Heater
Cover Assembly.
Upper: P3 x 10 SMW (x4)
Lower: P4 x 12 SMW (x4)
11b. ~ A Heater Cover Assembly ~
130S: A Heater Cover 130 Assembly (M006927)
160S: A Heater Cover 160 Assembly (M006925)
Release clamps (x8)
P3x10 SMW (x4)
P4x12 SMW (x4)
Loosen (x4)
Caution: Hold A Heater Cover with a hand on
loosening screws to prevent cover
from falling.
12a.Remove A Heater Cover Assem-
bly.
Take cable out of clamp.
12b.Release Heater Connector.
* Be careful not to damage the surface of A Heater Cover.
13. Loosen the screws (x24) for P
Heater Assembly.
* Slide Media Plate and certainly loosen the lower screws.
Take out cable. Left
Release connector.
Right
Media Plate (M507157)
B3x10 Ni (x24)
P Heater Assembly
14a.Process Heater Cable.
Release all clamps for Heater cable (Blue) on the left of printer to lead through bush.
14b. ~ Process Heater Cable. ~ 15. Process Thermistor Cable.
Release connector of Thermistor and cable from clamps to lead through bush.
Release clamp (x8)
Lead through bush.
Lead through bush after releasing all clamps.
Release connector
Release clamps(x2)Put through bush
Release connector and clamps to lead through bush.
3-201
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
16a.Remove P Heater Assembly.
* Carefully use both hands to
handle cables so as to prevent them from hanging.
16b.~ P Heater Assembly ~
P Heater Assembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Be sure to reassemble Media Plate
on reassembling P Heater Assembly. Follow the next procedure to smoothly reassemble.
1. Tighten the upper screws pressing
Plate against the back.
3. Reassemble
P Heater Cover
Assy.
Media Plate(M507157)
Fix screws with pushing
2. To tighten the lower screws, pull
Plate toward you and press Slide
Bar against the back.
3. Put on the other in the same way.
* After assembling, slide it to the right and left to confirm moving smoothly.
* Run Heater Cables (Blue) around each clamp on each end in front of
printer.
Pull plate
Push slide bar
Move smoothly
Right
Left
3-202
Overhaul of Other Parts
* Remove loosening of cables referring to the above to connect to Heater PCB.
* Caution: Refer to the above illustration to ensure right connection.
* Connector connection on the lower side of the printer is as shown in the picture.
Red:Pre-heater
Blue:Printheater
Black:After-heater
Lower:Connect to Thermostat of each Assembly
Any of same color will do.L: Exhaust duct
Assy side (White)
R :DryerFANAssy side (Black)
* Put cover inside of washers for
loosened screws to tighten them.
* Check front side and back side at
assembling the Dryer FAN Assy and set that front side comes top. Operation with 2 persons.
* Wind the spring and fix it with a
pin, and after fixing to hold fitting, take the pin out at assembling the roll screen.
A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG FrontWithout fan label
BackWith fan label
Left
* At fixing loosen roll screen hold fitting, fix the screw with pushing
the roll screen to inward.
* Check operation of heater&dryer&exhaust FAN at
the final on-line test in repairing.
Fix with pushing
Right
Roll screen
4. Test・Confirm
3-203
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-6-4. R Heater Cover Assy.
1. Shut off the main power.
* As the front switch does not cut
the power to the heater PCB, there is a fear for getting electric shock.
2. Remove Maintenance Cover L.
1. Remove
R Heater Cover
Assy.
Behind
Warning:Electric Shock!!Turn OFF the rear power switch. Maintenance Cover L (M601944)
3. Remove Left Cover.
Loosen lower side screws (x2) and remove the screw shown in the drawing to remove the cover.
4. Remove Rear Cover L.
Loosen lower side screws (x3) and remove the screw shown in the drawing to remove the cover.
5a. Remove the PR Guide 130/160
Remove the right and left screws (x4).
P4x12 SMW (x11)
Left Cover (M507494)
Loosen (x2)
P4x12 SMW (x7)
Loosen (x3)
Rear Cover L (M507497) PR-guide 130/160
(M507425/7308)
P4x12 SMW (x2)
5b. ~ Remove PR Guide ~
* Conduct with 2 persons not to drop the cover.
6a. Remove connectors descrived in
the right from the heater PCB.
Remove connectors (CN7, CN15, CN16).
6b. ~ Connectors ~
P4x12 SMW (x2)
Heater PCB Assembly(E104043)
Connector Color qty
Red 2Red(heater side) 1
3-204
Overhaul of Other Parts
7. Remove the Relay Connector
Remove the relay connector of ther-mistor at station side.
8. Remove Screws on lower side of
the R Heater Cover Assy
130S : 4160S : 5
9. Loosen Screws on upper side of
the R Heater Cover Assy in front
side of the printer.
130S : 6160S : 7
P4x12 SMWLoosen the screw
10. Remove Cables from the Frame
Remove cables before the heater cover replacing so that cables are not in mess at the replacing.
11a.Remove R Heater Cover
* Take care not to give damage on the cover or other parts in the
vicinity.
11b. ~ R Heater Cover assy. ~
R Heater Cover 130S/160S assy.
R Heater Cover 130S/160S assy.(M006926/M006924)
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Caution: See the above illustration for right connection.
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
2. Reassemble
R Heater Cover
Assy.
Red: Pre-heater
Blue:Printheater
Black:After-heater
Any of same colors will do.
Bottom:Connected to thermostat of heater Assy A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-205
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
3-6-5. Wiper Wash Solenoid
1. Turn the power to the JV-5 On,
and get into the MAINTENANCE
MUENU.
2. Select “DISCHARGE” of MAIN-
TENANCE Washiliquid.
1. Discharge
Washing Fluid
L.*> [JV5-01]
Power ON
MAINTENANCEST.MAINTENANCE <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[�]/[�]
MAINTENANCEHD.MAINTENANCE <ent> [ENTER]
#HD.MAINTENANCEFILL UP INK <ent> [�]/[�]
#HD.MAINTENANCEMaintWashLiquid<ent> [ENTER]
MaintWashLiquidFILLING UP <ent> [�]/[�]
MaintWashLiquidDISCHARGE <ent> [ENTER]
3. Remove the washing liquid car-
tridge to discharge washing liquid.
Remove washing liquid cartridge
Remove a maint.wash. liquid cartridge.
There is a CARTRIDGE
It'sBeingDischarged. PLEASE WAIT
******--------------
1. Shut off the main power. 2. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
2. Remove
Wiper Wash
Solenoid
Behind
Caution: Be sure to shut the main circuit
breaker on the back to prevent unex-
pected move.
Maintenance Cover R (M601943)
3-206
Overhaul of Other Parts
3a. Remove Front Cover L.
Open the cover, move the fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from the pin hole.
3b. ~ Remove Front Cover L ~
Remove the pin from the left shaft hole to remove the front cover.
4. Remove Y Cover F.
Remove right and left screws (x6) to remove the Y Cover F.
* Take care not to drop the cover. Operation with more than 2 persons.
Move fulcrum pin to inward and remove it from pin hole
RightFront Cover L (M601940/41)
Left RightP4x12 SMW (x6)
Y Cover F (M507498/7501)
5. Down the Clamp lever. 6a. Remove KB Cover.
Loosen the right 4 screws.
6b. ~ Remove KB Cover 2 ~
Remove the screw on upper side of the front cover sensor R, loosen lower side screws and tilt to the front, and remove the screw fixing the KB cover shown in the picture.
Down Clamp Lever
KB Cover (M601945)
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x4)
Left Right
Front cover sensor R
Tilt
Left
P4x12 SMW
P4x12 SMW
Loosen
6c. ~ Remove KB Cover 3 ~
Loosen screws (x3) to remove the KB cover with taking care not to hit the dryer unit.
7. Remove the Connector
Remove the connector of wiper washing solenoid from the Relay Connector.
8. Remove the Wiper Washi Holder
* Take care not to drop washing liq-uid in the tube on parts in the vicinity.
Not to contact
Left
P4x12 SMW
Loosen (x3)
KB Cover (M601945)
Release connector
Wiper wash holder(M601841)
P4x12 SMW
3-207
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
9a. Remove the Wiper Wash Solenoid
Assy
Remove screws (x2) , remove the wiper wash solenoid while the tube is connected to.
9b. ~ Wiper Wash Solenoid Assy. ~ 10a.Remove the Tube
* Take care not to drop washing liq-
uid in the tube on parts in the vicinity.
P3x6 SMW (x2)
Remove tube
10b. ~ Wiper Wash Solenoid Assy. ~ Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
Wiper Wash Solenoid Assy. (E104400)
3. Reassemble
Wiper Wash
Solenoid
1. Turn the power to the JV-5 ON,
and get into the MAINTENANCE
MENU.
2. Fill Wash Liquid.
* As for the detail of changing of screens at filling, see the Instruc-tion Manual.
4. Wash Liquid
Filling
L.*> [JV5-01]
Main Power ON (Back)
Power SW ON
MAINTENANCEST.MAINTENANCE <ent>
[ST.MAINTE]
[�]/[�]
MAINTENANCEHD.MAINTENANCE <ent> [ENTER]
#HD.MAINTENANCEFILL UP INK <ent>
[�]/[�]
#HD.MAINTENANCEMaintWashLiquid<ent> [ENTER]
MaintWashLiquidFILLING UP <ent> [ENTER]
Execute wash liquid filling
3-208
Overhaul of Other Parts
3-6-6. SSR
1. Shut off the main power.
* As front switch does not cut the
power to heater PCB, there is a fear of getting electric shock.
2. Remove MF Cover C
Remove the cover in the cap station side on the back of the printer.
130S : MF Cover C 130 (M507418)160S : MF Cover C 160 (M507165)
1. Remove
SSR
Behind
Warning:Electric Shock!!Turn OFF the rear power switch.
MF Cover C 160/130
P4x12 SMW (160:12 , 130:10)
Loosen (160:8 , 130:6)
3. Pull out the Cables (x4) of SSR.
Pull out cables connected SSR.
4a. Remove SSR
Remove screws (x2) to remove SSR from the SSR BKT.
4b. ~ SSR ~
SSR bracket (M507168)
P2x10 SMW (x2)
SSR x3
Reverse the disassembly procedure for reassembly.
* Connect the connector referring to the drawing above, and take care
not to set wrong side.
* If the cables have extra length, make a circle with a clamp not to
touch AC.
2. Reassemble
SSR
From heater PCB(Either top or bottom)
From IO PCB(Either top or bottom)
3-209
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
* Put cover inside of washers for loosened screws to tighten them.
A screw washer
is outside of the
cover.
A screw washer
is inside of the
cover.
OK NG
3-210
CHAPTER 4 Troubleshooting
4-1
Contents
4-1. Outline ......................................................................... 4-2
4-1-1. Rough identification of the source of the trouble 4-2
4-1-2. Checking procedure ............................................... 4-2
4-2. Troubles for which error messages are displayed .... 4-4
4-2-1. Error messages and corrective measures ............ 4-4
4-2-2. Warning messages and corrective measures ..... 4-15
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4-1. Outline
This chapter describes the troubleshooting for JV5-130S/160S. Before starting work, read and understand
thoroughly the instructions given below and also in “1-1. Precautions in Maintenance” (p.1-2 ).
4-1-1. Rough identification of the source of the trouble
At the beginning of troubleshooting, it is necessary to identify roughly which functions the trouble relates
to.
Problems can be roughly classified into those that relate to the printer itself and those that involve the
connection between the printer and the host computer.
1. Problems with the printer itself
The cause of the trouble can be identified by executing appropriate functions or using test
functions.
2. Problems concerning the connection to the host computer
Hardware: Broken wire or faulty contact of cables
Software: Transmission by improper application setting
4-1-2. Checking procedure
In the standard setting of JV5-130S/160S, priority is given to the host computer.
Check the settings on the host computer to see if there is any improper parameter setting.
START
Rough identification of error source
Execute appropriate functions or use test functions of JV5-130S/160S (See p.4-4)
Refer to Precautions in Maintenance (P.1-2 )
4-2. Troubles for which error messages are displayed (P.4-4 )
Troubles on the host computer side
If this troubleshooting cannot correct the trouble, check to see if the same trouble occurs with another host computer (if possible).
Do theabove functions operate
normally?
No
Is thereerror message?
Yes
No
Yes
Is thetrouble related to print
quality?
Yes
No
4-2
Outline
This section describes troubleshooting procedures for the problems for which error messages are
displayed.
1. Identifying the error category
The causes of errors can be classified into the following categories:
Handling error on the host computer side
Trouble on the host computer side
Trouble with the interface cable
Printer handling error
Printer mechanical trouble
Printer hardware trouble
Printer firmware trouble
2. Initial action
Refer to the error message, and judge whether the trouble lies on the host computer side or on the printer
side.
Has any of the interface conditions (Printer model setting, command, communication conditions,
etc.) been changed?
Does the trouble occur under specific conditions?
Does the same trouble occur repeatedly?
3. Failure on the printer side
Take the following steps to repair the printer.
Replace the defective part (sensor, etc.) or make the necessary adjustment.
Replace the main PCB.
4. Repair at the factory
If the error recurs even after the corrective measures specified here are taken, return the printer to the
factory of MIMAKI for repair.
4-3
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
4-2. Troubles for which error messages are displayed
4-2-1. Error messages and corrective measures
<Error messages and corrective measures >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
ERROR
01
MAIN ROM An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(ROM)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
02
MAIN RAM An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(RAM)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
ERROR
03
POWER +3.3V An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(Power supply voltage
+3.3V)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the power supply PCB with a new
one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
POWER +5V An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(Power supply voltage
+5V)
POWER +24V An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(Power supply voltage
+24V)
POWER +42V An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(Power supply voltage
+42V)
ERROR
04
FLASH ROM An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(Parameter ROM)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. After uploading parameters, initialize all
parameters.
* If the state is not restored, replace the main
PCB with a new one.
ERROR
06
SD-RAM An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(SDRAM)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
2. Replace the memory PCB with a new one.
ERROR
07
HEAD (----) An error was detected in
the head connection.
(Abnormal temperature
was detected)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Reconfirm the head temperature with
#TEST>TEMPERATURE.CHK>NOZ-
ZLE TEMP.
In case of recurrence. execute the follow-
ings.
2. Make sure that corresponding head FPC,
head relay PCB are connected in the right
way.
3. Replace the corresponding head with a
new one.
4. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
VOLTAGE (----) An error was detected in
the head connection.
(Abnormal voltage was
detected)
4-4
Troubles for which error messages are displayed
ERROR
08
LinearEN-
CODER: SENSOR
An error occurred in
detection by the linear
encoder.
(Counting impossible)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Make sure that linear encoder scale and
encoder PCB are placed in the right posi-
tions.
2. Replace the encoder PCB with a new one.
LinearEN-
CODER: DIR.
An error occurred in
detection by the linear
encoder.
(Wrong orientation)
LinearEN-
CODER: COUNT
An error occurred in
detection by the linear
encoder.
(Read-out count error)
ERROR
09
FPGA ERROR An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(FPGA PDC)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
HDC ERROR
(----)
An error occurred on the
control circuit board.
(FPGA HDC)
1. Replace the corresponding HDC PCB with
a new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
10
COMMAND
ERROR
The printer received
some data other than
command data.
Securely connect the interface cable in
position.
Use an interface cable conforming to
the specifications.
1. When the state is not recovered even if
untreated data is cleared, execute the fol-
lowings.
2. Check the IF (USB/1394) cable. (specifi-
cations, cable length, etc.)
3. Replace the USB PCB with a new one.
4. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
11
PARAMETER
ERROR
Any parameter outside
the range of acceptable
numeric values was
received.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. When the state is not recovered even if
untreated data is cleared, execute the fol-
lowings.
2. Check the IF (USB/1394) cable. (specifi-
cations, cable length, etc.)
3. Replace the USB PCB with a new one.
4. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
12
MAINTENANCE
COMMAND
– (This error does not occur on site.) 1. When the state is not recovered even if
untreated data is cleared, execute the fol-
lowings.
2. Check the IF (USB/1394) cable. (specifi-
cations, cable length, etc.)
3. Replace the USB PCB with a new one.
4. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
16
MRL COMMAND Received data does not
follow the command
system set in the device.
Transmit data with the command sys-
tem corresponding to the system.
1. Mak sure that the transmission data is in
MRL-III command system (data ripped for
JV-5).
2. Check the command system set with
[MACHINE SETUP] – [MRL COM-
MAND].
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-5
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
ERROR
20
I/F BOARD 01 An error occurred in the
interface between the I/F
board and the control
board.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
I/F BOARD 02 An error occurred in the
interface between the I/F
board and the control
board.
I/F BOARD 03 An error occurred in the
interface between the I/F
board and the control
board.
I/F BOARD 04 An error occurred in the
interface between the I/F
board and the control
board.
ERROR
21
I/F NONE No I/F board is attached
to the control board.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
23
HOST I/F Time out error occurred
during communication
between the host com-
puter and the interface
board for IEEE-1394
connection.
Make sure that the cables are con-
nected correctly and there is no occur-
rence of an error in the host PC.
1. Make sure that the connection to the host
PC is correct.
2. Make sure that there is no occurrence of an
error in the host PC, or the application runs
normally.
ERROR
24
I/F INITIAL An error occurred in ini-
tial operation of the I/F
board and control board.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
25
FULL-SPEED An error occurred in
communication between
the host computer and
the interface board for
USB2.0 connection.
(Full-Speed mode con-
nection)
Check that the host PC supports the
USB2.0 interface. (Communication
can be resumed without changing any
setting. However, it is recommend to
use the connection in High-Speed
mode.)
Make sure that the host PC and the USB
cable follow the USB2.0 interface standard.
PACKET SIZE
OVER
An error occurred in
communication between
the host computer and
the interface board for
USB2.0 connection.
Make sure that the cables are con-
nected correctly and there is no occur-
rence of an error in the host PC.
1. Make sure that the connection to the host
PC is correct.
2. Make sure that there is no occurrence of an
error in the host PC, or the application runs
normally.
USB PROTOCOL An error occurred in
communication between
the host computer and
the interface board for
USB2.0 connection.
USB ENVIRON-
MENT
An error occurred in
communication between
the host computer and
the interface board for
USB2.0 connection.
USB DATA An error occurred in
communication between
the host computer and
the interface board for
USB2.0 connection.
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-6
Troubles for which error messages are displayed
ERROR
30
OPERATION
ERROR
Improper operation was
conducted on the opera-
tion panel.
Perform correct operations. 1. It is notified that wrong operation is con-
ducted.
ERROR
34
DATA REMAIN As received data which
is not drawn remains,
setting of Function Fea-
ture can not be changed.
Change setting function after executing
all received data or clearing the data.
1. Explain that any of the operating condi-
tions cannot be changed if data that have
not been drawn remains.
ERROR
40
MOTOR ALARM
X
The X-motor was over-
loaded.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check friction of X (Y)-axis motor.
2. Replace the X (Y)-axis motor with a new
one.
3. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
41
MOTOR ALARM
Y
The Y-motor is over-
loaded.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check friction of X (Y)-axis motor.
2. Replace the X (Y)-axis motor with a new
one.
3. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
42
X OVER CUR-
RENT
Overcurrent in the X-
motor was detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check friction of X (Y)-axis motor.
2. Replace the X (Y)-axis motor with a new
one.
Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
43
Y OVER CUR-
RENT
Overcurrent in the Y-
motor was detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check friction of X (Y)-axis motor.
2. Replace the X (Y)-axis motor with a new
one.
Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
45
CAPPING : SEN-
SOR
An error occurred in
capping control.
(Sensor trouble)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check that the cap sensor functions prop-
erly with #TEST>SENSOR TEST.
2. Replace the cap sensor with a new one.
3. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
CAPPING :
PARAMETER
An error occurred in
capping control.
(Improper parameter
adjusted value)
1. Make sure that the adjusting value of
#ADJUST>CAPPING is set correctly.
ERROR
46
WIPER An error occurred in
wiper control.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check that the wiper sensor functions
properly with #TEST>SENSOR TEST.
2. Check that the wiper motor functions
properly with #TEST>MOTOR TEST.
3. Make sure that there is no friction on the
guide rail caused by sticking of ink.
4. Replace the wiper sensor with a new one.
5. Replace the stepping motor with a new
one.
6. Replace the IO PCB with a new one.
ERROR
47
STATION An error occurred in sta-
tion control.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check that the station sensor works prop-
erly with #TEST>SENSOR TEST.
2. Check that the cap motor works properly
with #TEST>MOTOR TEST.
3. Check that up/down operation of the sta-
tion is smooth.
4. Replace the station sensor with a new one.
5. Replace the stepping motor with a new
one.
6. Replace the IO PCB with a new one.
ERROR
49
CUTTER SOLE-
NOID
An error occurred in cut-
ter control.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check that up/down operation of the cutter
is smooth.
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-7
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
ERROR
50
MEDIA DETECT Paper could not be
detected.
The media set position
or media itself is not
proper.
If the same error message appears
again even after setting the media prop-
erly, contact your local distributor to
call for service.
1. Make sure that there is no gap between the
end faces of platen and platen rubber.
2. Execute #TEST>PAPER SENSOR to
obtain sensor values at the media exist
position and media non-exist position.
When the difference of values is more than
±50, detection is allowed.
If the difference is smaller, execute the fol-
lowings.
3. Clean the paper width sensor or replace
with a new one.
4. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
THICKNESS
DETECT
Media thickness could
not be detected.
Input the media thickness or select the
END key and execute media detection
again.
Make sure that operation of the cutter is
proper at detection.
Or, make sure that the scale and the encoder
PCB are placed on the right positions.
At recurrence after checkings above men-
tioned, execute the followings.
1. Replace the encoder PCB with a new one.
2. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
* This error may occur when thin media is
used.
ERROR
51
Y-ORIGIN Y-origin could not be
detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check that the Y origin sensor works prop-
erly with #TEST>SENSOR TEST.
2. Replace the Y origin sensor with a new
one.
3. Replace the IO PCB with a new one.
ERROR
53
HEAD HEIGHT
ORIGIN
Head height origin could
not be detected.
Make sure that the scale and the encoder PCB
are placed on the right positions. Check the
vertical operation of the head unit with man-
ual operation (smoothness of operation).
At recurrence after checkings above men-
tioned, execute the followings.
1. Replace the encoder PCB with a new one.
2. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
ERROR
54
MEDIA JAM Paper jam was detected. Dissolve media jamming.
If the error is still displayed after dis-
solving, contact your local distributer
to call for service.
1. Check that the jam sensor works properly
with #TEST>SENSOR TEST.
2. Check whether the error is detected at
inversion in Y SERVO TEST. If it is
detected, check a spring in the unit.
3. Replace the jam sensor with a new one.
4. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
5. Replace the HDC PCB in slot 1 with a new
one.
ERROR
58
POSITION
ENCODER:DIR
An error occurred in
detection by the posi-
tion encoder.
(Wrong orientation)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
Make sure that the scale and the encoder PCB
are placed on the right positions.
At recurrence after checkings above men-
tioned, execute the followings.
1. Replace the encoder PCB with a new one.
2. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.POSITION
ENCODER:CNT
An error occurred in
detection by the posi-
tion encoder.
(Read-out count error)
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-8
Troubles for which error messages are displayed
ERROR
59
CUTTER
ENCODER
An error occurred in
detection by the cutter
encoder.
(Wrong orientation)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
Make sure that the scale and the encoder PCB
are placed on the right positions. Check the
vertical operation of the head unit with man-
ual operation.
At recurrence after checkings above men-
tioned, execute the followings.
1. Replace the encoder PCB with a new one.
2. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
ERROR
64
TAKE-UP VOLT-
AGE
An abnormal voltage of
the take-up motor was
detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the wind-up PCB with a new one.
E70 FPGA FPGA Configuration
fails.
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E71 SD-RAM Abnormal operation in
SD-RAM
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Make sure that memory PCB is connected
properly.
2. Replace the memory PCB with a new one.
3. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E74 TRANS DATA Received data is not Ver-
sion Up file
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Make sure that the ROM file is transmit-
ted.
E75 I/F NONE I/F board is not installed. (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E76 I/F INITIAL Abnormal operation in I/
F board
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E77 I/F BOARD An error occurred in the
communication between
the main PCB and the I/
F board.
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E78 HOST I/F A time out error occurs
in the communication
between the host PC and
the I/F board.
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E80 ROM0 ERASE ROM0 Erase error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E81 ROM1 ERASE ROM1 Erase error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E82 h'******** ROM0 Write error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E83 h'******** ROM1 Write error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E84 h'******** Verify error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E85 ROM HASH Hash check error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E90 h'******** ROM Erase error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-9
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
E92 h'******** ROM Write error (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
E95 MODE SHIFT Transition to the version
up mode is not allowed.
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the I/F (USB/1394) board with a
new one.
E98 I/F FORMAT Wrong version up data. (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Make sure that the ROM file is transmit-
ted.
E99 VERSION DATA Wrong version up data. (As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
–––
E111 NCU ROM 00 Dot check F-ROM
ERASE error
(at Version Up)
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
NCU ROM 01 Dot check F-ROM VER-
IFY error
(at Version Up)
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
NCU ROM 02 Dot check F-ROM
WRITE error
(at Version Up)
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
E114 NCU ROM HASH Hash check error
(at Version Up)
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
ERROR
116
NCU I/F 00 An error occurred in
communication between
the NCU PCB and the
control board.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
If the error occurs frequently, contact
your local distributor to call for ser-
vice.
(Operation can be resumed after turn-
ing off the nozzle missing detection
function.)
1. Check the parameter upload, Using state
and report the result to the development
department.
NCU I/F 01 1. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
E119 NCU NONE NCU is not connected
(at Version Up)
(As the support functions will be sup-
ported after the releasing, this error
does not arise on site i n the present.)
1. Make sure that the connection cables are
connected properly.
ERROR
120
ENVIRONMENT
TEMP(LO)
The ambient temperature
is outside the permissi-
ble temperature range
(too low).
Adjust the ambient temperature of the
printer.
To continue operation without chang-
ing the ambient conditions, press the
[ENTER] key.
Operation under the temperature among the
guaranteed operation temperature range is
recommended.
ERROR
121
ENVIRONMENT
TEMP(HI)
The ambient temperature
is outside the permissi-
ble temperature range
(too high).
ERROR
134
MEDIA
ENCODER: SEN-
SOR
An error occurred in
detection by the media
encoder.
(Counting impossible)
Select NORMAL in [MediaFeed
SETUP] – [FEED METHOD]
Or turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the media encoder with a new
one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
MEDIA
ENCODER:DIR.
An error occurred in
detection by the media
encoder.
(Wrong orientation)
MEDIA
ENCODER: ORI-
GIN
An error occurred in
detection by the media
encoder.
(Origin detection impos-
sible)
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-10
Troubles for which error messages are displayed
ERROR
135
MEDIA FEED
UNUSUAL
An error occurred in
media feed.
1. Check that the media has been set
properly.
2. Using [SET UP] - [MediaFeed
SETUP] - [MOVEMENT TEST],
perform testing to see if the media is
compatible with direct feed.
If the state is not recovered with the
procedures above mentioned, execute
the followings.
• Select NORMAL in [SET UP] –
[MediaFeed SETUP] – [FEED
METHOD]
• Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
←
ERROR
142
INK LEAK Ink leakage was
detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Make sure that there is no ink leaking both
insides of bear and the station.
2. Check that the INK LEAK sensor works
properly with #TEST>SENSOR TEST.
3. Wipe off stains on the ink leak sensor
PCB.
ERROR
143
CARTRIDGE
SOLENOID
An abnormal voltage of
the ink cartridge valve
solenoid was detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the ink unit PCB with a new one.
WASH CART.
SOLENOID
An abnormal voltage of
the cleaning cartridge
valve solenoid was
detected.
1. Replace the IO PCB with a new one.
ERROR
144
CARTRIDGE SET
!
An ink cartrdge is not
set.
Set an ink cartridge. It is explained that leaving a state without set-
ting a cartridge may cause inability of ink
sucking because needles of the slot are dehy-
drated.
ERROR COM-
MAND
(This error does not occur on site.) Confirm the IF (USB/1394) cable. (specifica-
tions, cable length and so on)
ERROR PARAM-
ETER
(This error does not occur on site.) Make sure that PRM file, parameter data cor-
respond to version of the device.
ERROR DATA (This error does not occur on site.) Confirm the IF (USB/1394) cable. (specifica-
tions, cable length and so on)
ERR PRM.
SHORTAGE
(This error does not occur on site.) Make sure that PRM file, parameter data cor-
respond to version of the device.
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-11
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
ERROR
160
NCU DETECT 00 NCU detection error
occurred.
(Improper parameter
value)
Printing can be resumed after turning
off the nozzle missing detection func-
tion.
Turn on the nozzle missing detection
function again before starting to print
the next and subsequent print files.
If the error occurs frequently, contact
your local distributor to call for ser-
vice.
There is a nozzle row that can not discharge
ink. Identify the row with the test drawing
and conduct cleaning of the row.
NCU DETECT 01 NCU detection error
occurred.
(Improper parameter
value)
Check the parameter upload, Using state and
report the result to the development depart-
ment.
NCU DETECT 02 NCU detection error
occurred.
(FPGA error)
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
2. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
NCU DETECT 03 NCU detection error
occurred.
(Reference position
judgment)
Printing can be resumed after turning
off the nozzle missing detection func-
tion.
Turn on the nozzle missing detection
function again before starting to print
the next and subsequent print files.
If the error occurs frequently, contact
your local distributor to call for ser-
vice.
1. Make sure that the Flushing fan works
properly.
2. Replace the flushing box with a new one.
NCU DETECT 04 NCU detection error
occurred.
(Reference position
judgment)
Dust adhered around the head may cause the
NCU detection error. In such a case, instruct
the operator to clean around the head fre-
quently.
ERROR
161
NCU
EXCHANGE
LD consumption cur-
rent is close to the
threshold value.
Prolonged use is allowed.
If the error occurs frequently, contact
your local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the nozzle detection sensor with a
new one.
NCU CONSUMP-
TION
LD consumption current
is not below the thresh-
old value.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
* Operation can be resumed after turn-
ing off the nozzle missing detection
function.
ERROR
162
NCU LINE
VOLTAGE
Power supply voltage
error.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
* Operation can be resumed after
turning off the nozzle missing
detection function.
1. Replace the nozzle detection sensor with a
new one.
2. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
ERROR
163
NCU SENSOR Sensor detection level
dropped.
Prolonged use is allowed.
If the error occurs frequently, contact
your local distributer to call for service.
1. Clean a lens cover of the nozzle detection
sensor.
2. Replace the nozzle detection sensor with a
new one.
3. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
NCU SENSOR
DETECT
Sensor detection error. Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
* Operation can be resumed after
turning off the nozzle missing
detection function.
ERROR
164
NCU FPGA
ERROR
FPGA configuration
failure.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
* Operation can be resumed after
turning off the nozzle missing
detection function.
1. Replace the nozzle sensor with a new one.
2. Replace the dot detection PCB with a new
one.
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-12
Troubles for which error messages are displayed
ERROR
200
HEAD MEMORY
(----)
An error occurred in
head unit memory.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check the head memory cable, head relay
PCB.
2. Replace the head memory with a new one.
3. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
4. Replace the HDC PCB in slot 1 with anew
one.
ERROR
201
BACKUP MEM-
ORY
An error occurred in
backup memory.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
202
DEVICE CON-
STRUCTION
The system configura-
tion is not supported by
the model judgment at
system start.
Contact your local distributor to call
for service.
* Press the [ENTER] key to display
the details of the error.
* Press the [ENTER] key again to
enable the system to be started after
changing the configuration to a
supported one.
1. Identify a place where the error occurs
with [RESULTof DIAGNOSIS].
ERROR
203
SDRAM SIZE SD-RAM with a size
large enough for the
printer has not been
mounted.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
* When there is available SD-RAM
mounted, the printer can be started
without expanding SD-RAM.
However, printing speed may drop
depending on the resolution.
1. Make sure that 2 memory PCB are placed.
2. Replace the memory PCB with a new one.
3. Replace the main PCB with a new one.
ERROR
210
INTERLOCK
SENSOR
A short circuit of the
interlock cable was
detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
Short-circuit of one of the following cable.
Replace the corresponding cable with a new
one.
• Front cover sensor R cable
(Keyboard)
• Maintenance cover sensor cable
(Keyboard)
• Cover sensor L cable
(Ink unit PCB)
ERROR
211
HeaterTEMP
(--/--/--)
An abnormal tempera-
ture of the media heater
is detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Replace the IO PCB with a new one.
2. Replace the corresponding SSR with a
new one.
HeadWARM.
TEMP. (----)
An abnormal tempera-
ture of the head heater
was detected.
1. Replace the slider PCB with a new one.
2. Replace the corresponding head heater
with a new one.
HeadWARM.
BREAK(----)
The head heater is dis-
connected.
HeadWARM.
THERM(----)
Trouble has occurred
with the thermistor of
the head heater.
ERROR
212
WASTE INKtank
SENSOR
An error in the sensor
for the waste ink tank
was detected.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Check the state with sensor test.
2. Make sure that the direction of waste ink
tank is correct,
3. Replace the sensor with a new one.
4. Replace the IO PCB with a new one.
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-13
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
ERROR
250
Y COORDI-
NATES
An error was detected
during scanning opera-
tion.
Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Make sure that the position of media is
correct.
2. make sure that there is no bend on the
Paper width sensor.
3. When the state is not recovered, check
parameter upload and using state, and
report the result to the development
department.
ERROR
251
SYSTEM ERROR A system error occurred. Turn the power OFF and turn the
power ON after elapse of 2~3 minutes.
In a case of recurrence, contact your
local distributer to call for service.
1. Confirm the error with memory check
(Main.SRAM, Main.FROM).
2. When the state is not recovered, check
parameter upload and using state, and
report the result to the development
department.
<Error messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display
Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
ERROR
No.ERROR
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-14
Troubles for which error messages are displayed
4-2-2. Warning messages and corrective measures
<Warning messages and corrective measures >
Display Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
Close a cover.
An open cover was detected. Check the front cover and maintenance
covers.
If the same error message appears
again even after closing all the covers,
contact your local distributor to call for
service.
1. Make sure that the cover sensor works
properly with #TEST>SENSOR
TEST cover sensor.
2. Make sure that the toggle pushes the
lever of the cover sensor firmly.
3. Make sure that the cables are con-
nected properly.
4. Replace the cover sensor with a new
one.
** NO MEDIA **
No media was detected. Set media. 1. Check that the paper sensor R works
properly with #TEST>SENSOR
TEST.
2. Make sure that connection of the
cables is correct.
3. Replace the paper sensor R with a new
one.
!EXCHANGE BAT-
TERY
The battery of RTC has run
down.
Contact your local distributor to call
for service.
1. Replace the battery with a new one
having the same model number.
L.1> [JV5-01]
!Replace a WIPER
Time to replace the wiper in
the capping station with a new
one has come.
(The wiping count has reached
the specified value.)
Replace the wiper with a new one.
* Execute [ST.MAINTENANCE] -
[WIPER EXCHANGE].
1. Make sure that wiper replacement is
conducted with MAINTE-
NANCE>ST.MAINTENANCE.
L.1> [JV5-01]
!Do TEST DRAW
The nozzle recovery cannot be
expected because the printer
has been left standing for a
prolonged period of time.
Perform test printing. If nozzle missing
is serious, execute [ST.MAINTE-
NANCE] - [NOZZLE WASH] for
maintenance.
←
Heater Power OFF
The power to the heaters is off. Turn on the power to the heaters.
If the same error message appears
again even after turning on the power
to the heaters, contact your local dis-
tributor to call for service.
1. Check that the heaters work properly
with #TEST>HEATER TEST.
PRE PRT AFT
BREAK **°C **°C
A heater is disconnected.
(This example shows that pre-
heater is disconnected.)
Contact your local distributor to call
for service.
1. Check that the heaters work properly
with #TEST>HEATER TEST.
2. Make sure that fuse of heater PCB is
not blown out.
3. Replace the SSR or IO PCB with a
new one.
PRE PRT AFT
THERM **°C **°C
The thermistor of a heater is
defective.
(This example shows that the
thermistor of pre-heater is
defective.)
Contact your local distributor to call
for service.
1. Check that the heaters work properly
with #TEST>HEATER TEST.
2. Make sure that connection of cables is
correct.
3. Replace the IO PCB with a new one.
L.*> !NC [JV5-01] There is a problem with the
NCU.
On the NCU>COND.INDICATION
display, check the current error in the
NCU.
←R.*> !NC [JV5-01]
*Media can't be CUT*The heads are positioned too
high to permit media cutting.
Cut the media by manual operation.←
4-15
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
L.*> [JV5-01]
NEAR END MCYK----
Ink for one supply path has
been nearly used up.
Replace the cartridge for the supply
path corresponding to the indicated
color.
* Printing is permitted without
replacing the cartridge (until INK
END is displayed). However, the
printer returns to local mode every
completion of printing one file.
←R.*> [JV5-01]
NEAR END MCYK----
L.*> [JV5-01]
INK END ----KYCM
Ink for one supply path has
been completely used up.
Replace the cartridge for the supply
path corresponding to the indicated
color. ←R.*> [JV5-01]
INK END ----KYCM
L.*> !CAR [JV5-01] There is a problem with
installed ink cartridges.
(If this occurs together with
any other warning, the display
shows [L.*> !CAR/TNK/
WSH/NC instead of [JV5-**].)
Check the content of the warning by
displaying it using the guidance func-
tion.←
R.*> !CAR [JV5-01]
L.*> !TNK [JV5-01] There is a problem with the
waste ink tank.
(If this occurs together with
any other warning, the display
shows [L.*> !CAR/TNK/
WSH/NC instead of [JV5-**].)
Check that the waste ink tank has been
installed and it is not full.
←R.*> !TNK [JV5-01]
L.*> !WSH [JV5-01] There is a problem with the
installed cleaning solution car-
tridge.
(If this occurs together with
any other warning, the display
shows [L.*> !CAR/TNK/
WSH/NC instead of [JV5-**].)
Check that the cleaning solution car-
tridge has been set properly.
←R.*> !WSH [JV5-01]
INK NEAR END
MMCC ---- ---- ----
The ink of the ink cartridge has
been nearly used up.
Replace the cartridge generating the
warning with a new one.
If the error occurs frequently after
replacing cartridges or when the car-
tridge has sufficient ink, execute the fol-
lowings.
1. Check that the cartridge end sensor
works properly with #TEST>INK
CARTRIDGE.
2. Check the end board of the cartridge.
3. .Replace the sensor with a new one.
INK END
---- YYKK ---- ----
The ink of the ink cartridge has
been completely used up.
Replace the cartridge generating the
warning with a new one.
If the error occurs frequently after
replacing cartridges or when the car-
tridge has sufficient ink, execute the fol-
lowings.
1. Check the end board of the cartridge.
2. Replace the sensor with a new one.
NON-ORIGINAL INK
---- ---- KKYY ----
The ink cartridge is not
MIMAKI genuin.
Or, the ink IC chip can not be
read.
Replace the warned cartridge with a
MIMAKI genuine one, or insert the
cartridge again.
If the error occurs frequently after
replacing cartridges or when the car-
tridge has sufficient ink, execute the fol-
lowings.
1. Make sure that #TEST>INK CAR-
TRIDGE>INK-IC CHECK is per-
formed properly.
2. Replace the ID point of contact PCB
with a new one.
<Warning messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-16
Troubles for which error messages are displayed
WRONG INK IC
---- ---- ---- CCMM
The IC chip of the ink cartridge
cannot be read normally.
Remove the cartridge generating the
warning once and install it again.
If the same warning message still
appears, contact your local distributor
to call for service.
If the error occurs frequently after
replacing cartridges or when the car-
tridge has sufficient ink, execute the fol-
lowings.
1. Make sure that #TEST>INK CAR-
TRIDGE>INK-IC CHECK is per-
formed properly.
2. Replace the ID point of contact PCB
with a new one.
Kind of INK
---- ---- ---- ----
The ink of the ink cartridge is
different in type from the ink
currently supplied.
Check the ink type of the cartridge
generating the warning. ←
Color of INK
---- ---- ---- ----
The ink of the ink cartridge is
different in color from the ink
currently supplied.
Check the ink color of the cartridge
generating the warning. ←
WRONG CARTRIDGE
---- ---- ---- ----
There is trouble with an
installed ink cartridge.
Check the cartridge generating the
warning.←
NO CARTRIDGE
---- ---- ---- ----
An ink cartridge has not been
installed in the slot.
Install an appropriate cartridge in the
slot generating the warning.If the error occurs frequently after
replacing cartridges, execute the follow-
ings.
1. Check that the cartridge exist/non-
exist sensor works properly with
#TEST>INK CARTRIDGE.
2. If it does not work properly, replace
the sensor or IO PCB with a new one.
Expiration
---- ---- ---- ----
The specified expiration date
of an ink cartridge has passed.
Replace the cartridge generating the
warning with a new one.
* The cartridge may be used until one
month passes after the specified
expiration date.
←
Expiration:1MONTH
---- ---- ---- ----
The expiration date of an ink
cartridge has passed (one
month has passed after the
specified expiration date).
The red LED blinks.
Replace the cartridge generating the
warning with a new one.
* The cartridge may be used until two
months pass after the specified
expiration date.
←
Expiration:2MONTH
---- ---- ---- ----
The expiration date of an ink
cartridge has passed (two
months have passed after the
specified expiration date).
Replace the cartridge generating the
warning with a new one.←
INK REMAIN ZERO
---- ---- ---- ----
Remaining amount of ink in an
ink cartridge is zero.
Replace the cartridge generating the
warning with a new one.←
!WasteTANK
FULL/NONE
The waste ink tank is full or
has not been installed.
Install a waste ink tank or replace with
a new one.
1. Make sure that the waste ink tank is
installed properly.
2. Check that the waste ink tank sensor
works properly with #TEST>SEN-
SOR TEST.
3. If it does not work properly, replace
the sensor or IO PCB with a new one.
!NearFULL WASTE
TANK
The waste ink tank is nearly
full.
Replace the waste ink tank with a new
one.
1. Make sure that the waste ink tank is
installed properly.
2. Check that the waste ink tank sensor
works properly with #TEST>SEN-
SOR TEST.
If it does not work properly, replace the
sensor or IO PCB with a new one.
<Warning messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-17
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
!Wash Liquid END
The cleaning liquid cartridge is
empty.
Replace the cleaning solution cartridge
with a new one.
1. Check that the cartridge end sensor
works properly with #TEST>WASH
CARTRIDGE.
2. If it does not work properly, replace
the sensor or IO PCB with a new one.
!WashLiquidCart.NONE
The cleaning liquid cartridge
has not been installed.
Install the cleaning solution cartridge. 1. Check that the cartridge exist/non-
exist sensor works properly with
#TEST>WASH CARTRIDGE.
2. If it does not work properly, replace
the sensor or IO PCB with a new one.
!WRONG WASH CART.There is trouble with cleaning
liquid cartridge.
Check the cleaning solution cartridge.←
** Washing liquid **
** un-filling up. **
Cleaning solution has not been
supplied.
Supply the cleaning solution.
Execute [MAINTENANCE] -
[HD.MAINTENANCE] - [FILL UP
INK].
←
<Warning messages and corrective measures (continued) >
Display Cause
Remedy (instruction & maintenance manual)
Descriptions in the manual
(for reference)Remedy
4-18
CHAPTER 5 Explanation of Electrical Parts
5-1
Contents
5-1. Outline ......................................................................... 5-2
5-1-1. Operation Explanation ............................................. 5-3
5-1-2. Power Supply ........................................................... 5-4
5-2. Circuit Board Specifications ...................................... 5-5
5-2-1. Main PCB ................................................................ 5-5
5-2-2. USB Board ............................................................... 5-6
5-2-3. I/F Connection Board .............................................. 5-6
5-2-4. HDC PCB ................................................................ 5-7
5-2-5. IO PCB ..................................................................... 5-7
5-2-6. Ink Unit PCB ........................................................... 5-8
5-2-7. Slider PCB ............................................................... 5-9
5-2-8. Heater PCB ............................................................ 5-10
5-2-9. Keyboard PCB ....................................................... 5-10
5-2-10. Dot Detection PCB ................................................ 5-11
5-2-11. Encoder PCB ......................................................... 5-11
5-2-12. Paper Width Sensor PCB ....................................... 5-11
5-2-13. Take-up PCB .......................................................... 5-11
5-2-14. Box Relay PCB ...................................................... 5-12
5-2-15. Side relay PCB ....................................................... 5-12
5-2-16. Head relay PCB ..................................................... 5-13
5-2-17. Head memory PCB ................................................ 5-13
5-2-18. LED PCB ............................................................... 5-13
5-2-19. Ink Leak Sensor PCB ............................................. 5-13
5-2-20. Memory PCB ......................................................... 5-13
5-3. Electronic block diagram ......................................... 5-14
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5-1. Outline
JV5-130S/160S is provided with the circuit boards shown below.
Fig.5-1
Part Reference page Part Reference page
5-2-1. Main PCB p.5-5 5-2-11. Encoder PCB p.5-11
5-2-2. USB Board p.5-6 5-2-12. Paper Width Sensor PCB p.5-11
5-2-3. I/F Connection Board p.5-6 5-2-13. Take-up PCB p.5-11
5-2-4. HDC PCB p.5-7 5-2-14. Box Relay PCB p.5-12
5-2-5. IO PCB p.5-7 5-2-15. Side relay PCB p.5-12
5-2-6. Ink Unit PCB p.5-8 5-2-16. Head relay PCB p.5-13
5-2-7. Slider PCB p.5-9 5-2-17. Head memory PCB p.5-13
5-2-8. Heater PCB p.5-10 5-2-18. LED PCB p.5-13
5-2-9. Keyboard PCB p.5-10 5-2-19. Ink Leak Sensor PCB p.5-13
5-2-10. Dot Detection PCB p.5-11 5-2-20. Memory PCB p.5-13
~ Head Assy ~
ID point of contackt PCB(Wash Cartridge)
~ Left ~ Ink Unit PCB
LED PCB (x2)
Heater PCB
Drying fan fork PCB (x2)
Slider PCB
Head relay PCB (x4)
Keyboard PCB
Side relay PCB
IO PCB
USB BoardMain PCB
Take-up PCB
I/F Connection Board
HDC PCB (x4)
Power Supply PCB
Dot Detection PCB
ID point of contackt PCB (x16)
Box Relay PCB
Memory PCB (x2)
Ink Leak Sensor PCB
Ink Leak Sensor PCB
Ink Leak Sensor PCB
Head memory PCB (x4)
Paper Width Sensor PCB
Encoder PCB
Encoder PCB
Encoder PCB
5-2
Outline
5-1-1. Operation Explanation
The slider of JV5-130S/160S consists of four heads arranged staggered from each other, each of which
has nozzles arranged in eight rows, 180 nozzles (at 180-dpi intervals) per row.
Ink is ejected from the ink chamber by vibrating the piezoelectric elements of the heads. For this
vibration waveform, the printer uses variable waveform which can permit 4-step expressions (L, M, S
and none).
The heads are driven by the HDC PCB that are provided for the heads, respectively. The four HDC
PCB are connected to the main PCB in the electrical circuit box. One HDC PCB, which drives one
head, generates the drive signal (COM waveform) that is applied in common to all the piezoelectric
elements of one row of nozzles. The drive signal is generated for the eight rows of nozzles.
FPGA (HDC) is mounted on each HDC PCB. Each FPGA (HDC) applies the COM waveform in
synchronization with the scale interval of the linear scale and simultaneously sends the nozzle data to
the head. By adjusting the time for applying the COM waveform for each head, the print position in
the Y direction can be adjusted within the range of one dot. In addition, ink discharging performance is
different from head to head. Therefore, the COM waveform is automatically corrected based on the
registered head ID or the ID registered on the head memory, other information and the detected
ambient temperature. (There may be a case where no ink is ejected if the head ID is not registered
correctly.)
The main PCB has FPGA (PDC), which takes charge of image processing and controls the SDRAM
picture memory (PRAM). The PRAM is mounted on the memory PCB. One memory PCB has a
capacity of 512 MB and the printer permits mounting of a maximum of four memory PCB (2 GB). Of
the data output from the host PC, the command part is analyzed by the CPU and the image part is
transferred to the memory. The PRAM is a ring memory and when data for one scanning session has
been accumulated, the heads start scanning. One scanning session forms an image only in 180 dpi
(eight or six colors) or in 360 dpi four colors) in the X direction. Therefore, the printer completes the
image in the targeted resolution while feeding the media by a required distance.
JV5 has many devices (stepping motors and sensors) that require communication with the main PCB.
However, the routing of the wires and the replacement of the main PCB would be difficult if such
devices are all connected to the main PCB directly. To avoid such difficulty, the printer is equipped
with the IO PCB and ink unit PCB, which use serial communication with the main PCB, thus reducing
the number of signals. The signals are processed by the FPGA (PDC) mounted on the main PCB.
The missing nozzle detection unit (NCU) consists of the unit that emits a laser beam and detects an ink
drop and the dot detection PCB, which analyzes the data. By emitting a laser beam at an angle and at
fixed intervals, missing nozzles can be detected during printing.
Fig.5-2
Nozzle Arrangement of Head (Rear View)
Scanning direction
HEAD
Paper feeding direction
5-3
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5-1-2. Power Supply
Board name: Power supply PCB assembly (E300428)
The input value and output values of power supply are as follows:
Note: Take care that the input specification for JV-5 is AC200V-AC240V thoug the input specification for the power PCB is
AC100V-AC240V.
Note: Adjust to be 5% of power voltage.
Input AC100V - AC240V, 50/60Hz
Output +3.3V, 5.6 A
+5V, 15.5 A
+24V, 10.0 A
+42V, 10.5 A
+5VSB, 3.5 A
<Connector pin assignment table and volume numbers>
PIN Voltage PIN Voltage
1 +42V 13 +42V
2 +42V 14 +42V
3 +24V 15 +24V
4 +24V 16 GND
5 GND 17 GND
6 GND 18 GND
7 GND 19 GND
8 GND 20 GND
9 GND 21 GND
10 GND 22 +5V
11 +5V 23 +5V
12 +3.3V 24 +3.3V
<Volume No.>
Voltage Volume No.
+42V VR4
+24V VR1
+5V VR2
+3.3V VR3
<Auxiliary power connector>
PIN Voltage
1 +5VSB
2 GND
3 Remote control input
5-4
Circuit Board Specifications
5-2. Circuit Board Specifications
5-2-1. Main PCB
Board name: Main PCB assembly (E104082)
The CPU is SH-3 (RISC, 200MHz) made by Hitachi.
A program for the CPU is written in flash memory. Version up of this program is easily executed on
site through I/F.
The CPU downloads the version up to PRAM to execute writing in the flash memory.
When receive data is read, The CPU write the data in picture memory. After execution of required
processes, the data is transmitted to the HDC PCB with 8 bit width.
Receiving the data, the HDC creates driving COM signals for head 1 ~ 4 and nozzle data, and
transmits each data to the slider PCB via HDC FPC cable.
X, Y-axis motor driving circuit and other IO circuits are also included.
<Block diagram around main PCB>
Fig.5-3
5-5
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
Main PCB Connector Signals
* As for arrangement of each pin, see the tables below.
5-2-2. USB Board
Board name: USB PCB assembly (E103711)
USB PCB or 1394 board can be connected. Each of them has a CPU on I/F board and program is
written in flash memory of the CPU. Therefore, version up of the I/F-CPU is conducted with
download from the host computer. This board supports the duplex.
5-2-3. I/F Connection Board
Board name: I/F connection board assembly (E103701)
The main PCB and I/F board are connected together.
<Main PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 6 X-axis motor encoder X-ENC Color: Black
CN2 5 Y-axis motor encoder Y-ENC
CN3 3 X-axis motor X-MOT Color: Black
CN4 2 Y-axis motor Y-MOT
CN5 32 Keyboard PCB KEY
CN6 20 Dot detection PCB DOT
CN7 10 Option heater HEATER
CN8 28 Ink unit PCB INKUNIT
CN9 6 Media rotary encoder M-ENC
CN10 4 F/W debug F/W Not used
CN11 64 HDC PCB 1 HDC1
CN12 64 HDC PCB 2 HDC2
CN13 64 HDC PCB 3 HDC3
CN14 64 HDC PCB 4 HDC4
CN15 72 SDRAM memory 1 SDRAM1
CN16 72 SDRAM memory 2 SDRAM2
CN17 72 SDRAM memory 3 SDRAM3 Not used
CN18 72 SDRAM memory 4 SDRAM4 Not used
CN19 80 USB/1394I/F
CN20 24 Main power source POWER Main power
CN21 3 Main power source SUB-POW Sub-power
CN22 4 IO PCB IO-POW IO power
CN23 38 IO PCB IO IO signal
CN24 10 Auxiliary SUB Not used
CN25 100 Debug board Not used
CN26 8 G/A debug G/A Not used
5-6
Circuit Board Specifications
5-2-4. HDC PCB
Board name: HDC PCB protection panel assembly (E104537)
A board to generate driving signals for head. One HDC can drive 1 head.
In order to remove heat generated at creating COM wave form, a cooling fan is used.
Installed to be vertical to the main PCB.
HDC PCB connector signals
5-2-5. IO PCB
Board name: I/O PCB assembly (E104085)
Controlling I/O of sensors, stepping motors and fans.
IO PCB Connector Signals
Note: As for arrangement of each pin, see the tables below.
<HDC PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connect to: Silk display Notice
CN1 40 Slider PCB
CN2 40 Slider PCB
CN3 40 Slider PCB
CN4 40 Slider PCB
CN5 64 Main PCB
CN6 2 Thermistor 1 Not used
CN7 2 Thermistor 2 Not used
< IO PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 38 Main PCB MAIN BOARD
CN2 6 For CPLD Not used
CN3 4 Main PCB POW
CN4 30 Harness (Take-up, unreel) WIND/FEED
CN5 2 AUX. AD1 Not used
CN6 2 AUX. AD2 Not used
CN7 3 Paper sensor F F-PAPER Not used
CN8 28 Harness (Station) Harness1 Station harness
CN9 3 Cross paper sensor A-PAPER Color: Blue
CN10 3 AUX. Input 1 Not used
CN12 18 Side relay PCB SideRelay Board Color: Yellow
CN13 26 Box relay PCB BoxRelayBoard 1 Color: Red
CN14 12 Harness (SSR, HDC cooling fan) Harness 2 Color: Blue
CN15 16 Box relay PCB BoxRelayBoard 2 Color: Black
CN16 6 AUX. SSR Not used
CN17 2 AUX. AD3 Not used
CN18 2 AUX. AD4 Not used
5-7
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5-2-6. Ink Unit PCB
Board name: Ink unit PCB assembly (E104086)
Arranged rear face of the ink cartridge.
Solenoid, ID, near end sensor, existence sensor and LED PCB and cover sensor of 16 ink cartridges
are connected. The main PCB is connected to with a cable.
Ink Unit PCB Connector Signals
<Ink unit PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 6 LED PCB LED BOARD
CN2 28 Main PCB MAIN BOARD
CN3 6 CPLD Not used
CN4 7 Cover sensor COVER
CN6 8 LED1~4 (1)
CN7 8 LED5~8 (2)
CN8 8 LED9~12 (3)
CN9 8 LED13~16 (4)
CN10 4 Ink cartridge 1 (1)
CN11 4 Ink cartridge 2 (2)
CN12 4 Ink cartridge 3 (3)
CN13 4 Ink cartridge 4 (4)
CN14 4 Ink cartridge 5 (5)
CN15 4 Ink cartridge 6 (6)
CN16 4 Ink cartridge 7 (7)
CN17 4 Ink cartridge 8 (8)
CN18 4 Ink cartridge 9 (9)
CN19 4 Ink cartridge 10 (10)
CN20 4 Ink cartridge 11 (11)
CN21 4 Ink cartridge 12 (12)
CN22 4 Ink cartridge 13 (13)
CN23 4 Ink cartridge 14 (14)
CN24 4 Ink cartridge 15 (15)
CN25 4 Ink cartridge 16 (16)
CN26 3 AUX. IN1 Not used
CN27 3 AUX. IN2 Not used
CN28 2 Ink solenoid 1 (1)
CN29 2 Ink solenoid 2 (2)
CN30 2 Ink solenoid 3 (3)
CN31 2 Ink solenoid 4 (4)
CN32 2 Ink solenoid 5 (5)
CN33 2 Ink solenoid 6 (6)
CN34 2 Ink solenoid 7 (7)
CN35 2 Ink solenoid 8 (8)
CN36 2 Ink solenoid 9 (9)
CN37 2 Ink solenoid 10 (10)
CN38 2 Ink solenoid 11 (11)
CN39 2 Ink solenoid 12 (12)
CN40 2 Ink solenoid 13 (13)
CN41 2 Ink solenoid 14 (14)
CN42 2 Ink solenoid 15 (15)
CN43 2 Ink solenoid 16 (16)
5-8
Circuit Board Specifications
5-2-7. Slider PCB
Board name: Slider PCB assembly (E104591)
Arranged in the head cover.
FFC from HDC is connected to relay signals to head. I/O and encoder PCB of each paper width sensor,
cutter solenoid are also connected.
Slider PCB Connector Signals
<Slider PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 3 Cap height sensor Cap HIGH Color: Red
CN2 3 Jam sensor 1 JAM1 Color: Blue
CN3 3 Jam sensor 2 JAM2 Color: Yellow (Not used)
CN4 4 Paper width sensor PAPER E.G Color: Black
CN5 4 Registry guide sensor TOMBO Color: White (Not used)
CN6 40 HDC PCB 1 (CN1)
CN7 40 HDC PCB 1 (CN2)
CN8 40 HDC PCB 1 (CN4)
CN9 40 HDC PCB 3 (CN1)
CN10 40 HDC PCB 3 (CN2)
CN11 40 HDC PCB 3 (CN4)
CN12 40 HDC PCB 2 (CN1)
CN13 40 HDC PCB 2 (CN2)
CN14 40 HDC PCB 2 (CN4)
CN15 40 HDC PCB 4 (CN1)
CN16 40 HDC PCB 4 (CN2)
CN17 40 HDC PCB 4 (CN4)
CN18 80 Head relay PCB HEAD1
CN19 80 Head relay PCB HEAD3
CN20 80 Head relay PCB HEAD2
CN21 80 Head relay PCB HEAD4
CN22 5 Linear encoder L-ENC Color: Red
CN23 5 Cutter solenoid CUT-ENC Color: Yellow
CN24 5 Position encoder POS-ENC Color: Blue
CN25 2 AUX. 1 SUB1 Color: White (Not used)
CN26 2 Cutter solenoid P-CUTTER Color: Green
CN27 2 Blow off fan 2 FAN2 Color: Orange (Not used)
CN28 2 AUX. 2 SUB2 Color: White (Not used)
CN29 2 AUX. 3 SUB3 Color: White (Not used)
CN30 2 Blow off fan 1 FAN1 Color: Orange (Not used)
CN31 2 LED LED Color: Red (Not used)
CN32 2 AUX. 4 SUB4 Color: White (Not used)
CN33 2 Driller solenoid Color: Gray (Not used)
CN34 2 AUX. 5 Color: White (Not Used)
5-9
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5-2-8. Heater PCB
Board name: Heater PCB assembly (E104043)
Arranged in the electric equipments.
Power from AC power source is relayed to each heater.
Heater PCB Connector Signals
5-2-9. Keyboard PCB
Board name: Keyboard PCB assembly (E104089)
Comprising 2 of 20 characters x 2 lines LCD and key switches for each, connected to the main PCB
with a keyboard cable.
Keyboard PCB Connector Signals
<Heater PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 3 Power plug (Inlet) POW
CN2 3 Power supply PCB BOARD Not used
CN3 4 SSR (Print) SSR-P Color: Blue
CN4 4 SSR (Pre) SSR-R Color: Red
CN5 4 SSR (After) SSR-A Color: Yellow
CN6 4 Thermostat (Print) TMS-P Color: Blue
CN7 4 Thermostat (Pre) TMS-R Color: Red
CN8 4 Thermostat (After) TMS-A Color: Yellow
CN9 3 Wire heater -1 (1) Color: Blue
CN10 3 Wire heater -2 (2) Color: Blue
CN11 3 Wire heater -3 (3) Color: Blue
CN12 3 Wire heater -4 (4) Color: Blue
CN13 3 Wire heater -5 (5) Color: Blue (Not used)
CN14 3 Wire heater -6 (6) Color: Blue (Not used)
CN15 3 Pre aluminum foil heater R1-1 (1) Color: Red
CN16 3 Pre aluminum foil heater R1-2 (2) Color: Red
CN17 3 Pre aluminum foil heater R2-1 (3) Color: Red (Not used)
CN18 3 Pre aluminum foil heater R2-2 (4) Color: Red (Not used)
CN19 3 After aluminum foil heater A1-1 (1) Color: Yellow
CN20 3 After aluminum foil heater A1-2 (2) Color: Yellow
CN21 3 After aluminum foil heater A2-1 (3) Color: Yellow
CN22 3 After aluminum foil heater A2-2 (4) Color: Yellow
<Keyboard PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN3 32 Main PCB
CN4 3 Front cover sensor R
CN5 4 Remote switch
CN6 3 Maintenance cover sensor Color: Black
5-10
Circuit Board Specifications
5-2-10. Dot Detection PCB
Board name: Dot detection PCB assembly (E104091)
Arranged on back side of the keyboard cover.
Connected to the nozzle check unit (NCU) to detect nozzle missing and communicates with the main
PCB in serial.
Dot detection PCB Connector Signals
Note: As for arrangement of each pin, see the tables below.
5-2-11. Encoder PCB
Board name: Encoder PCB assembly (E103961)
There are total 3 boards, namely a board for linear scale placed behind the slider, a board for head up/
down placed in the left side of the slider, and a board for paper thickness detection placed near the
cutter solenoid.
5-2-12. Paper Width Sensor PCB
Board name: Paper width sensor PCB assembly (E103960)
Placed near the cutter solenoid, and including a sensor for paper width detection.
5-2-13. Take-up PCB
Board name: Take-up PCB assembly (E104087)
Placed in the take-up device. M motor and Take-up switch are connected. Serial communication is
conducted with the IO PCB to control.
Take-up PCB Connector Signals
Note: As for arrangement of each pin, see the tables below.
<Dot detection PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 100 Debug board Not used
CN2 9 NCU to NCU
CN3 8 AUX. power source Not used
CN4 20 Main PCB to MAIN
<Take-up PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 6 For CPLD Not used
CN2 16 IO PCB IO
CN3 3 SEN1 Not used
CN4 3 SEN2 Not used
CN5 4 STEP Not used
CN6 6 Take-up switch M-SW
CN7 2 Not used
CN8 5 L-ENC Not used
CN9 9 M motor MOT
CN10 3 Not used
5-11
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5-2-14. Box Relay PCB
Board name: Box relay PCB assembly (E104351)
Relaying the connection between pump motor, FAN etc. and the IO PCB. Placed in the electric
equipment box in the front.
Box relay PCB Connector Signals
5-2-15. Side relay PCB
Board name: Side relay PCB assembly (E104352)
Relaying connection between the solenoid, sensors etc. and the IO PCB. Placed on the right side face
viewing from the front.
Side Relay PCB Connector Signals
<Box relay PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 26 IO PCB to IO
CN2 16 IO PCB to IO
CN3 9 Pump 1, 2 PUMP 1,2 Color: Black
CN4 8 Pump 3, 4 PUMP 3,4
CN5 4 Drying fan EXH-F2
CN6 8 Exhaust fan EXH-F3
CN7 2 Flushing box fan FB-FAN
CN8 14 Adsorption fan, Thermistor FAN
CN9 7 Wiper sensor, Solenoid WIPE
CN10 6 Waste tank sensor TANK
<Side relay PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 18 IO PCB to IO
CN2 2 Cap valve solenoid CAP-SOL Color: Black
CN3 4 Head up/down motor HEAD-M
CN4 3 Y origin sensor Y-HOME
CN5 2 ID point of contact PCB WASH-ID
CN6 2 Cartridge solenoid WASH-SOL
CN7 4 Detection machine assembly I/C, Y WASH-CAT
CN8 2 Motor cooling fan M-FAN Not used
CN9 3 Ink leak sensor 1 ST-LEAK
CN10 3 Ink leak sensor 2 Y-LEAK1
CN11 3 Ink leak sensor 3 Y-LEAK2
5-12
Circuit Board Specifications
5-2-16. Head relay PCB
Board name: Head relay PCB assembly (E104237)
Relaying connection between the slider PCB and the head FPC.
Head Relay PCB Connector Signals
5-2-17. Head memory PCB
Board name: Head memory PCB assembly (E104428)
Head ID information is stored. Assembled to be integrated into the head.
Head memory PCB connector signals
5-2-18. LED PCB
Board name: LED PCB assembly (E104088)
A control LED (green) and an error LED (Red) are equipped on each slot, and 2 LED PCBs are used.
LED PCB Connector Signals
5-2-19. Ink Leak Sensor PCB
Board name: Ink leak sensor PCB assembly (E104534)
Three of the board are used, namely, on both sides in the cable bear guide and on the cap in the station.
5-2-20. Memory PCB
Board name: Memory PCB assembly (E104090)
1 board has the capacity of 512 MB, and 2 boards are mounted on the main PCB.
<Head relay PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 35 Head FFC
CN2 31 Head FFC
CN4 80 Slider PCB
CN3 11 Head memory PCB
CN5 2 Head memory PCB Not used
CN6 2 Head memory PCB Not used
CN7 3 Head memory PCB Not used
<Head memory PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 3 Head warm thermistor
CN2 11 Head relay PCB
CN3 2 Head warm heater
CN4 2 Head warm heater
<LED PCB connector signals>
CN No Pin Connected to: Silk display Notice
CN1 6 Ink unit PCB ENTER
CN2 6 LED PCB EXIT
5-13
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5-3. Electronic block diagram
DC24V
DC5VBDC42V
DC 5VDC3.3V
CN1
CN22RED
CN34
N.C
N.C N.C
CN30CN27
CN18
CN2
CN2
CN3
CN23YELLOW
CN24BLUE
CN9: ID4
CN2 CN1 CN2 CN1
CN1
CN4
CN3REDCN1 CN4
BLACK
BLACK
CN26GREEN
CN2BLUE YELLOW
CN12
CN10
CN11
CN9
CN15
CN16
CN14
CN13
CN17
CN8: ID3
CN7: ID2
CN6: ID1
CN35: SOL8CN34: SOL7CN33: SOL6CN32: SOL5CN31: SOL4CN30: SOL3CN29: SOL2CN28: SOL1
CN38: SOL11
CN42: SOL15CN43: SOL16
CN41: SOL14CN40: SOL13CN39: SOL12
CN37: SOL10CN36: SOL9
CN2
CN26
CN3
(For CPLD)
N.C
WHITE
CN8
CN6
CN7
CN9
CN20
CN21
CN4
CN5
CN1
CN3CN5
CN4
CN6BLACK
CN5
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
CN1
CN4
CN3
BLACK
BLACK
CN7RED
CN4 RED
CN3 BLUE
CN5 BLACK
CN1
CN16REDCN15RED
12
34
65
CN2
CN19
CN8
CN3CN2
CN4
CN1
CN2
CN4
CN3
CN1
CN1
CN4
CN3CN2
CN14
CN13
CN12
CN4
CN1
CN3CN2
CN11
CN10: INK1
CN16: INK7CN15: INK6CN14: INK5CN13: INK4CN12: INK3CN11: INK2
CN17: INK8
CN18: INK9CN19: INK10
CN24: INK15CN23: INK14CN22: INK13CN21: INK12CN20: INK11
CN25: INK16
CN1
CN19
CN2
CN2
CN3 CN1
CN20
CN2
CN2
CN3 CN1
CN21
CN2
CN2
CN3
CN6BLUE
CN12BLUE
CN11BLUE
CN10BLUE
CN9BLUE
CN21BLACK
CN22BLACK
CN8BLACK
CN20BLACK
CN19BLACK
CN32CN25
USB2.0
16 x 40- Conductor HDC FPCs
*After the number of lots, it absorbs it to the slider PCB.
USB PCB
Power Supply PCB
Slider PCB
INK UnitPCB
HDCPCB
3
HDCPCB
2
HDCPCB
4
HDCPCB
1
Heater PCB
IF ConnectionPCB
INK Cartridge(x16)
Head Rekay PCB Head Rekay PCB Head Rekay PCB Head Rekay PCB
INK HEAD 1 INK HEAD 3 INK HEAD 2 INK HEAD 4
5V PCB
Keyboard PCB
LED PCB LED PCB
ID Point ofContact PCB x4
ID Point ofContact PCB x4
ID Point ofContact PCB x4
ID Point ofContact PCB x4
Y-axisMotor
X-axisMotor
Head Memory PCB Head Memory PCB Head Memory PCB Head Memory PCB
LinearEncoder
PCB
PaperWidth
Sensor
Cutter actuator
assy.
CutterEncoder
PCB
PositionEncoder
PCB
JAMSensor
BottomPoint
Sensor
Head Heater x2Thermistor
Head Heater x2Thermistor
Head Heater x2Thermistor
Head Heater x2Thermistor
Front Cover Sensor R
Maintenance CoverSensor R
Media RotaryEncoder
Remote switch
Front Cover Sensor L
Maintenance CoverSensor L
Presence /Near EndSensor x16
Solenoid Valve x 16
INK CartridgeSolenoid
Power SupplySocket
PowerSupplySwitch
SSR(Rear)
SSR(Print)
SSR(After)
Print Heater
ThermistorThermostat
Rear Heater
ThermistorThermostat
After Heater
ThermistorThermostat
RY1
5-14
Electronic block diagram
CN4CN6
CN2
CN23
CN22
CN18
CN7
CN3
CN1
CN2
CN10
CN7
CN3
CN4
CN8
CN6
CN5
CN9
2pinBLACK
2pinBLACK
4pinBLACK
3pin WHITE
CN7
CN2
CN8
CN5
CN3
CN6
CN1
CN9
CN4
CN10
CN11
CN8
CN12
CN15
CN7
CN9BLUE
CN5
2pin
BLACK
CN13
CN14
CN4
CN3BLACK
CN4
CN10
CN9
CN7
CN6
CN5
CN2
MD
4pin
MD8pin
3pin WHITE
CN1
Dsub15
Dsub9pin
Dsub15
CN1
CN26
CN3
CN5
CN10
CN25
CN1
CN2
CN17
CN16
CN15
CN8
2pin BLACK
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
SDRAMSlot 4 N.C
N.C
N.C
SDRAMSlot 3 N.C
SDRAMSlot 2
SDRAMSlot 1
To SSR x3
To RY1
To A Heater Thermistor
To P Heater Thermistor
To R Heater Thermistor
Reel Out IF
Steel Plate Relay
External Connector GroupSteel Plate
Station
Bear Guide (L/R)
(For DEBUG BOARD)
(For G/A)
(For single purpose
power supply)
(For DEBUG)
(For F/W RS)
(For DEBUG BOARD)
(For CPLD)
(For CPLD)
StationMotor
WiperMotor
Head U/DMotor
Take-upMotor
Pump Motor 1
Pump Motor 2
Pump Motor 3
Pump Motor 4
NCU
Bottom Point Sensor
Paper Sensor
Clamp Sensor
Presence Sensor &Near End Sensor
ID Point of ContacktPCB
Solenoid Valve
FB FAN
Origin Sensor
INK Leak Sensor PCB
INK Leak Sensor PCB
INK Leak Sensor PCB
Waste Tank Sensor 1
Waste Tank Sensor 2
Wiper Sensor
Wiper WashSolenoid
Dry Fan Assy
Exhaust Fan L Exhaust Fan R
HDCCooling Fan
Absorption Fan x3
Deodorization FAN x2
External Heater
Wind Roll SW ASSY(CW/CCW/OFF)
MainPCB
IO PCB
OPTION
OPTION
Dot DetectionPCB
Take-upPCB
Side RelayPCB
BOXRelayPCB
Drying FanFork PCB
Drying FanFork PCB
Wash Cartridge
MemoryPCB
(512MB)
MemoryPCB
(512MB)
5-15
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
5-16
A
A Heater Cover Assy. ............................... 3-193Adjust Head Stagger ................................... 3-23Adjustment of the head angle ........................ 3-20Adjustment tools .......................................... 1-4
B
BasisHEADheight ...................................... 3-12Bottom Point Sensor ................................. 3-115BOX Relay PCB ........................................ 3-90Box Relay PCB .......................................... 5-12
C
Cap Base 1H ............................................. 3-38Cap Head assy. .......................................... 3-37Cap Sensor .............................................. 3-117Capping adjusting ....................................... 3-14Clamp Sensor .......................................... 3-113Cutter Unit Assy. ..................................... 3-189
D
Damper Assembly ...................................... 3-57Dot Detection PCB .......................... 3-96, 5-11Drop Position Correction ............................. 3-26Drying Fan Fork PCB ............................... 3-106
EElectronic block diagram ............................. 5-14Encoder PCB ............................................. 5-11Enter Head ID ........................................... 3-18
F
Filling of Ink ............................................. 3-19Front Cover Sensor L ................................ 3-147Front Cover Sensor R ................................ 3-149
H
HDC PCB ........................................ 3-77, 5-7Head memory PCB ..................................... 5-13Head Relay PCB ........................................ 3-81Head relay PCB ......................................... 5-13Head UD Motor ....................................... 3-184Head Unit ................................................... 3-7Head Up/Down Encoder ............................ 3-132Heater PCB .................................... 3-88, 5-10
II/F Connection Board .................................... 5-6ID Point of Contact PCB ............................ 3-101Ink Leak Sensor PCB .................................. 5-13Ink Leakage Sensor .................................. 3-153
Ink Unit PCB .................................... 3-98, 5-8IO PCB ........................................... 3-78, 5-7
J
Jam Sensor ............................................. 3-121
K
Keyboard PCB ................................ 3-92, 5-10
L
LED PCB ..................................... 3-103, 5-13
M
M Motor ................................................ 3-186Main PCB ........................................ 3-70, 5-5Maintenance Cover Sensor L ..................... 3-151Maintenance Cover Sensor R ..................... 3-152Major Parts for Cartridge Assembly .............. 3-42Media Rotary Encoder Assembly ................ 3-139Memory PCB ............................................ 5-13
O
Origin Sensor .......................................... 3-110
P
P Heater Cover Assy. ............................... 3-198Paper Sensor ........................................... 3-136Paper Thickness Encoder .......................... 3-125Paper Width Sensor ................................. 3-119Paper Width Sensor PCB ............................ 5-11Power PCB .............................................. 3-85Power Supply ............................................. 5-4Pump Motor Assembly ............................... 3-35
R
R Heater Cover Assy. ............................... 3-204
SS Pump Assembly ...................................... 3-33Side Relay PCB ........................................ 3-99Side relay PCB .......................................... 5-12Slider PCB ....................................... 3-82, 5-9Specifications of the main unit ....................... 1-5SSR ...................................................... 3-209Station Motor .......................................... 3-182Sucker BOX ............................................. 3-61
T
Take-up PCB ................................ 3-105, 5-11Tools to be used at disassembly and reassembly 1-4
1
Color Inkjet Printer JV5-130S/160S
U
USB Board ................................................. 5-6USB PCB ................................................. 3-79
W
Wash Cartridge Assembly ........................... 3-51Waste Tank Sensor ................................... 3-158Wiper Motor ........................................... 3-179Wiper Sensor .......................................... 3-112Wiper Wash Solenoid ............................... 3-206
X
X Belt .................................................... 3-165X Pulley ................................................. 3-165X-axis Motor Assembly ............................ 3-162
Y
Y Drive Belt ........................................... 3-175Y Drive Pulley Assembly .......................... 3-171Y Encoder .............................................. 3-129Y-axis Motor Assembly ............................ 3-167Y-Drive Transmission Belt ........................ 3-171
2
D500306-2.00-29092006
© MIMAKI ENGINEERING CO., LTD. 2006
IGTM
FW1.20
Recommended